[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2004114146A1 - External character registration information providing system and external character identification support system - Google Patents

External character registration information providing system and external character identification support system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004114146A1
WO2004114146A1 PCT/JP2004/007237 JP2004007237W WO2004114146A1 WO 2004114146 A1 WO2004114146 A1 WO 2004114146A1 JP 2004007237 W JP2004007237 W JP 2004007237W WO 2004114146 A1 WO2004114146 A1 WO 2004114146A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
character
information
external
compared
external character
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2004/007237
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Tomoaki Tamura
Haruhiko Yoshimeki
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2003155786A external-priority patent/JP2004355573A/en
Priority claimed from JP2003195719A external-priority patent/JP2005031942A/en
Application filed by Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Inc
Publication of WO2004114146A1 publication Critical patent/WO2004114146A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10Text processing
    • G06F40/103Formatting, i.e. changing of presentation of documents
    • G06F40/109Font handling; Temporal or kinetic typography

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an external character registration information providing system suitable for application and management of a web site that provides an external character registration and use service on a network in which external character information can be registered and used in common by a plurality of information users.
  • a registration device and an information processing method a system in which a plurality of similar characters are present because a plurality of character information are registered and used for one character in a system connected via a network, and such a system
  • the present invention relates to a character identification support system, a character identification support device, and an information processing method that are suitable for being applied to character identification and deletion of duplicated character information by visual inspection between them.
  • character processing in an it-information processing device such as a computer is executed based on a code number assigned to a glyph (glyph).
  • the code number is a JIS kanji code (encoding for information exchange).
  • Kanji set Character code (encoded character set) standardized by a public standard such as JIS X 0208: 1997) S is used.
  • the external characters are individually assigned to user-defined areas not used for standardized character codes by a user of the information processing apparatus, a font maker, a system developer, or the like.
  • the external character code number assigned to the external character cannot be shared. For this reason, characters cannot be uniquely determined from the external character code number, and when exchanging character information between multiple information processing devices, external characters whose character reproducibility is not guaranteed can be replaced with substitute characters or exception processing can be performed. Must.
  • Juki Net Basic Resident Register Network
  • the external character codes (encoded external character sets) used by each local government depend on the system or device, etc., for the connection between characters and code numbers. Can not determine. Therefore, when character information is exchanged between systems used by local governments, external characters used in these systems are linked to each other (association), and another unified character table is prepared to sort out duplicate characters. Then, the external characters of each system connected to this network are linked with each other, or the external character information itself, not the character code, that is, is transmitted and received as an image (image). In the receiving system, the external character information must be managed by adding a new external character code number to the external character information.
  • an external character conversion server that converts all of the external character information individually possessed by a plurality of information processing devices into a new external character code and stores it is provided.
  • this external character conversion server When exchanging character information via this external character conversion server, the common use of external character information via a network can be maintained while maintaining the existing system of each information processing device and reducing cost burden.
  • external character information for generating a desired external character is extracted from existing external character information.
  • There has been proposed a technology capable of assigning an external character code number corresponding to a character code unique to each system to the external character information and managing the character for example, see Patent Document 1).
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-324432 (page 3-5, FIG. 1) By the way, the conventional system for converting external character information has the following problems.
  • the information processing device could not use external characters unless the external character fonts were installed. Therefore, when the frequency of using external characters was low, the cost of the storage device for storing the external characters font was high.
  • the present invention solves the above-described problem, and allows external characters to be used without installing an external character font, and allows external information to be quickly shared by a plurality of information processing devices on a network.
  • an external character information registration device an information processing method, and a character identification system
  • a character to be compared having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported.
  • the porpose is to do.
  • a system for providing external character registration information is a system for receiving external character registration and providing external character information, and stores external character information for forming an image of the external character.
  • An external character information registering device that discloses to a user and accepts a use request, an information processing device that transmits an external character use request to the external character information registration device and registers the external character information, an external character information registration device, and an information processing device
  • This external character information registration device registers external character information for which a use request has been received from an information processing device, and provides the registered external character information to an information user. That is.
  • the external character information registration device and the information processing device are connected by communication means, and the external character is stored in an image.
  • the external character information to be formed is disclosed to the information user by the external character information registration device.
  • a request for use of the external character information from the information user is transmitted to the external character information registration device by the information processing device, and when the use request is received by the external character information registration device, the external character information for which the use request is received is converted to the external character information.
  • the registered character is registered by the information registration device, and the registered external character information is provided to the information user.
  • An external character information registration device is a device that receives registration of an external character from an information user and provides the information user with the external character information. The external character information for forming an image of the external character is transmitted to the information user.
  • Input means for disclosing a use request by distributing the external character information relating to a use request from an information user accepted by the input means, and controlling input / output of these input means and storage means
  • Control means for performing reading control of the storage means so as to provide the external character information registered by the information user to the information user.
  • the external character information registration device of the present invention when external character registration is received from an information user, and external character information is provided to the information user, external character information for forming an image of the external character is input to the information means.
  • the information is disclosed to the user, and a request to use the external character information from the information user is accepted by the input means.
  • the external character information requested to be used by the information user is registered by the storage unit, and the input / output of the input unit and the storage unit is controlled by the control unit so that the registered external character information is provided to the information user. .
  • the information user can use the external character without the external character font and can share the external character information with a plurality of information users. For this reason, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters that occur due to an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between a plurality of information devices. In addition, the capacity of the storage device necessary for storing such external character information can be reduced.
  • the information processing method is a method of processing information of an arbitrary external character, in which a plurality of external characters are collected in advance, and external character information for forming an image of the external character is created for the collected external characters.
  • the external character information created here is disclosed to the information user and a use request is accepted, and the external character information for which the use request has been received from the information user is registered here. Is provided to the information user.
  • the external character when processing an arbitrary external character, the external character can be used without an external character font, and the external character information can be shared by a plurality of information users. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate problems such as character squeaking caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information not as an image but as coded electronic data. become. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between various information devices.
  • a first character identification support system is a system that supports character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and acquires a plurality of pieces of character information to perform character identification.
  • a character identification support device to support, an information processing device that generates and displays the character under the support of the character identification support device, and identifies the character; and a character identification support device and an information processing device.
  • Communication means for connecting, and when a plurality of pieces of character information, character information serving as a reference for identifying this character is used as reference information, and character information to be compared with this reference information is used as compared information.
  • a character to be compared approximated to the character is extracted by the character identification support device, and the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in order of approximation to the character.
  • This The characters are both information processing apparatus is characterized in that displayed on the same screen.
  • the character identification support device and the information processing device are communicated by the communication means. Connected and a plurality of character information is acquired by the character identification support device.
  • the character identification support device compares the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracts a character to be compared that is close to the character, and arranges the extracted characters to be compared in an order that approximates the character. On the same screen with the information processing device Is displayed.
  • a character to be compared having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported.
  • characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are a large number of characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. It can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration by multiple information processing devices. It can be used in common without having to perform such operations, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • a second character identification support system is a system that supports character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and a character that supports character identification by acquiring a plurality of pieces of character information.
  • character information that is a reference for identifying this character among a plurality of character information is set as reference information
  • character information to be compared with this reference information is set as compared information
  • the information is compared with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, and a character to be compared that is similar to the character is extracted, and a process of emphasizing the character to be compared and characteristics of the character is executed by the character identification support device. And it is characterized in you to view on the same screen by the information processing apparatus to be compared character and the character that has been processed features strong tone.
  • the character identification support device and the information processing device are communicated by the communication means. Connected, and multiple character information is acquired by the character identification support device. It is.
  • the character identification support device compares the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracts a character to be compared similar to the character, and emphasizes the extracted characters to be compared and the characteristics of the character. Is executed. The compared character subjected to the feature emphasizing process and the character are displayed on the same screen by the information processing device.
  • a process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character is executed a plurality of times, and the characteristics of the compared character and the character are classified, and the classified characters and the characteristics of the character are classified.
  • the compared character in the upper hierarchy, the compared character and the compared character in the lower hierarchy, and the compared character are connected to the compared character and the compared character and the character are subjected to information processing. Displayed by the device.
  • the character and the compared character can be systematically displayed so that the similarity between the character and the plurality of compared characters can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported.
  • characters can be identified quickly and easily. Even when there are many characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. Can be efficiently deleted. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration in a plurality of information processing devices. It can be used in common without the need for this, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • a first character identification support device is a device that supports character identification on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and serves as a reference when identifying this character.
  • Storage means for storing reference information; and control means for controlling input / output of the storage means.
  • the control means includes a plurality of compared information. Information and compare this compared information with the reference information
  • a character to be compared which is similar to the character is extracted, and the extracted character to be compared is arranged in the order of approximation to the character, and data for displaying the character together with the character on the same screen is provided on the network. It is characterized by the following.
  • the first character identification support device of the present invention when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying the character is used.
  • the reference information is stored by the storage unit.
  • a plurality of pieces of compared information to be compared with the reference information are obtained by the control means, and the compared information is compared with the reference information to extract a compared character similar to the character.
  • the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in an order approximating the characters, and data for displaying the characters together with the characters on the same screen is provided on the network by the control means.
  • a compared character having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported.
  • characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are a large number of characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. It can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration by multiple information processing devices. It can be used in common without having to perform such operations, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • a second character identification support device is a device that supports character identification on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and serves as a reference when identifying this character.
  • Storage means for storing reference information; and control means for controlling input / output of the storage means.
  • the control means includes a plurality of compared information. Information and compare this compared information with the reference information In order to extract a compared character similar to this character, and to perform a process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character, and displaying the compared character and the character subjected to the characteristic emphasis processing on the same screen. It is characterized by providing data on a network.
  • the second character identification support device of the present invention when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying this character is used.
  • the reference information is stored by the storage unit.
  • a plurality of pieces of compared information to be compared with the reference information are obtained by the control means, and the compared information is compared with the reference information, and a compared character similar to the character is extracted.
  • a process for emphasizing the extracted character to be compared and the characteristics of the character is executed.
  • the process of emphasizing the to-be-compared character and the characteristics of this character is executed a plurality of times by the control unit, and the to-be-compared character and the characteristics of this character are classified, and the classified to-be-compared character and this character are classified.
  • the characteristics of the characters the compared character in the upper layer, the compared character and the compared character in the lower layer, and the compared character and this character, which are connected and connected with each other and feature-enhanced in the form of a rectangle. Is provided on the network by the control means.
  • the character and the compared character can be systematically displayed so that the similarity between the character and the plurality of compared characters can be visually recognized clearly, thereby assisting visual character identification.
  • characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are many characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time.
  • Information can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code can be processed by a plurality of information processing devices. It can be used commonly without depending on the system configuration, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • a first information processing method is a method of processing an arbitrary character, wherein a plurality of character information for generating the character is obtained, and a plurality of pieces of character information obtained here are used.
  • character information that is a reference for identifying this character is used as reference information
  • character information to be compared with this reference information is used as compared information
  • this reference information is compared with a plurality of pieces of compared information.
  • Characters to be compared that are similar to leverage characters are extracted, and the characters are displayed on the same screen, and the extracted characters to be compared are displayed in order in which they are approximated to the characters.
  • the first information processing method when processing an arbitrary character, a compared character having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, Visual identification of characters can be supported. Therefore, the character can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are many compared characters, the character identification can be completed in a short time. Can be deleted. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration in a plurality of information processing devices. In addition to this, it is possible to commonly use the character information and character codes, and to reduce the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes.
  • a second information processing method is a method for processing information of an arbitrary character, wherein a plurality of character information for generating the character is acquired, and a plurality of pieces of character information acquired here are obtained.
  • character information that is a reference for identifying this character is used as reference information
  • character information to be compared with this reference information is used as compared information
  • this reference information is compared with a plurality of pieces of compared information.
  • Each of the compared characters similar to the leverage character is extracted, and the extracted It is characterized in that, along with the process of emphasizing the characteristics of the comparison character, the process of emphasizing the characteristics of this character is performed, and the character to be compared subjected to the feature emphasis processing and this character are displayed on the same screen. .
  • the process of emphasizing the feature of the compared character and the process of emphasizing the feature of the character are performed a plurality of times, and the compared character and the character subjected to the feature emphasis process are displayed in a hierarchy, and the hierarchy is displayed.
  • the displayed compared character and the characteristics of this character are classified, and the classified compared character and the characteristics of this character are compared with the compared character in the upper layer and the compared character and the lower layer in the compared character and this character.
  • the character to be compared and the character that has been subjected to the feature emphasis processing in the form of a line connecting between the characters and the character are displayed.
  • the character and the compared character can be displayed in a systematic manner so that the similarity between the character and the plurality of compared characters can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported.
  • characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are many characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time.
  • Information can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration in a plurality of information processing devices. It can be used in common without the need for this, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram showing a configuration example of the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the external character information registration device 10.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP1 by the computer 20a.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP2 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP3 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a display example of a web page WP4 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP5 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP 6 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a display example of the homepage WP7 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP8 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a display example of a web page WP 9 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 12 (a) is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 12 (b) is a flowchart showing an operation example of the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an operation example of the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a display example of the home page WP10 by the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of mail transmission by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a display example of the mail reception notification P1 by the personal computer 20b.
  • FIG. 17 (b) Fig. It is a figure showing the example of a display of web page WP12 by Sokon 20b.
  • FIG. 18 (a) is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P2 by the personal computer 20b.
  • FIG. 18 (b) is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P2 by the computer 20b.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P3 by the personal computer 20b.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP13 by the personal computer 20b.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P4 by the computer 20b.
  • FIG. 26 (a) is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • -FIG. 26 (b) is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.
  • FIG. 27 is a conceptual diagram showing a configuration example of the character identification support system 500.
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the character identification support device 50.
  • Fig. 29 shows an example of the transfer of character information to a bitmap by the character identification support device 50.
  • FIG. 30 (a) is a diagram showing an example of digitizing an on-bit volume in the row direction in the bitmap font BF1.
  • FIG. 30 (b) is a diagram showing an example of digitizing an on-bit volume in the column direction in the bitmap font BF1.
  • FIG. 31 (a) is a graph showing an example of an on-bit volume curve C1 derived from a function of the row direction volume value and the number of rows.
  • FIG. 31 (b) is a graph showing an example of an on-bit volume curve C2 derived from a function of the column direction volume value and the number of columns.
  • FIG. 32 is a display example of a first screen for a judge by the character identification support apparatus 50.
  • FIG. 33 (a) is a conceptual diagram showing a character code conversion table T before updating.
  • FIG. 33 (b) is a conceptual diagram illustrating a character code conversion table T after generating and updating character codes for missing characters.
  • FIG. 34 is a flow chart showing a first example of character identification support by the character identification support system 500.
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an example of extracting a compared character by the character identification support device 50.
  • FIG. 36 (a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a feature emphasis process by the character identification support device 50, and is a diagram showing a reference character and a plurality of compared characters before the feature emphasis process.
  • FIG. 36 (b) is a diagram showing a state after the first half step of the feature emphasis processing.
  • FIG. 36 (c) is a diagram showing the state after the latter half of the feature emphasis processing.
  • FIG. 37 is a display example of the second screen for the judge by the character identification support apparatus 50.
  • FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a second example of character identification support by the character identification support system 500. It is a low chart. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of an external character registration information providing system 100 as an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a configuration of an external character information registration device 100 as an embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure showing an example.
  • external character information for forming an external character image is disclosed to an information user and an external character information registration for receiving a use request is provided.
  • a device is provided, and the external character information requested to be used by this information user is numbered and registered, and this external character information is provided to the information user.
  • the external character registration information providing system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is a system that allows a plurality of information users to share and exchange external character information over a network.
  • This external character registration information providing system 100 is suitable for application and management of websites that provide external character information registration and use services that can be registered and used by multiple information users on a network. It is.
  • the external character registration information providing system 100 includes an external character information registration device 10, a plurality of information processing devices 20, and the plurality of information processing devices 20 and the external character information registration device 10. Are connected to each other by communication means 30.
  • the external character information registration apparatus 10 includes at least an input unit 11, a storage unit 12, and a control unit 13, and these are connected to each other via a bus 14. It is.
  • the input unit 11 is a network interface (NIZF: Network Interface) such as an Ethernet (Ether Port) conforming to the IEEE802.3 standard, and connects the external character information registration device 10 to the communication unit 30.
  • the input means 11 transmits and discloses external character information for forming an external character (external character) to an information user, and receives and uses a request for use of external character information from the information user.
  • the storage unit 12 is a storage device including an electronic recording medium such as a DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) or a large-capacity magnetic recording medium such as an HDD (HardDiskDrive).
  • the storage means 12 stores an external character code (a set of character and external characters) in which an external character information for forming an external character in an image is associated with an internal code of the external character information registration device 10, a shift J ISS code,
  • the control means 13 has a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 13 a, a RAMI 3 b and a ROM (Read Only Memory) 13 c, and uses the CPU 13 a RAMI 3 b as a work area to store the ROM 13 c.
  • the input and output of the input means 11 and the storage means 12 are controlled by executing the stored control program.
  • the control means 13 controls the reading of the storage means 12 so as to provide the external character information registered by the information user to the information user.
  • the external character information registration device 10 can be constructed by a known computer system, and operates as a Web server for operating a Web site that can provide external character information on a network. Function.
  • the information processing device 20 is a personal computer (hereinafter referred to as a “server”) used by an information user (user) to access (connect) to an external character information registration device (hereinafter referred to as a server) 10.
  • PC Personal Computer
  • a communication modem that supports the communication standard based on the ITU-T recommendation or an NI ZF such as a NIC (Network Interface Card) conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard (not shown).
  • NI / F Information processing equipment.
  • One personal computer: hereinafter referred to as a personal computer) 20 is connected to the server 10 via the communication means 30.
  • the personal computer 20 is operated by the user to transmit a request for using an external character to the server 10 and register the external character information.
  • the communication means 30 is constructed from a LAN (Local Area Network) constructed with an Ethernet cable such as 10BASE-T conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard, an optical cable, and the like. This is a network capable of two-way communication consisting of an IP (Internet Protocol) network and a general public telephone network connected via a communication modem that supports the communication standard according to the ITU-T recommendation.
  • the communication means (network) 30 is connected to the input means (NI / F) 11 of the server 10 and the NIZF of the personal computer 20 by an Ethernet cable or the like, so that the server 10 and the server 10 are connected to each other. To the other 20 so that bidirectional communication is possible.
  • a web browser (Web Browser) is installed in the personal computer 20 as software for two-way communication with the server 10.
  • this personal computer 20 is a display means 2 1 and input means 22.
  • the display means 21 is a display device having an image display function such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), and the input means 22 is an input device such as a keyboard and a mouse.
  • the computer 20 reads the data sent from the server 10 by a web browser, and displays a web page (Web page) by the display means 21 based on the data, It becomes possible to input various setting information etc. for sending to 10 on the web page. That is, the server 10 interactively communicates information with the personal computer 20 by switching the display of the web page by the display means 21 in response to various inputs on the web page by the input means 22.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 gives the user a user ID as an identification number. That is, the user is given a user ID from a website (information provider) operated by the server 10 and accesses the server 10 by the personal computer 20 using the user ID.
  • the user ID is given differently for each user, such as "aaa” for user A and "bbb" for user B, and serves as an identification number when these multiple users access server 10 I do.
  • the user ID is recognized by the server 10 and successfully accesses the server 10, bidirectional communication between the personal computer 20 and the server 10 becomes possible.
  • the website by the server 10 correctly prints a document that is created based on character information including external character information, for example, a document in which it is desired to accurately describe a personal name such as a business card, a post card, and a paper for wrapping paper. It can provide a service that supports sending and receiving e-mails with correct addresses without using substitute characters.
  • the user A assigns a user ID “aaa” in advance. Then, a case will be described in which the server 10 is accessed by the personal computer 20a using this user ID, and a postcard printed with a correct address is ordered. Note that the postcard design has already been selected, and it is assumed that external character information required for accurately printing the address written on the postcard of the selected design will be used.
  • the personal computer 20a When the user accesses the server 10 via a web browser installed on the personal computer 20a, the personal computer 20a reads the data transmitted from the server 10 with a web browser and uses the web browser based on the data. The page is displayed by the display means 21a.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 determines whether or not the external character is correctly displayed along with an arbitrary external character and an image of the external character.
  • the web page data on which the selection input button for inputting the information is loaded is transmitted to the personal computer 20a.
  • the display means 21 a displays the external character correctly along with an arbitrary external character D 1 and an image D 2 of the external character as shown in FIG. 3, for example.
  • the web page WP 1 on which the selection input buttons K l and K 2 for inputting whether or not the input has been performed is displayed. This enables the server 10 to investigate the system environment of the personal computer 20a.
  • the question Q1 and the selection for verifying the local setting such as the language and the font of the personal computer 20a are used.
  • Item VI is displayed.
  • a message Ml such as "See the font menu on the Options tab" is displayed on the web page WP1 at the same time. Is done. This message Ml is sent to the PC and OS installed on this PC 20a by detecting the system environment of the computer 20a. (Operating System) and the content according to their version (Version).
  • the setting information of the selected font and language is transmitted to the server 10 as a local setting, and the server 10 According to the local setting, an arbitrary external character code and external character information corresponding to the external character code are transmitted to the personal computer 20a.
  • the external character D1 displayed in the font selected by the personal computer 20a, the external character image D2 displayed based on the external character information, and the power page WP1 are simultaneously displayed.
  • the server 10 displays the external character in the web page WP 1 simultaneously in both the font and the image, and determines whether the external character is correctly displayed in the font by selecting the “Yes” or “No” selection input button K.
  • the data of the web page WP1 is transmitted to the personal computer 20a so that the data can be input by l, ⁇ 2.
  • the server 10 can verify the language used by the personal computer 20a, the type of font, and the system environment such as whether or not the personal character is possessed.
  • the control means 13 of the bar 10 is a web page data on which a font selection button for selecting a font for printing characters on a boss card, that is, a font type for displaying an external character from a plurality of fonts.
  • the display means 21a displays a web page WP2 on which a font selection button for selecting a font type from a plurality of fonts is placed as shown in FIG. Switch the display as shown.
  • This web page WP 2 contains the message "Please select a font” M2 and font samples such as Gothic, Mincho, Taisho, line, and bold, etc. , A plurality of button images also serving as a font selection button for selecting one font, and a “don't change current setting” button K3 for selecting setting unchanged.
  • This web page WP 2 allows A users to easily select the font type for printing characters on postcards while viewing the font.
  • the font setting selected here is also reflected when displaying characters as images. For example, when the user A selects the “select gothic” button K 4, the external character image D 2 is displayed by the selected gothic.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality to A.
  • the web page data on which a save button for storing in the storage means 12 in association with the user ID "aaa” of the user is transmitted to the personal computer 20a.
  • the display means 21a associates the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality with the user ID "aaa” as shown in FIG. 10 Press the save button K 5 to save Switch the display so that the loaded web page WP 3 is displayed.
  • the web page WP 3 displays the message "Bost card ordered here will be printed in C Gothic" because user A has selected C Gothic.
  • the setting confirmation button K5 also serves as a save button.
  • the setting change button K6 This allows the A user to check the font used for printing the postcard, and if the user does not like the font, selects the setting change button K 6 and returns to the web page WP 2 to select the font. Can be repeated any number of times. Therefore, it is possible to avoid a situation where the ordered postcard is printed in a font different from the expectation (image) of the A user.
  • the server 10 confirms the save from the save button K5.
  • the setting information relating to the font type of the computer 20 a can be stored in the storage means 12 in association with the user ID “a a a”. Therefore, since the server 10 can store the fonts used by the personal computer 20a in the external character database as one item of local setting information, it is not necessary to repeatedly examine the system environment of the personal computer 20a. It will be possible to build an environment where information can be provided immediately for access from the Internet.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 saves the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality on the web page WP 2 to the personal computer 20a.
  • the data of the web page on which the save button is placed is sent to the personal computer 20a.
  • the display means 21a stores the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality in the personal computer 20a as shown in FIG. Display the WP4 page with the save button K7.
  • This web page WP 4 confirms the font type selected by A user A message asking whether or not to store the font and language settings in the personal computer 20a together with the message M4, and a save button "Yes JK7" and an unsave button "No" K8 are posted.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 accepts a save request by the save button K7, and creates setting information on the font type by the web browser of the personal computer 20a. Cookies.
  • the server # 0 can read the setting information regarding the font type of the computer 20a from the cookie as needed. If user A does not want to write cookie 1 "on server 10 for security reasons, etc., select" No "button K8 to save the font and language settings to personal computer 20a. Ban.
  • the user is not limited to a specific information processing device such as a personal computer 20a, but can connect to the server 10 with a user ID “aaa” using a plurality of various information devices. Each time you use multiple information devices, you can change settings such as fonts and save these settings in cookies. For example, even in the case where an unspecified number of information users use an unspecified number of information devices in an Internet cuff or library, personal computers randomly selected from such information devices For example, the user A can receive the service for registering external character information by the server 10.
  • the server 10 When the server 10 receives the character code transmitted from the server 20a, the server 10 transmits the image file for enlarging the character corresponding to the character code and displaying the image, thereby obtaining the web page WP. 5 Switch the display so that the enlarged image "Junichi Watanabe" D3 is placed on top. Then, the message “If you use a vague character (external character) that cannot be converted on a personal computer, check the check box under that kanji and press the convert button.” M5 displays this computer. The user is prompted to enter a check mark in the check box (input column) of the kanji that is not converted in 20a, that is, the kanji that is converted to the external character that is not installed on this personal computer 20a.
  • the ability to select the non-conversion button K 10 When there is no request to use external characters, the ability to select the non-conversion button K 10 Here, select the check box I 2 provided under the kanji ⁇ side '' with a mouse, etc., and enter a check mark. Select the conversion button Kl1. According to this.
  • the computer 20a sends to the server 10 a request to use an external character that is a variant of “side”, that is, a request to use external character information for forming an image of the external character.
  • control means 13 of the server 10 When the control means 13 of the server 10 receives the use request of the external character information from the user A in response to the access by the web browser, the control means 13 based on the external character information for forming the external character based on the external character information. Is transmitted to the personal computer 20a for displaying an image of the web page. Thereby, the server 10 discloses the external character information for forming the external character to the image to the A user.
  • the display means 21 a of the computer 20 a displays a web page WP 6 for displaying an external character image based on the external character information disclosed from the server 10. I do.
  • the web page WP 6 can efficiently disclose to the user A the external character information for forming an image of these variant characters by displaying a plurality of variant character images D 4 of the variant characters of “side”.
  • User A can select from multiple external characters to be used for postcard addressing.
  • the user selects the cancel button K 1 2 to cancel the use request of the external character information, Can select another character "button K 13
  • select the check box I 3 provided below the desired external character image F 1 enter a check mark, and then press the conversion button K 1 Select 4.
  • a request to use the external character image F1 based on the external character information is transmitted (transmitted) to the server 10.
  • the control means 13 sends the external character image based on the external character information relating to the use request from the user A together with the external character image.
  • the external character information is associated with the user ID “aaa”, and the data of the web page on which the registration button for registering the number is transmitted is transmitted to the personal computer 20a.
  • the display means 21a displays this external character information, that is, the address D5 together with the external character image F1 based on the external character information for which the use request has been received by the server 10, as shown in FIG. A page W 7 on which a registration button K 15 for numbering registration in association with “aaa” is displayed.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 accepts a registration request by the registration button ⁇ 15 and receives the external character information, that is, the external character image F 1 Is associated with the user ID “aaa” assigned to the user (computer 20 a), and is assigned to the external character number 5 as in message M 6 and registered in the storage means 12. .
  • the external character code “4897563210” assigned as the internal code to the external character image F1 is replaced with the character code of “Water”, “Jun” and “I” (not shown in Table 1).
  • the external character code “4897563210” assigned to the external character image F1 is an internal code selected so as not to overlap with the standardized character code.
  • the external character registration information conversion table ⁇ 1 stores information on the system environment such as fonts and OSs used by a plurality of users, and external character codes corresponding to the external character information registered by the plurality of users, with the user ID of each user. This is a conversion table of external character information that is made into a database by being stored in association with each other.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 associates external character information for forming an external character with an image, and substitutes the character for the external character, for example, "edge" belonging to a standardized character code for "edge". When the user does not select to use an external character, the external character can be replaced with a substitute character.
  • the server 10 can provide the image of the address D5 registered from the personal computer 20a in response to the request from the user A, so that the user A can enter the external character font into the computer 20a.
  • the desired external character can be used repeatedly as needed without having to install the external character.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the web page on which the save button for storing this external character information is placed.
  • the display means 21a displays the external character information, that is, a graphic file for displaying the address D5 registered with the external character, as shown in FIG.
  • the control means 1 3 accepts the save request by the save button # 20, and saves the graphic file of the address D5 newly registered on the web page WP7 in a cookie created by the web browser of the personal computer 20a.
  • the user A can use the address D5 on the personal computer 20a without accessing the server 10.
  • the "No" button K21 is selected here, the saving of the graphic file in the personal computer 20a can be refused, so that it is possible to cope with security settings such as the prohibition of writing to the cookie by the server 10.
  • the display is switched to a web page WP 9 for displaying a list of external character registration, as shown in FIG.
  • This web page WP 9 says, "You can register up to 10 external characters. You can register up to 5 more, but after that, you can't register a new one without deleting the previous one.” In this way, the number of external character information that can be registered is notified, and a check box for inputting a deletion mark is displayed for each image based on the registered external character information.
  • the user can also be set to display a web page where a large number of external character information can be easily registered immediately after the option registrant accesses the server 10.
  • This embodiment is based on the precondition that the user A registers and uses external character information necessary for printing an accurate address when ordering a postcard from a website operated by the server 10.
  • step S11 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 12 (a) a plurality of external characters which are not in the standard character code are collected.
  • step S12 with regard to the external characters collected here, external character information for forming these external characters is formed, and the generated external character information is registered in the next step S13. It is stored in the storage means 12 of the device (server) 10. As a result, the server 10 completes the preparation for the operation of the website providing the external character information on the network 30.
  • step S21 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 12 (b) the control means 13 of the server 10 provides the user A with the user A so that the user A can access the website and order the postcard. Issue ID "aaa” as membership number.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 displays the web page WP1 shown in FIG. Send data as shown in 1a and investigate the system environment of computer 20a used by user A.
  • the control means 13 sends data so as to display the web page WP2 shown in FIG. 4 on the display means 21a, and prompts the user A to select a font.
  • These web pages WP 1 and WP 2 allow the server 10 to understand the low power setting of the personal computer 20a, so that the language and fonts required for generating external character images on the computer 20a can be determined. It is possible to acquire setting information on types and the like.
  • step S24 the control means 13 sends data so that the web page WP3 shown in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display means 21a, and the font used for printing the postcard is printed.
  • Prompt user A to confirm the type of
  • the process proceeds to the next step S25.
  • the process returns to step S23 to select the font again.
  • step S25 the control means 13 of the server 10 sends data so that the web page WP4 shown in FIG. 6 is displayed on the display means 21a, and sets the language and font type. Displays a message confirming that the information has been saved on PC 20a.
  • the control means 13 creates this setting information by the web browser of the personal computer 20a. Save to Tatsuki and proceed to the next step S27.
  • the user A does not approve the saving of the font and language settings (No)
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 sends data so that the web page WP5 shown in FIG. 7 is displayed on the display means 21a, and a post card such as an address is sent. Prompts you to enter information required for printing.
  • the address is entered in the input column I 1 and the transmission button K 9 is selected
  • the character code corresponding to the character entered in the input column I 1 is transmitted to the server 10. Is done.
  • the control means 13 enlarges the character corresponding to the received character code so that the image is displayed on the web page. Switch the display of WP 5.
  • step S30 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 13 the control means 13 of the server 10 displays the message M5 on the web or page WP5, thereby displaying Check whether there is a request for a conversion candidate. If the user A selects the "Keep it as is” button K10 and does not request a conversion candidate for external characters (No), the process proceeds to step S36, where the character is identified by the enlarged image D3. Complete the order acceptance to print the address on the card and finish. On the other hand, if the user A requests a conversion candidate for an external character (Yes), in the next step S31, the control means 13 receives a request for a conversion candidate for an external character from the computer 20a, and proceeds to step S31. In S32, the external character information is disclosed to the user A by sending data so that the web page WP6 shown in FIG. 8 is displayed on the display means 21a.
  • step S33 if the external character to be used exists in the external character image D4 formed based on the external character information disclosed from the server 10 (Yes), the user checks the external character. By checking the box and selecting the conversion button K 14, a request to use external character information is sent to the server 10, and the process proceeds to step S 34.
  • step S34 the user again determines whether or not there is an external character. When there is no desired external character in the external character image D4 (No), the user A returns to step S30 by selecting the cancel button K12.
  • step S30 it is determined again whether or not the ability to request a conversion candidate for an external character is present.
  • a request to use external character information is sent to the server 10 and the process proceeds to step S34.
  • the control means 13 sends the ninth The data is transmitted so that the web page WP7 shown in the figure is displayed on the display means 21a.
  • the control means 13 prompts the user A to confirm the address D5 formed based on the character information including the external character information, and determines whether or not to register the address D5, that is, whether or not to register the external character information. To confirm.
  • step S36 the server 10 does not register the external character information, and the address D 5 Accepts the order to print on the postcard and ends.
  • step S37 the control means 13 of the server 10 registers the external character information in the storage means 12 by numbering. .
  • the external character information numbered and registered in this way is stored in the storage means 12 of the server 10 by inputting the registration number in the input column I 4 of the web page WP 7 and selecting the transmission button K 16. Since it can be easily called, character images containing external characters can be repeatedly used based on the external character information registered here.
  • step S38 it is determined whether or not to call the registered external character information. If the user A requests the registered external character information (Yes), the process proceeds to the next step S39, and the example For example, when the “view list of external character registration” button K 18 is selected, the control means 13 of the server 10 sends the data of the web page WP 9 in FIG. 11 to transmit the registered external character information. To Pacicon 20a. The control means 13 also provides the requested external character information to the A user by inputting the external entry 1 to 5 into the input column I4 of the web page WP7 from the personal computer 20a. I do. After providing the requested external character information in this way, the process proceeds to the next step S40. If the user does not request the external character information registered (No), the process skips step S39 and proceeds to step S40.
  • step S40 the control means 13 of the server 10 is registered by sending data to display the web page WP8 shown in FIG. 10 on the display means 21a.
  • a user is urged to determine whether to store the graphic file of the address D5 in the personal computer 20a.
  • the control means 13 saves the graphic file to the personal computer 20a in the next step S41.
  • the flow advances to step S36 to complete the order reception so as to print the Bost card with the address D5 formed with the image by the graphic file, and ends the processing.
  • step S41 If the user does not select to save the figure file (No), skip step S41 and proceed to step S36, complete the order acceptance without saving this figure file and exit .
  • the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment since the user A can repeatedly use necessary external characters without installing the external character font on the personal computer 20a, the user A is operated by the server 100. Web sites allow quick and easy ordering of Bost Cards and business cards, etc., whose addresses are correctly printed in external characters.
  • the information to be registered is not particularly limited. Not only the external character information for forming characters but also all graphic characters including internal characters (internal characters), figures, symbols and characters in other languages belonging to character codes that are officially or privately standardized. Information for generation (image formation) can be registered. Further, such a character selection method is suitable for selecting an external character, but may be used for a normal character selection method.
  • a user A accesses a server 10 by a personal computer 20a using a user ID “aaa” and sends an e-mail (Email) containing a sentence including an external character to a user B.
  • Email e-mail
  • pre-registered external character information is used. This allows external characters to be used even without external character fonts, and allows numbered registered external character information to be shared between multiple PCs 20a and 20b. is there.
  • the configuration of the external character registration information providing system 100 as the second embodiment is the same as that of the above-described first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits, for example, the data of the web page WP 10 as shown in FIG. To PC 20a.
  • the display means 21a of the personal computer 20a displays the web page WP10 as a screen for creating an external character using mail.
  • a font is selected by selecting a font in a "font selection" column V2 and selecting a "determine” button K24 by clicking with a mouse or the like. With this font, the display of “List of registered external characters that can be used in the text” V3 etc. can be switched, so that the font status can be confirmed by these displays.
  • the "insert" button of the external character number in which the desired external character information is registered is selected at the input position of the external character. For example, if the name of the B user is to be described using an external character when entering the body text, register the external character No. 5, that is, select the "Insert” button K25 on the right side of "External climbing 5".
  • the registration number assigned to the desired external character information can be obtained from the server 10 and can be arranged at a position where the external character information is required. Also, by selecting the “Convert” button K 26 for refreshing the text, the external characters can be displayed as an image based on the external character information under this registration number. You can check the text and the state of the font including external characters as necessary. Therefore, the user A can use the external character information provided from the server 10 to create a text as an image in which the name of the user B is correctly displayed in the external character.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 stores the registration number assigned to the external character information when transmitting the mail including the external character information registered by the user A to the user B as described above. Obtain from 2 and provide to B user. Therefore, after receiving the e-mail, the B user can easily retrieve the external character information from the registration number in a short time, so that both the A user and the B user do not need to install the external character font. External characters can be used in common.
  • the normal transmission method is the method recommended by the server 10.
  • B user sends a message via email sent from A browser by A user.
  • the external character information used for this mail is acquired from the storage means 12 of the server 10.
  • html Hyper Text Markup Language
  • B user opens the file created and transmitted in html format by A user with mail software, restores the mail, and embeds it in this html file.
  • the external character information used for this mail is obtained from the storage means 12 of the server 10.
  • external characters are displayed as substitute characters belonging to standardized character codes.
  • the external character is replaced by the substitute character stored in the storage means 12 in association with the external character information used for creating the mail. 'By selecting one of these transmission methods and then selecting the transmission button K27, the mail created by user A will be the registration number of the external character information used to create this mail.
  • the user 20a is sent to the address of user B with the user ID "aaa" embedded. As described above, the user A can transmit the mail including the external character as encoded electronic data to the user B without installing the external character font on the personal computer 20a.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of mail transmission from User A to User B by the external character registration information providing system 100 according to the second embodiment.
  • step S51 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 15 the user A uses the personal computer 20a to open the web page WP10 as an external character mail creation screen using an external browser.
  • step S52 a font to be used for creating an e-mail is selected in the selection column V2 of the web page WP10.
  • the font is determined by the determination button K24, and in the next step S54, the destination of the mail, that is, the e-mail address (Email address) of the B user is input to the input column I6. input.
  • step S55 enter the title in the input column I7, for example, "Thank you", and in the next step S556, enter the desired text in the input column I8 to enter the text.
  • next step S57 for example, by selecting the input button K25 corresponding to the desired external character registration number (in this case, external registration 5) at a necessary place in the text described in the text. Insert external character information.
  • next step S58 the state of the text and font created by selecting the conversion button K26 is checked, and in the next step S59, one of the check boxes I9 to I11 is checked. And select the transmission method from selection column V4. At this time, the check box of the selected transmission method is inserted with a small circle inside, for example, as in check box I9, or the color tone is inverted, so that it is possible to clearly determine which transmission method was selected. Will be displayed.
  • step S60 the mail is transmitted to user B by selecting the transmission button K27, and the processing ends.
  • the external character information is registered on the web page WP 10 for creating the external character use mail by using the registered external character information.
  • the mail creator and A transmission method suitable for the receiver's system environment can be selected from a plurality of transmission methods.
  • FIG. 16 shows an example of a reception notification P1 of the mail transmitted by the above-mentioned normal transmission method by the mail software.
  • the notification of receipt of this mail P1 includes a UR L (Uniform Resource Locator) A1 that accesses a file for displaying the entire received mail as a single image, and the received mail as text and images URLA2, which is used to access the file to be used, is pasted as a link, and these URLs A1, A2 have the necessary information to obtain external character information such as the user ID “aaa” of the A user. Information is embedded.
  • UR L Uniform Resource Locator
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 (a) Send the web page WP 11 denita as shown in the figure to the personal computer 20b.
  • the display means 21 b of the personal computer 20 b switches the display so as to display the web page WP 11, so that the user B can read the mail from the user A by displaying the image in the font selected by the user A. Can be.
  • the entire content of the e-mail is provided as image data from the server 10 to the personal computer 20b, the communication volume between the personal computer 20b and the server 10 is large, but the text of the e-mail is The text is displayed in, so the text is easy to read without discomfort.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the data of the web page WP 12 as shown in FIG. b, and the display means 21 b switches the display so as to display the web page WP12.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the data of the web page WP 12 as shown in FIG. b, and the display means 21 b switches the display so as to display the web page WP12.
  • FIG. 18 shows a display example of the mail transmitted from the user A by html mail and received by the user B by the display means 21b.
  • the registration number of the external character information in the text M9 displayed in the font used by the B user that is, the mail P 2 with the link to the external character image F 1 embedded Is displayed.
  • the received mail P2a shown in FIG. 18 (a) the entire text of the mail is correctly displayed including the external characters.
  • the main software of the personal computer 20 cannot obtain the image file for displaying the external character image F1 from the storage means 12 of the server 10; ) As shown in the received mail P 2 b in the figure, a text in which the part of the external character image F 1 is replaced with a blank F 2 is displayed.
  • the sentence M9 other than the external character image F1 is transmitted (transmitted) from the server 10 as a character code, and the external character image F1 is inserted into the sentence M9. Therefore, if the font used by the user B is different from the font selected by the user A, the font is different between the sentence M9 converted to the font used by the user B and the external character image F1. This may result in uncomfortable and unreadable text.
  • the method of displaying the html mail with the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 is suitable for narrowband communication because the amount of communication between the personal computer 20b and the server 10 is small. .
  • FIG. 19 shows a display example of the mail P3 transmitted by the external character compatible mail from the user A and received by the user B by the display means 21b.
  • the external character image F1 used by the user A is replaced with the substitute character F3, as shown in Figure 19.
  • the substitute character F3 is displayed.
  • the B user has a UR LA 1 linked to a file for displaying the entire received mail P 3 as one image, and a file for displaying the received mail P 3 as a sentence and an image.
  • the user can read the mail in the text including the external character image F1, as shown in FIG.
  • FIGS. 20 to 22 are flowcharts showing an example in which the user B receives an email transmitted from the user A by the external character registration information providing system 100
  • FIG. Fig. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of receiving an email sent by the sending method shown in Fig. 21
  • Fig. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of receiving an email sent by html mail.
  • 6 is a flowchart showing an example of receiving a received mail.
  • the reception notification P 1 of the e-mail is linked as a link to the e-mail.
  • the precondition is that the external character information is obtained from the storage means 12 of the server 10 by the pasted URL or the link embedded in the text of this mail, and the mail is displayed correctly.
  • the reception of the e-mail is notified by e-mail software or a web browser equipped with a normal e-mail transmission / reception function.
  • step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 20 the user B starts the mail software installed on the personal computer 20b, and receives a notification P1 of the external character mail as shown in FIG. Confirms the receipt of the e-mail.
  • step S102 if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using a broadband capable of high-speed information communication (Yes), the process proceeds to step S103a, and the broadband use is performed.
  • image display is recommended, so in the next step S104a, a URL A1 embedded with a link for image display is selected by clicking on it, and in the next step S105a, The link embedded in the URLA 1 is accessed to access the server 110 to obtain mail data including external character information. .
  • the display means 21b displays the web page WP11 for displaying the entire mail as one image by using the display means 21b, and ends. I do.
  • step S102 if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using the narrow band in which high-speed information communication is difficult (No in step S102), the process proceeds to step S103b, and in the case of using the narrow band, Since the display by text and images is recommended, in the next step S104, a URLA2 embedded with a link for display by text and images is selected by clicking, and in the next step S105, By accessing the server 10 by using the link embedded in the URLA 2, the mail data including the character code including the external character information is acquired from the storage unit 12 of the server 10.
  • the character code contained in the data of this e-mail The font is converted to the font used in the font 20b, and the text M9 of the web page WP12 in Fig. 17 (b) is generated, and the external character image F formed on the text M9 based on the external character information Buy 1.
  • the web page WP 12 for displaying the mail with the text and the external character image is displayed by the display means 2 1 b and the processing is terminated. .
  • the external character is included in the received mail, and the external character font is changed. Even if it is not installed on PC 20b, texts including external characters can be displayed correctly as intended by the mail sender.
  • the display of the received mail can be selected from the display by image or the display by text and image, depending on the system environment of the mail recipient, the display to the server 10 can be made by selecting the display with text and images with low communication volume. The system load and communication cost on the personal computer 20b can be reduced for the access by the user.
  • the user A selects the html mail as the mail transmission method in the selection column V4 of the web page WP10.
  • the user B activates the mail software installed on the personal computer 20b and confirms the mail reception in step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG.
  • step S110 open the html file received as e-mail with e-mail software, and open this html e-mail.
  • a link to the external character information is embedded in the sentence M9 generated using the font used by Sokon 20 b.
  • next step S 1 1 an attempt is made to access server 10 via this link, and in the next step S 1 1 2, if access to server 10 is successful (Y es), Proceeding to step S1 13a, a request is made to the server 10 for a graphic file for displaying an external character as an image, and based on the graphic file transferred from the server 10, the external character image F1 is written to the sentence M9. insert. Finally, in step S114, as shown in Fig. 18 (a), the mail P2a composed of the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 is displayed on the display means 21b, and the processing ends. I do.
  • step S112 If the access to the server 10 fails in step S112, proceed to step S113b and insert a blank (blank) F2 in the sentence M9 instead of the external character. Then, in the last step S114, as shown in Fig. 18 (b), the mail P2b in which a blank F2 is entered in this sentence M9 is displayed as a display means 21. Display with b and end.
  • the external mail is included in the received mail, and the external character font is not installed. Even with this, the mail containing the external character can be displayed with ordinary mail software. Therefore, if the fonts of the sentence M 9 and the external character image F 1 are not unified, the communication between the PC 2 Qb and the server 10 may be small, although it may be displayed in a strange and difficult-to-read text. In addition, the system load on the personal computer 20b can be reduced and the communication cost can be reduced.
  • step S110a the mail P3 sent by the external character compatible mail is opened by mail software, and as shown in FIG. 19, the external character image F1 based on the external character information is displayed. Is replaced with the substitute character F3, and a method for correctly displaying the substitute character F3 with an external character together with the sentence containing the substitute character F3 by the display means 21b using the font used on the personal computer 20b. indicate.
  • next step S102 if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using broadband (Yes), the process proceeds to step S103a, and if the broadband is used, the image is displayed. Because it is recommended, in the next step S104a, select the URLA1 embedded with the link to the file for image display, and in the next step S105a, the link embedded in this URLA1 To access the server 10 to obtain the mail P3 data including the external character information.
  • a web page WP11 for displaying the entire mail as one image based on the data obtained from the server 10 is displayed as shown in Fig. 17 (a).
  • the display is completed by the display means 2 1 b and the processing ends.
  • step S102 if the computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using the narrow band (No in step S102), the process proceeds to step S103b.
  • the display using the text and the image is performed.
  • step S • 104b it is recommended to select by clicking on the URLA2 with embedded links for text and image display, and in the next step S105b, Embed in URLA2
  • mail data consisting of character codes including external character information is obtained from the server 10.
  • the character code included in the data of this e-mail is converted to the font used in the computer 20b, and the 17th (b). M9 is generated, and the external character image F1 is inserted into the sentence M9.
  • the display means 21 displays the web page WP 12 for displaying the mail P 3 with the sentence M 9 and the external character image F 1. And exit.
  • the external mail is included in the received mail P3 and the external character font is installed. Even if it is not, the user can replace the external character with the substitute character F3 and display the mail contents. Even when 0 cannot be accessed, the contents of the received mail P3 can be grasped.
  • the display of the received mail P3 can be selected from image display or display with text and image, depending on the system environment of the mail recipient, the display with text and image with low communication volume can be selected by the server 1 The system load on accessing 0 can be reduced.
  • the B user is not given a user ID from the server 10.
  • the B user when the B user is given a user ID “bbb” and the B user accesses the server 10, By constructing the system so that at least the user ID "bbb” must be entered, in order for the B user to read the external character mail from the A user with the correct display, the B user's user ID "bbb” May require a password. Therefore, transmission / reception of the external character mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 can be made a member-only registration system or a billing service.
  • the user B like the user A, is a member of the website operated by the server 10 and is given the user ID “bbb” in advance, and the user ID “bbb”
  • the server 10 is accessed from the personal computer 20b by using the external character information included in the e-mail sent from the user A from the server 10 and displayed on the display means 20b, and the e-mail is created.
  • the external character used for the user is registered in the external character registration area of the B user, that is, the area for the B user in the external character registration information conversion table T1 stored in the storage means 12 of the server 10.
  • the external character information numbered and registered by the user A can be provided to the user B for common use.
  • the user A sends a mail including the external character to the user B by a normal transmission method, and the user B receives the mail shown in FIG.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 provides the external character information relating to the use request from the user A to the user B, and registers the external character information from the user B.
  • the web page data on which a registration button for registering the external character information in the storage means 12 of the server 10 is transmitted to the personal computer 20b.
  • the display means 21b displays a web page WP13 on which the external character information D5 and the registration button K28 are placed, as shown in FIG.
  • the control means 13 of the server 10 receives the use request from the user A and receives the external character information D 5 registered in the registration area of the user A as the external character No. 5 to the user B. Provision and registration button K2 8 by B user In response to the registration request, the same external character information D 5 is associated with the user ID “bbb” assigned to the user B, and, for example, as shown in the external character registration information conversion table T 1, User ID in the registration area "Register under the subordinate of bbbj as the external character No. 3.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example in which an e-mail transmitted from the A user by the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment is received and displayed by the B user's personal computer 20b.
  • the reception notification P 1 of the mail is received.
  • the data embedded in the mail containing the external character information is obtained from the server 10 using the URL embedded as a link in the URL, the mail is displayed correctly, and the external character information used to create this mail is registered in the user B's external character registration area. It is assumed that you As described above, it is assumed that both the A user and the B user have been given user IDs as members of the website operated by the server 10. Assuming this, first, in step S101 in FIG. 24, the B user recognizes the mail reception by the mail reception notification P1 in FIG.
  • step S102 if the personal computer 20b of the B user is accessing the network 30 using broadband (Yes), the process proceeds to step S103a and the mail reception notification P Since the image display is recommended in step 1, in the next step S104a, select UR LA 1 in which the link for image display is embedded, and in the next step S105a, this URLA1 Access the server 10 via the link embedded in to obtain mail data including external character information. .
  • the web page WP13 for displaying the entire mail as one image based on the data obtained from the server 10 is displayed by the display means 21b of the personal computer 20b. indicate.
  • a registration button K28 for registering the external character information D5 used in the main body of the main page is posted on the page WP13, and the processing ends.
  • step S102 if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using the narrow band (No in step S102), the process proceeds to step S103b, and the text and image are displayed in the mail reception notification P1.
  • step S104b select UR LA 2 in which links for displaying text and images are embedded, and in the next step S105, this URLA
  • the server 10 obtains mail data including external character information and character codes.
  • step S106b the character code included in the data of this e-mail is converted into the font used for the personal computer 20b, and the sentence is written as in the web page WP12 in Fig. 17 (b).
  • the sentence M9 contains Insert the character image F1.
  • step S107 a web page WP12 for displaying this mail with the sentence M9 and the character image F1 is displayed based on the mail data obtained from the server 10 and Then, a registration button for registering the external character image F1 used in the body of this e-mail is posted on the web page WP12, and the processing ends.
  • the external character information used by the user A can be easily reused by the user B. You can register in your own registration area. Therefore, both the A user and the user can use necessary external characters in common without installing external character fonts on their personal computers 20a and 20b. Information can be exchanged as coded electronic data without causing inconvenience such as garbled characters.
  • a user creates an e-mail with the registration number of the external character information embedded in the document M9 as a link to the server 10 using the html editor and sends it to B user Then, the user B receives this mail, obtains the external character image F1 from the server 10 via the registration number of the external character information, and displays it on the display means 21b of the personal computer 20b.
  • the mail including the external character image F1 can be read by both the A user and the B user.
  • a user installs a general html editor on the personal computer 20a, and on the edit screen of this html editor, for example, registers a figure file stored in the personal computer 20a on the web page WP8 in Fig. 10. The number is inserted between the character codes as a link to the registration area in server 10 of this graphic file.
  • the html file created in this way and the figure embedded in this html file Send (forward) multiple files consisting of files, etc. to the user as email from the html editor.
  • FIG. 25 shows a display example of the mail P4 reproduced in this way by the display means 21b.
  • the text of the mail P 4 is displayed as the text M 9 and the external character image F 1 together with the address A 3 of the html file.
  • This sentence M9 is displayed in the font used by the personal computer 20b, while the external character image F1 is displayed in the font registered by the user A. Therefore, if user B does not have the same font as the external character image F1 embedded by user A, the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 will be displayed in different fonts, resulting in an uncomfortable display. It becomes. Also, when creating an email by the A user, the burden of editing work with the html editor is large, and it takes time and effort to send multiple files when sending an email, so the work efficiency is slightly inferior.
  • the registration number of the external character information stored locally by the user A can be embedded as a link to the graphic file stored in the server 10. Since text other than the registration number can also be sent using character codes, both users A and B can send and receive e-mails while suppressing the amount of communication. Even if user A cannot access server 10, mail can be sent using the registration number of the external character information stored locally.
  • FIG. 26 (a) is a flowchart showing an example in which the user A creates an e-mail with the html editor and sends it to the B user, and FIG. 26 (b) shows this e-mail by the display means 21. It is a flowchart which shows the example of a display.
  • the user A stores the external character information provided from the server 10 in the personal computer 20a, and inserts the registration number of the external character information stored in the personal computer 20a into the html file by the html editor.
  • To create a mail P4 and send this mail P4 to User B from the html editor.
  • the registration number of the external character information embedded in the html file by the html editor is used as a link to the server 10 when requesting the external character image based on the external character information to the server 10.
  • step S121 of the flowchart shown in Fig. 26 (a) the user A starts the html editor and opens the editing screen, and the next step S122 Then, the registration number of the external character information stored in the personal computer 20a is embedded as a link to the server 10 at a desired position on the editing screen.
  • step S123 a plurality of files including the html file created as the main file P4 and the graphic file inserted into the html file are transferred to the B user via the html editor. As a result, transmission of the mail P4 by the user A ends.
  • the user B When the mail P4 is sent from the user A to the user B in this way, the user B first receives the user A in step S131 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 26 (b). Receive multiple files forwarded as emails from.
  • B user opens the html file from among these multiple files.
  • the mail P4 created by the user A is reproduced.
  • the server 10 is accessed using the registration number of the external character information embedded in the reproduced mail P4 as a link, and requests the server 10 to transfer the external character image F1.
  • the last step S135 by inserting the external character image F1 transferred from the server 10 into the sentence M9, the contents of the mail P4 are changed as shown in FIG. Is displayed by the display means 2 1 b, and the processing ends.
  • the registration number of the external character information and text other than this registration number can be sent using character codes. Both can be suppressed.
  • a mail including an external character can be created and transmitted using the registration number of the external character information stored in the personal computer 20 a.
  • the external character image stored locally is embedded in the text, so the mail sender does not access the server 10 and includes the external character image
  • the mail can be created, and the mail recipient can correctly display and read the mail without accessing the server 10.
  • the font can be accurately reproduced. Therefore, in the word processing software, the power that may cause discomfort due to the font difference between the sentence and the external character image Such occurrence of discomfort can be completely prevented by using the PDF file editing software.
  • the messages displayed on the web page and the like described as the embodiment according to the present invention and the display of the selection buttons and the like are not particularly limited, and may have the same contents as the expressions used in the present embodiment. If it is displayed so that it can be understood, it has the same operational effects as the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a conceptual diagram showing a configuration example of a character identification support system 500 as an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a character identification support device 50. is there.
  • a character is generated based on character information for generating an arbitrary character.
  • a first character identification support device is provided to acquire character information and assist character identification.
  • the first character identification support device compares reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared and approximates the character.
  • Each of the comparison characters is extracted, and the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in an order approximating the characters, and are displayed together with the characters on the same screen by the information processing device.
  • a character to be compared having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported.
  • this character identification support system 500 exchanges multiple pieces of character information for one character by a plurality of information processing devices connected to the network, such as the Juki Net, It is suitable for application to visual character identification and deletion of duplicate character information in a system where a plurality of similar characters exist in the entire system including the processing device.
  • the character identification support system 500 includes a character identification support device 50, a plurality of information processing devices 60, and the plurality of information processing devices 60 and the character identification support device 50. It comprises communication means 70 connected to each other.
  • the character identification support device 50 includes at least a storage means 51, a control means 52, and a connection means 53, and a computer system in which these are mutually connected by a bus 54. It is.
  • the character identification support device 50 acquires a plurality of pieces of character information for generating an arbitrary character, and communicates the character identification by the information processing device 60 based on the character information for generating the character. Help on means 70.
  • the storage means 51 is a storage device including an electronic recording medium such as a nonvolatile memory and / or a large-capacity magnetic recording medium such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive), and identifies arbitrary characters.
  • an electronic recording medium such as a nonvolatile memory and / or a large-capacity magnetic recording medium such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
  • HDD Hard Disk Drive
  • reference information 511 as a reference for the reference and a reference character code 5 12 corresponding to the internal code of the character identification support device 50 are stored.
  • the control means 52 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 5 21, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 5 2 2 and a ROM (Read Only Memory) 5 2 3, and the CPU 5 2 1 RAM 5 2
  • the input / output of the storage means 51 is controlled by executing the control program stored in the ROM 52 3 while using 2 as a work area.
  • the control means 52 acquires a plurality of pieces of character information to be compared information from the plurality of information processing apparatuses 60, compares the acquired compared information with the reference information 511, and outputs a text based on the reference information.
  • the extracted characters to be compared are similar to the characters (reference characters), and the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in the order of approximation to the reference characters. Provide on 0.
  • connection means 53 is a network interface (NI / F: Network Interface) such as an Ethernet (R) port (Ethernet (R> Port)) conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard, and is a character identification support device. Connect 50 to communication means 70.
  • NI / F Network Interface
  • Ethernet (R) port Ethernet (R> Port)
  • the information processing apparatus 60 is, as shown in FIG. 27, at least information equipment such as a personal computer (PC) having a display means 21, an identification means 22 and a control means 23. Communication is performed by a communication modem that supports communication standards based on the ITU-T recommendation or a network interface (NI / ⁇ : Network Interface) such as a NIC (Network Interface Card) compliant with the IEEE 802.3 standard. Means 70 can be connected.
  • a communication modem that supports communication standards based on the ITU-T recommendation or a network interface (NI / ⁇ : Network Interface) such as a NIC (Network Interface Card) compliant with the IEEE 802.3 standard.
  • NI / ⁇ Network Interface
  • NIC Network Interface Card
  • the display means 21 of the information processing device 60 is a display device having an image display function such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), and generates characters under the support of the character identification support device 50. indicate. Identifying means 22 This is a force device that is operated by an operator or the like to identify characters.
  • the control means 23 of the information processing device 60 includes a CPU, a RAM, and a ROM (not shown). The CPU executes a control program stored in the ROM while using the RAM as a work area. Thus, bidirectional communication is performed with the character identification support device 50, and the display means 21 and the identification means 22 are controlled.
  • the communication means 70 includes a LAN (Local Area Network) constructed by an Ethernet cable such as 10 BASE-T conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard, and an I-construction constructed by an optical cable and the like.
  • This is a network capable of two-way communication including a p (Internet Protocol) network and a general public telephone network connected via a communication modem that supports a communication standard according to the ITU-T recommendation.
  • the communication means (hereinafter, referred to as a network) 30 is connected to the character identification support device 50 by connecting means 53 and the NI ZF of the information processing device 60 by an Ethernet cable or the like. 50 and the information processing device 60 are connected so that bidirectional communication is possible.
  • the character identification support device 50 is used as a reference system, and the information processing device 60a is used as a system to be compared.
  • the same character candidate for the character (reference character) based on the reference information 5 11 1 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50 is extracted from the information processing device 60 a to support the character identification Is assumed.
  • the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 transmits a plurality of pieces of character information from the information processing device 60a online (On Line) via the network 30 or offline (Off Line) via a magnetic recording medium or the like. ), And each of these pieces of character information is compared with the reference information 511 as compared information, to extract a compared character that is close to the reference character.
  • the control means 52 transfers the reference information 511 and the compared information to a bit map, respectively, and transfers them to a bit map font. Font).
  • the bitmap font BF1 is a bitmap font with character information transferred so that any character can be generated with a total of 50 dots in the vertical direction (Dot: dot) and 50 dots in the horizontal direction.
  • the dimensional orthogonal plane is divided into 2500 lattice-like regions composed of 50 rows in the vertical direction and 50 columns in the horizontal direction.
  • the on-bit volume (Volume) can be quantified.
  • the row direction addition value obtained by adding the ON bits of the third row L3 in the row direction, that is, the row direction volume value of the third row L3 is 34.
  • the row direction volume value of the fifth row L5 can be calculated as 8.
  • the column direction addition value obtained by adding the ON bits of the third column C3 in the column direction, that is, the column direction polymuth value of the third column C3 is 46, and the column direction volume of the fifth column C5 is The value is easily calculated to be 6.
  • FIG. 30 is a table showing a numerical example of the on-bit volume in such a bitmap font BF1.
  • Figure 30 (a) is a table showing the relationship between the number of rows and the row-direction volume value for each row
  • Figure 30 (b) is a table showing the relationship between the number of columns and the column-direction volume value for each column. is there.
  • the function curve between the row-wise volume value and the number of rows in each row is graphed to obtain a bitmap as shown in Fig. 31 (a).
  • An on-bit volume curve C 1 in the line direction (horizontal direction) of the font BF 1 can be derived.
  • the bitmap font BF1 in the column direction vertical direction
  • the on-bit volume curve C 2 can be derived.
  • the control means 52 derives such on-bit volume curves C l and C 2 with respect to the reference information 5 11 and a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, respectively, and generates a bitmap font generated from the reference information 5 11 1. Approximate analysis is performed between the on-bit volume curve in the horizontal direction in the above and the on-bit volume curve in the horizontal direction in the bitmap font generated from the compared information. Similarly, the vertical on-bit volume curve of the bitmap font generated from the reference information 5 11 1 and the vertical on-bit volume curve of the bitmap font generated from the compared information are compared. Approximate analysis is performed between the two. For such an approximation analysis between a plurality of curves, a statistical analysis program employed in general spreadsheet or graph drawing software can be applied.
  • the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 compares the reference information 511 with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared by approximation analysis on the on-bit volume curve as described above.
  • the character to be compared is extracted based on a bitmap font having an on-bit volume curve in which a certain curve approximation is recognized between the on-bit volume curve and the on-bit volume curve. For example, in an approximation analysis by a statistical analysis program, a comparison target character based on a bitmap font having an on-bit volume curve determined to have an approximation relation of 50% or more is extracted as the same character candidate approximating the reference character.
  • control means 52 sorts the plurality of identical character candidates in descending order of the degree of approximation, that is, as a reference character. Approximation
  • the data to be displayed on the same screen together with the reference characters in the order in which the information is to be displayed is provided to the information processing apparatus 60a on the network 30.
  • control means 52 corresponds to the point where the subtraction value between the reference information 5 11 1 transferred to the bit map and the compared information transferred to the bit map becomes “1” or “1 1”. Data for discoloring the portion in the compared character is also provided to the information processing device 60a.
  • the part where the character information has been transferred is given 1 as an on-bit.
  • the point where this subtraction value is 0 is the part where the reference character and the compared character match.
  • the point where the subtraction value is “1” or “ ⁇ 1” is a part where the reference character and the compared character are different.
  • the portion corresponding to the point where the subtraction value is “1” or “_1” is discolored and displayed with the compared character, so that the portion of the compared character different from the reference character can be immediately visually recognized.
  • the information processing device 60a arranges the compared characters extracted by the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 in the order of approximation to the reference character, and arranges the reference characters together with the reference character on the same screen by the display means 21a. indicate. At this time, the portion of the compared character that is different from the reference character is displayed in a discolored manner, for example, as a black character with a red difference.
  • the operator of the information processing apparatus 60a outputs the reference character on the screen for the character to be compared, which has a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to the reference character, that is, the screen for the judge who preferentially displays the same character candidate. Can be compared with the same character candidate. Can be completed quickly and easily.
  • FIG. 32 shows a display example of the first screen D1 for the discriminator by the information processing device 60a.
  • the screen D1 for the judge includes a reference system, that is, a title “character of the reference system” TS for indicating a display area of information on the reference character of the character identification support device 50, and a target system, that is, information processing.
  • the title “Same character candidate of target system” TC for indicating the display area of the information on the compared character in the device 60a is displayed at the end of the display area so as to be easily visually recognized.
  • the screen D 1 for the judge displays the “display of identified characters” button B 1 and the “display of all candidates” button B 2 on the other end where the titles TS and TC are not arranged. I do.
  • a character code number CS corresponding to the reference character by the reference character code 512, an image IS1 of the reference character, and a “Previous” button B for displaying other reference characters 3 and a “next” button B4 and an “identify check” button B5 for identifying the same character and character are displayed.
  • the display area belonging to the title TC includes a character code number CC assigned to a plurality of to-be-compared characters (same character candidates) as an internal code of the information processing device 60a, and a plurality of the same character candidates.
  • a character code number CC assigned to a plurality of to-be-compared characters (same character candidates) as an internal code of the information processing device 60a, and a plurality of the same character candidates.
  • IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 and the reference character IS1 as a percentage P
  • a check box CH for selecting a character to be identified from the plurality of identical character candidates IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4.
  • the same character candidate IC1 having the highest matching rate is displayed next to the reference character IS1 so that the same character candidate IC1 having the matching rate of 85% and the matching rate of 70% are displayed.
  • the same character candidate IC 2 is displayed next to the reference character IS 1 in the order of the same character candidate IC 3 with a precision of 60% and the same character candidate IC 4 with a precision of 55%.
  • the check box CH1 of the same character candidate IC1 is checked by the identification means 22a. I do.
  • the same character candidate IC 1 has the check box CH 1.
  • a check mark is written in the check box CH1 and the user clicks the "identification check” button B5 to select it.
  • the fact that the character is identified by the information processing device 60a is transmitted from the information processing device 60a to the character identification support device 50, and the character code number CC1 of the identified character IC1 is set to " 0523 ”is stored in the storage unit 51 in association with the character code number CS“ 0001 ”in the reference system of the reference character.
  • control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 sets the same character candidate IC 1 identified here to another reference character, that is, a reference character corresponding to a character code number other than “0001”. At the time of character identification, control is performed so as not to be a compared character. If there is no identical character in the identical character candidates displayed on the screen D 1 for the judge, the operator selects the “display identified character” button B 1 and excludes the same character candidate by the control means 52. Check the presence or absence of the same character among the identified characters identified, select the ⁇ Display all candidates '' button B2, and select among the candidates that were not displayed because the precision was calculated to be less than 50%. Or the presence of the same character.
  • the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 By performing the above-described character identification on the plurality of information processing devices 60, the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50, as shown in FIG. It is possible to create a character code conversion table T between a unique character code that 0 individually has and a reference character code 512, and this character code conversion table T can be stored in the storage means 51.
  • character code A is a character code adopted in information processing device 60a
  • character code B is a character code adopted in information processing device 60b
  • character code C This is a character code adopted in the information processing apparatus 60, not shown.
  • the character corresponding to the code number “0 0 0 1” T 11 by the reference character code 5 1 2 is converted to the code number “0 5 2” by the character code A in the information processing device 60 a. 3 '' T12, code number “3 8 2 9” T13 by character code KB on information processing device 60b, code by character code C on other information processing device 60 It can be understood that the number "1 5 4 6" T14 is assigned. Therefore, in the plurality of information processing apparatuses 60, the same character is assigned a different code number and can be deleted by replacing the duplicated character information with the reference information 511.
  • One character information (reference information) 1 1 1 can be associated and managed by the reference character code 5 1 2.
  • the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 sets an unused character code A for the information processing device 60a. The code number is searched, and, for example, when the character code A is not used, the unused number “5.555” is made to correspond to the missing character.
  • the control means 52 searches for an unused code number in the character code B of the information processing device 60b.
  • the number "4 9 4 8" corresponds to the missing character.
  • control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 generates a code number associated with the reference character code 512, and provides the code number and the reference information 511 to the information processing device 60. I do. Further, the control means 52 updates the character code conversion table T with the newly generated code number as shown in FIG. 33 (b).
  • the missing characters in character code A are assigned the code number “5 5 5 5” T22b, and this code number T22b is used as the reference character code.
  • Code number “0 0 0 2” by code 5 1 2 Stored in association with T 2 1b.
  • the code number "4 9 4 8" T33b is added to the missing character in the character code B, and the code number T33b is set to the code number "0 0" based on the reference character code 512. 0 3 "T Stored in association with 3 1 b.
  • the reference information 511 managed by the reference character code 512 can be shared (used) by a plurality of information processing apparatuses 60 without depending on the system configuration. Therefore, in this character identification support system 500, the storage capacity for storing character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • the above-described character code conversion table T is not only stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50, but also stored in any information processing device 60 included in the character identification support system 500. May be. Further, by writing the character code conversion table T on a magnetic recording medium or the like, the character code conversion table T can be stored outside the character identification support system 500. When saving this character code conversion table T, access to this character code conversion table T is set by setting an electronic authentication request and time limit for access to this character code conversion table T. It can be operated to limit to specific users, access routes and / or time.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of a first character identification support by the first character identification support system 500.
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart of extracting a compared character by the character identification support device 50. It is a flowchart which shows an example.
  • the same character candidates IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 to be extracted are extracted from the information processing device 60a, and the extracted identical character candidates ICI, IC2, IC3, and IC4 are used as reference characters. It is assumed that they are displayed on the screen D1 for judgers together with the reference character IS1 in the order of approximation.
  • step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 34 a plurality of pieces of character information for generating an arbitrary character are obtained.
  • character information serving as a reference for identifying this character is reference information 5 11 1 stored in the storage unit 51 of the character identification support device 50.
  • the character information to be compared with 11 is the compared information acquired from the information processing device 60a.
  • step S102 a subroutine shown in FIG. 35 is called in order to extract a compared character by the character identification support device 50.
  • step S21 of the flowchart shown in Fig. 35 the basic information 1 11 and the compared information are transcribed into a bitmap and are generated by transferring the bitmap font of the reference character S1 and the compared information.
  • the generated bitmap fonts are generated, and in step S22, the column-wise addition value and the row-direction addition value of the on-bits are calculated for these bitmap fonts as shown in FIG.
  • step S23 a function curve of the column direction addition value and the number of columns, that is, an on-bit volume curve in the column direction, and a function curve of the row direction addition value and the number of rows, that is, a function curve of the row direction
  • step S24 the on-bit volume curve derived from the bitmap font of the reference character IS1 and the on-bit volume curve derived from the bitmap font to which the compared information is transferred are derived in step S24.
  • step S25 the approximation relationship is a specified value, for example, 50% or more. If (Yes), the process proceeds to step S26a, and the character based on the compared information is selected as the compared character, that is, the identification target, and the process proceeds to step S27. On the other hand, if the approximation relationship is less than the specified value, that is, less than 50% (No), the process proceeds to step S26, and the character based on the compared information is excluded as an identification candidate, and the process proceeds to step S27. Proceed to ⁇
  • step S27 if there is other compared information (Yes), the process proceeds to step S28, in which the next compared information is transferred to a bitmap to generate a bitmap font, and then step S28 is performed. 2 Return to 2. In this way, the loop from step S22 to step S28 is repeated until all of the plurality of pieces of information to be compared are excluded as the force selected as an identification candidate or excluded as an identification candidate. Then, if there is no other information to be compared in step S27 (No), the process returns to step S102 of the main routine.
  • step S102 of this main routine the identification candidate selected in the above subroutine is extracted as a character to be compared, and in the next step S103, the extracted character to be compared is extracted as the same character candidate.
  • IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 they are arranged in the order similar to the reference character IS1, and displayed on the screen D1 for the judge, as shown in FIG.
  • the same character map IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 are displayed side by side in the order of approximation to the reference character IS1. Therefore, it is possible to support visual character identification in the information processing device 60a.
  • the extraction of the same character candidate is based on the volume distribution of on-bits and off-bits on the rows and columns of a bitmap font in which character information is transferred to a bitmap. Even if the positions of the characters differ, it is possible to extract the same character candidate in a different font as in the same font in the same font in which the on-bits completely match. Therefore, systematic (mechanical and (Physical), it can be a similar character, but the same character candidate that is visually the same for humans can be efficiently extracted. Therefore, similar characters are deleted by deleting character information to generate similar characters. Can help.
  • the number of dots after the transfer that is, the divided area of the bitmap font BF1 is assumed to be 250.
  • the same operation and effect as in the present embodiment can be obtained.
  • the reference character IS1 is set based on the reference information 511 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50.
  • the character information of the information processing device 60a and the character identification support device 50 can be compared with each other.
  • Character information is obtained from a plurality of information processing devices 60 other than the information processing device 60a, and the compared information is obtained. It is good.
  • the threshold for judging the presence or absence of the approximate relationship between the plurality of on-bit volume curves has been described as 50%.
  • this threshold is set to the accuracy in extracting the same character candidate. Is determined in view of the following. Therefore, when the same character candidate having an approximate relationship with higher precision is desired, the threshold value can be changed to 80% or the like.
  • a second character identification that supports character identification by acquiring a plurality of pieces of character information
  • a support device which compares the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracts each of the compared characters similar to the reference character, and executes processing for emphasizing the characteristics of the compared character and the reference character. Then, the compared character and the reference character subjected to the feature emphasis processing are displayed on the same screen. As a result, similarities between the reference character and a plurality of compared characters can be displayed so that they can be clearly seen, and visual character identification can be supported.
  • a character identification support system 500 configured in the same manner as the third embodiment described above acquires character information from a plurality of systems using a plurality of information processing devices 60, and The character information obtained from the information processing device 60a (A system) among the plurality of information processing devices 60 is stored as reference information 5 11 1 in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50, and this reference The information 511 is compared with the character information obtained from the other B to H systems by the same method as in the first example of the character identification support described above, and a character (reference character) based on this reference information 511 is compared.
  • the “period” of the character means scale-like irregularities observed on the periphery and the surface of the character image.
  • the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 compares the basic information 111 with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared by using the same method as in the above-described first character identification support example. 6 (a) As shown in the figure, multiple compared characters IC similar to the reference character IS 11 1 Extract 1, IC 12, IC 13, IC 14, IC 15, IC 16, IC 17. Then, by applying a filter to these character images, a blurring (contour blurring) process is performed as the first half of the feature enhancement process.
  • the character image before shading is applied to the character image IS11, IC11, IC12, IC13, IC14, as shown in Fig. 36 (b). Since the fine features such as the splash and the scotch existing in IC15, IC16 and IC17 are removed, the features common to these character images can be emphasized.
  • a sharpness (contour sharpening) process is applied to these blurred character images as the latter half of the feature enhancement process.
  • image processing can be performed so that the pattern of the graphic image from which the fine features of the character image have been removed by the blur processing can be easily recognized. Almost identify differences and similarities between the character IS11a and the compared characters IClla, IC12a, IC13a, IC14a, IC15a, IC16a, and ICI7a. It can be displayed so that it can be visually recognized. Thus, visual character identification can be supported.
  • the process of extracting the compared characters IC11 to IC17 similar to the reference character IS11 and emphasizing the features of the plurality of compared characters IC11 to IC17 and the reference character IS11 This is executed by the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50, and as shown in FIG. 37, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 before the feature emphasis processing and the reference character IS 11. 1a and the compared characters IClla to IC17a are displayed on the same screen as the second screen for the judge D2.
  • the screen D2 for the determiner is displayed by the display means 21a of the information processing device 60a.
  • the screen D2 for the judge is displayed in the title display area
  • the character code number “1 2 3 3 5 6” assigned to the reference character IS 11 by the system and the character code number assigned to the compared characters IC 11 to IC 17 by the B to H systems, respectively. are displayed together with the title of the system to which these characters belong, so as to also serve as the title.
  • an “identification check” box for selecting a character to be identified from these compared characters IC11 to IC17 is also displayed on the title display area CD. Under these title display areas CD, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 and the features of these reference characters IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 are emphasized.
  • the character image IS 1 1 a, IC lla to IC 17 a for which processing has been performed once and the graphic image F 1 for which processing for emphasizing this characteristic have been performed twice are controlled by the character identification support device 50. It is displayed hierarchically by means 52.
  • the control means 52 classifies the features of the reference character IS 11 and the compared characters IC 11 to IC 17 displayed in this hierarchy, and classifies the compared characters IC 11 1 a to IC 17.
  • the compared characters IC11 to IC17 in the upper layer and the reference character IS11 and the compared character IC11a in the lower layer [C17 a and the reference character IS11a and the reference character IC11 to IC17 before and after the feature enhancement processing in a ruffle structure connecting the graphic image F1 in the lower hierarchy.
  • Data for displaying 11 by the display means 21a of the information processing device 60a is provided on the network.
  • the reference character IS11a and the characters to be compared IC11a to IC15a after performing the feature emphasis processing once are the group G0 having no closed part (circle). are categorized.
  • the compared character IC 16 a after performing the feature enhancement once is classified into a group G 1 in which one circle g 1 exists, and the compared character IC 1 after performing the feature enhancement once. 7a is classified into a group G2 in which two circles g2 exist.
  • the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11-: IC15 and the group G0 having no circle are connected to the force control means 52 by connecting the line LN0.
  • the compared character IC 16 is related to the group G 1 having one circle g 1 by connecting the line LN 1
  • the compared character IC 17 is a group G 2 having two circles g 2 And the line LN 2 is connected.
  • the lower layer group G3 is connected to the lower layer group G3 by connecting the line LN3 by the control means 52.
  • this tree structure has high academic value because it may reflect the historical change of characters. Therefore, by storing and disclosing this tree structure as data, it is possible to provide social and cultural added value.
  • the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 is provided with an information processing device 60a on a network for displaying data for discoloring and displaying the difference between the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17.
  • an information processing device 60a on a network for displaying data for discoloring and displaying the difference between the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17.
  • the screen D2 for the judge shown in Fig. 37 there is a circle between the reference character IS11a and the compared characters IC16a and IC17a. Since there is a difference in the number of circles, the circles g1 and g2 are discolored and displayed, for example, in fluorescent yellow. As a result, the difference between the group GO to which the reference character IS 11a belongs and the groups G 1 and G 2 having one or two circles can be displayed more clearly. We can help you run quickly.
  • the control means 52 sets the check boxes CH2, CH3, and CH4 to the information processing device 60a, for example, as shown in FIG.
  • the characters to be compared IC 11, IC 12, and IC 14 are identified by the operator and the like, the characters to be compared IC 11, IC 12, and IC 14 are converted to other characters.
  • the control means 52 When character identification is not performed, the control means 52 generates a code number associated with the reference character code 5 12 similarly to the first character identification support example, and also generates the code number and the reference information 5 11 1 To the B to H systems. This makes it possible to provide the same character to the B to H systems that do not have the same character as the A system, together with the character code number associated with the reference character code 512.
  • FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing a second example of character identification support by the second character identification support system 500.
  • the reference information 5 11 1 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support apparatus 50 described above is compared with the compared information, and the compared character similar to the reference character IS 11 is compared.
  • a process of emphasizing the features of the reference character IS 11 and the compared characters IC 11-: IC 17 is executed.
  • the reference character IS11a and the compared characters IC11a to IC17a which have been subjected to the feature emphasis processing, are displayed on the same screen as in the second screen for the judge D2. It is a precondition.
  • step S201 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 38 a plurality of pieces of character information for generating an arbitrary character are obtained.
  • character information serving as a reference for identifying this character is obtained by reference information 5 11 1 acquired from the A system by the information processing device 60 a and stored in the storage means 51.
  • the character information to be compared with the reference information 511 is a plurality of pieces of compared information acquired from a plurality of B to H systems by a plurality of other information processing apparatuses 60.
  • step S202 the character to be compared is extracted by calling the subroutine shown in FIG.
  • the extraction of the compared character according to the flowchart shown in FIG. 35 has been described in detail in the first character identification support example, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
  • step S203 the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 are subjected to feature enhancement processing, and in step S204, the reference character IS11a subjected to the feature enhancement processing is applied. And the compared characters IClla to IC17a are classified based on the features clearly defined by the feature emphasizing process, for example, the number of circles present in the character image.
  • the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17, and the classified reference character IS11a and the compared characters IClla to IC17a are As in the screen D2 for the judge shown in FIG. 37, the connections are made by the connections LNO, LN1, and LN2, respectively, and the character images before and after the feature emphasis processing are displayed hierarchically.
  • step S206 if the reference character IS11a and the compared characters IC11a to IC17a are not all converged to the same group (Yes), the process returns to step S203 and returns to step S203. Re-execute the emphasis process. In this way, steps S203 to S206 are repeated until all the characters including the reference character IS11 converge to one group G3. Then, when all the characters belong to one group G 3, in step S 206, there is no need for feature enhancement processing (No), so that the group G 3 , And the display means 21a displays a tree structure in which the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 before the feature emphasis processing are the terminal branches.
  • the graphics classified with respect to the features clearly defined by the feature enhancement processing that combines the blur processing and the sharpness processing
  • the reference character IS 11 and the compared character IC 11 are displayed. Since similarities and differences in 11 to IC 17 can be displayed so as to be clearly visible, character identification by visual observation can be supported.
  • the external character registration information providing system of the present invention when accepting registration of an arbitrary external character and providing the external character information, the external character information for forming an image of the external character is provided to the information user.
  • An external character information registration device that accepts usage requests
  • the external character information for which the use request has been received from the information processing device is registered, and the external character information is provided to the information user.
  • the external character can be used without installing the external character font in the information processing device, and the external character information can be shared by a plurality of information processing devices. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information not as an image but as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between a plurality of information processing devices. Also, the storage capacity of the storage device required to store such external character information can be reduced.
  • the external character information registration device when external character registration is received from an information user and the external character information is provided to the information user, the external character that has been disclosed to the information user and used has been accepted.
  • a storage unit for registering information is provided, and read-out of the storage unit is controlled so as to provide external character information registered by the information user to the information user.
  • an information user can use an external character without an external character font, and can share external character information among a plurality of information users. For this reason, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between a plurality of information devices. In addition, the capacity of the storage device required to store such external character information can be reduced.
  • the external character information created to form a plurality of external characters is disclosed to an information user, and a usage request is accepted to receive the external character information. And provide this external character information to information users. It is done.
  • the present invention is very suitable when applied to the operation and use of a web site that provides on a network a service for registering and using external character information in which external character information can be registered and used in common by a plurality of information users.
  • the first character identification support system and the information processing method of the present invention when supporting character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a plurality of pieces of character information are acquired.
  • a character identification support device that supports character identification is provided.
  • the reference information and a plurality of pieces of compared information are compared to extract a compared character that is similar to the character, and the extracted compared character is extracted from the character.
  • a compared character having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, and one character code can be managed by associating one character information with one character. Therefore, the character information managed by this one character code can be transferred by a plurality of information processing devices without depending on the system configuration. In addition to the common use, the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.
  • the second character identification support system and information processing method of the present invention when supporting character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a plurality of pieces of character information are acquired.
  • a character identification support device that supports character identification is provided.
  • the reference information is compared with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, and characters to be compared that are similar to the character are extracted.
  • the emphasis processing is executed, and the compared character and the character subjected to the characteristic emphasis processing are displayed on the same screen.
  • the character and the features of the plurality of compared characters can be displayed so that they can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, the similarity between these characters can be easily grasped and the characters can be quickly identified, so that the character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. Can be completed. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, so that one character can be associated with one character information and managed by one character code. Therefore, the character information managed by the one character code can be commonly used by a plurality of information processing devices without depending on the system configuration, and the storage capacity for storing the character information and the character code is also reduced. it can.
  • the first character identification support device of the present invention when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying the character is used.
  • Storage means for storing reference information, and comparing the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracting a character to be compared that is similar to the character, and approximating the extracted character to be compared to the character. It provides data to be displayed on the same screen together with these characters in the order in which they appear. With this configuration, the probability that the degree of approximation to the character is large is high, and the compared character can be displayed preferentially, so that visual character identification can be supported.
  • characters can be identified quickly and easily, and character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, and one character code can be managed by associating one character information with one character. Therefore, the character information managed by this one character code can be commonly used by a plurality of information processing apparatuses without depending on the system configuration, and the storage capacity for storing the character information and the character code is also increased. We can save.
  • the second character identification support device of the present invention when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying this character is used.
  • Storage means for storing reference information, and comparing the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracting a character to be compared similar to the character, and characterizing the character to be compared and the characteristics of this character.
  • the emphasis processing is performed to provide the compared character subjected to the feature emphasis processing and data for displaying the character on the same screen.
  • the character and the features of the plurality of compared characters can be displayed so that they can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, the similarity between these characters can be easily grasped and the characters can be quickly identified, so that the character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. Can be completed. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, so that one character can be associated with one character information and managed by one character code. Therefore, the character information managed by this one character code can be commonly used by a plurality of information processing devices without depending on the system configuration, and these information can be used. The storage capacity for storing character information and character codes can also be reduced.
  • the present invention relates to a system in which a plurality of similar characters exist because a plurality of character information is registered and used in duplicate for one character, such as a system connected by the Basic Resident Register network. (4) It is extremely suitable for application to visual character identification and deletion of duplicate character information between such systems.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Document Processing Apparatus (AREA)
  • Facsimiles In General (AREA)
  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)

Abstract

It is possible to use an external character without installing an external character font and rapidly share external character information on a network by a plurality of information processing devices. A system receives registration of an arbitrary external character and provides external character information. The system includes: an external character information registration device (10) for disclosing external information for performing image formation of an external character to an information user and receiving a use request; an information processing device (20) for transmitting a use request of the external character to the external information registration device (10) and registering the external character information; and communication means (30) for connecting the external character information registration device (10) to the information processing device (20). The external character information registration device (10) registers the external information for which a use request has been received from the information processing device (20) and provides external information which has been registered, to the information user.

Description

外字登録情報提供システム及ぴ外字同定支援システム  External character registration information providing system and external character identification support system

技術分野 Technical field

本発明は、外字情報を複数の情報利用者により共通して登録利用可能な外字登録 利用サービスをネットワーク上で提供するウェブサイトの運営及び利用に適用し て好適な外字登録情報提供システム、 外字情報登録装置及び情報処理方法に関し、 ネットワークで接続されたシステムにおいて 1つの文字に対して複数の文字情報 が重複して登録及び使用されたために複数の類似文字が存在するようなシステム 及びこのようなシステム間での目視による文字同定及び重複文字情報の削除等に 適用して好適な文字同定支援システム、文字同定支援装置及び情報処理方法に関す る。 背景技術  The present invention relates to an external character registration information providing system suitable for application and management of a web site that provides an external character registration and use service on a network in which external character information can be registered and used in common by a plurality of information users. Regarding a registration device and an information processing method, a system in which a plurality of similar characters are present because a plurality of character information are registered and used for one character in a system connected via a network, and such a system The present invention relates to a character identification support system, a character identification support device, and an information processing method that are suitable for being applied to character identification and deletion of duplicated character information by visual inspection between them. Background art

従来、 コンピュータ一等の' it報処理装置における文字処理は、 字形 (グリフ: glyph) に付番されたコード番号に基づいて実行され、 このコード番号としては、 JIS漢字コード (情報交換用符号化漢字集合: JIS X 0208:1997) のような公的規 格により標準化された文字コード (符号化文字集合) 力 S用いられる。  Conventionally, character processing in an it-information processing device such as a computer is executed based on a code number assigned to a glyph (glyph). The code number is a JIS kanji code (encoding for information exchange). Kanji set: Character code (encoded character set) standardized by a public standard such as JIS X 0208: 1997) S is used.

このような公的規格により標準化された文字コードでは、特に、人名及び地名等 を正確に記載するために必要な文字が欠けてしまう。 このため、標準化された文字 コードに含まれない文字、 即ち、 外部文字 (外字) が必要な場合、 この外字を画像 として形成するための外字情報を作成し、この外字情報に外字コード番号を付番す ることによって、 外字の使用を可能にしている。 In character codes standardized by such public standards, characters necessary for accurately describing personal names, place names, and the like are lacking. For this reason, if characters that are not included in the standardized character code, that is, external characters (external characters) are needed, The external character information for forming the external character is created, and the external character can be used by assigning the external character code number to the external character information.

し力 しながら、上述のような外字コードにおいて、外字は、標準化された文字コ 一ドに使用されないユーザー定義領域に、情報処理装置のユーザー、 フォントメ一 カー又はシステム開発者等により個別に割り当てられてきたため、外字に付番され た外字コード番号を共通化できない。 このため、外字コード番号から一意に文字を 決定できないので、複数の情報処理装置の間で文字情報を交換する場合に、字体の 再現性が保障されない外字を代用文字に換えたり、例外処理したりしなければなら ない。  However, in the external character codes described above, the external characters are individually assigned to user-defined areas not used for standardized character codes by a user of the information processing apparatus, a font maker, a system developer, or the like. The external character code number assigned to the external character cannot be shared. For this reason, characters cannot be uniquely determined from the external character code number, and when exchanging character information between multiple information processing devices, external characters whose character reproducibility is not guaranteed can be replaced with substitute characters or exception processing can be performed. Must.

また、都道府県等の各地方自治体では、住民票等の文書類作成時に外字が必須で あつたため、各地方自治体の情報処理装置(システム) により外字情報を作成する と共に、 この外字情報に個別の外字コード番号を付番して管理してきた。  In addition, in each local government such as prefectures, external characters were required when documents such as resident's cards were created, so the external character information was created using the information processing device (system) of each local government, and individual characters were added to this external character information. It has been managed by adding external character code numbers.

近年、 住民基本台帳ネットワーク (以下、 住基ネットと記載) が実現され、 各地 方自治体のシステムがネットワーク化されたため、各地方自治体のシステムは、住 民票等の文字情報をコード化された電子データとしてネットワークを介して共通 利用できるようになった。  In recent years, the Basic Resident Register Network (hereinafter referred to as the “Juki Net”) has been realized and local government systems have been networked, so each local government system has an electronic system that encodes character information such as resident certificates. The data can now be shared via a network.

しかしながら、各地方自治体により使用されてきた外字コード (符号化外字集合) は、文字とコード番号との結び付きがそのシステム又は装置等に依存しているため、 異なる環境では外字コード番号から一意に文字を決定できない。 よって、各地方自 治体が使用するシステムの間で文字情報を交換する場合、これらのシステムで使用 する外字を相互に紐付け (関連付け) たり、重複文字を整理した別の統一文字表を 用意して、 このネットワークに接続する各システムの外字を相互に紐付けたり、或 いは、 文字コードではなく外字情報そのもの、 即ち、 画像 (イメージ) として送受 信したり、 さらに受信側のシステムにおいて、 この外字情報に新たに外字コード番 号を付番して管理したりしなければならない。 However, the external character codes (encoded external character sets) used by each local government depend on the system or device, etc., for the connection between characters and code numbers. Can not determine. Therefore, when character information is exchanged between systems used by local governments, external characters used in these systems are linked to each other (association), and another unified character table is prepared to sort out duplicate characters. Then, the external characters of each system connected to this network are linked with each other, or the external character information itself, not the character code, that is, is transmitted and received as an image (image). In the receiving system, the external character information must be managed by adding a new external character code number to the external character information.

従って、ネットワークにより接続されたシステム全体で見ると、 1つの外字に対 して重複する外字情報が夫々異なる外字コード番号を付与されたまま、同定されず に存在することになつてしまう。 このような外字情報及び外字コードの重複は、各 地方自治体のシステムの負荷を増大させるばかりではなく、住基ネットを維持する ためのインフラ整備の大きな障害となっている。  Therefore, when viewed from the whole system connected by the network, duplicate external character information for one external character exists without being identified with different external character code numbers, respectively. Such duplication of external character information and external character codes not only increases the load on the system of each local government, but also becomes a major obstacle to infrastructure development for maintaining the Juki Net.

そこで、複数の情報処理装置が個別に有する外字情報の全てを新たな外字コード に変換して記憶する外字変換サーバーを設け、これら複数の情報処理装置の間で外 字を含む文字情報を共通して使用する場合、この外字変換サーバーを介して文字情 報を交換することによって、各情報処理装置の既存のシステムを保持してコスト負 担を抑制しながら、ネットワークを介した外字情報の共通使用を可能とする変換シ ステム及ぴ該外字変換サーバーを介して文字情報を交換することによって、既存の 外字情報の中から所望の外字を生成するための外字情報を抽出すると共に、ここで 抽出された外字情報に各システムに固有の文字コードに対応させた外字コード番 号を付番して管理できる技術が提案されている (例えば、 特許文献 1参照) 。  Therefore, an external character conversion server that converts all of the external character information individually possessed by a plurality of information processing devices into a new external character code and stores it is provided. When exchanging character information via this external character conversion server, the common use of external character information via a network can be maintained while maintaining the existing system of each information processing device and reducing cost burden. By exchanging character information via a conversion system and the external character conversion server, external character information for generating a desired external character is extracted from existing external character information. There has been proposed a technology capable of assigning an external character code number corresponding to a character code unique to each system to the external character information and managing the character (for example, see Patent Document 1).

【特許文献 1】  [Patent Document 1]

特開 2 0 0 2— 3 4 2 3 1 3号公報 (第 3— 5頁、 第 1図) ところで、従来方式の外字情報の変換システムによれば、以下のような問題があ つた。  [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-324432 (page 3-5, FIG. 1) By the way, the conventional system for converting external character information has the following problems.

( 1 )情報処理装置は、外字フォントをィンストールしなければ外字を使用できな かったため、外字の使用頻度が少ない場合、 この外字フォントを記憶するための記 憶装置のコストが高かった。 ( 2 )複数の情報処理装置が外字変換サーバーに夫々アクセスし、外字情報を個別 に検索しなければならなかったため、外字変換サーバーが記憶する外字情報の中か ら所望の外字情報を取得するまでに手間がかかった。従って、特に、 同一の外字情 報を他の情報処理装置により共通して使用する場合、通信費等のコスト負担が大き かった。 (1) The information processing device could not use external characters unless the external character fonts were installed. Therefore, when the frequency of using external characters was low, the cost of the storage device for storing the external characters font was high. (2) Since a plurality of information processing devices had to access the external character conversion server and search the external character information individually, until the desired external character information was obtained from the external character information stored by the external character conversion server. It took time. Therefore, in particular, when the same external character information is commonly used by other information processing devices, the cost burden such as communication cost is large.

( 3 )従来方式の外字情報の変換システムによれば、複数のシステムが個別に有す る外字を含む多数の文字を比較して同一文字を同定する作業は、人間的には同一文 字であっても、フォントの物理的な相違に起因してシステム的に同定することので きない文字同士をも 1つ 1つ抽出して確認しなければならないため、人間の目視に よる煩雑な作業であった。 例えば、人間的には同じ文字であっても、 フォントによ り字形画像を生成するビット列の値及び/又はビット列の組合せが異なるため、ビ ット列の照合により同定文字候補の組合せを抽出するというようなことはできな かった。従って、ネットワーク上の複数のシステムが有する文字を重複することな く把握して新たな文字コードで管理できるように変換サーバを構築するためには、 長い時間及び膨大な作業量並びにこれらに伴う多大な費用が必要であった。  (3) According to the conventional method of converting external character information, the work of comparing a large number of characters, including external characters, individually owned by a plurality of systems to identify the same character requires the same character as a human. However, even characters that cannot be systematically identified due to physical differences in fonts must be extracted and confirmed one by one, which is a complicated task that requires human visual inspection. there were. For example, even for the same character as a human, the value of the bit string and / or the combination of bit strings for generating a character image differs depending on the font, so that the combination of identified character candidates is extracted by collating the bit string. I couldn't do that. Therefore, in order to construct a conversion server so that characters possessed by a plurality of systems on a network can be grasped without duplication and managed with new character codes, it takes a long time, a huge amount of work, and a large amount of work associated with these. Cost was required.

発明の開示 Disclosure of the invention

本発明は上述した問題を解決するものであって、外字フオントをインストールし なくても外字を使用できると共に、ネットワーク上の外字情報を複数の情報処理装 置で迅速に共用できるようにした外字登録情報提供システム、外字情報登録装置及 ぴ情報処理方法、及び、文字同定システムにおいて、近似度が大きく同定される確 率が高い被比較文字を優先的に表示できると共に、目視による文字同定を支援でき るようにした文字同定支援システム、文字同定支援装置及び情報処理方法を提供す ることを目的とする。 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention solves the above-described problem, and allows external characters to be used without installing an external character font, and allows external information to be quickly shared by a plurality of information processing devices on a network. In an information providing system, an external character information registration device, an information processing method, and a character identification system, a character to be compared having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported. A character identification support system, a character identification support device, and an information processing method. The porpose is to do.

上記課題を解決するために、本発明に係る外字登録情報提供システムは、任意の 外字の登録を受け付けて外字情報を提供するシステムであって、この外字を画像形 成するための外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受け付ける外字情報 ¾ 録装置と、この外字情報登録装置に外字の使用要求を送信して外字情報を登録する 情報処理装置と、この外字情報登録装置と情報処理装置とを接続する通信手段とを 備え、 この外字情報登録装置は、情報処理装置から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報 を登録すると共に、登録が有った外字情報を情報利用者に提供することを特徴とす るものである。  In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, a system for providing external character registration information according to the present invention is a system for receiving external character registration and providing external character information, and stores external character information for forming an image of the external character. An external character information registering device that discloses to a user and accepts a use request, an information processing device that transmits an external character use request to the external character information registration device and registers the external character information, an external character information registration device, and an information processing device This external character information registration device registers external character information for which a use request has been received from an information processing device, and provides the registered external character information to an information user. That is.

本発明に係る外字登録情報提供システムによれば、任意の外字の登録を受け付け て外字情報を提供する場合に、外字情報登録装置と情報処理装置とが通信手段によ り接続され、外字を画像形成するための外字情報が外字情報登録装置により情報利 用者に開示される。そして、 この情報利用者からの外字情報の使用要求が情報処理 装置により外字情報登録装置に送信され、この使用要求が外字情報登録装置により 受け付けられると、この使用要求を受け付けられた外字情報が外字情報登録装置に より登録されると共に、 登録が有った外字情報が情報利用者に提供される。  According to the external character registration information providing system according to the present invention, when external character information is provided by accepting registration of an arbitrary external character, the external character information registration device and the information processing device are connected by communication means, and the external character is stored in an image. The external character information to be formed is disclosed to the information user by the external character information registration device. Then, a request for use of the external character information from the information user is transmitted to the external character information registration device by the information processing device, and when the use request is received by the external character information registration device, the external character information for which the use request is received is converted to the external character information. The registered character is registered by the information registration device, and the registered external character information is provided to the information user.

従って、情報処理装置に外字フォントをィンストールしなくても外字を使用でき ると共に、ネットワーク上の外字情報を複数の情報処理装置で共用できる。 このた め、個別に外字コードを付番された外字フォントに起因して発生する文字化け等の 不具合を排除できると共に、外字情報を画像としてではなくコード化された電子デ ータとして処理できるようになるので、外字情報を含む文字情報を複数の情報機器 の間で容易に素早く交換できるようになる。 また、 このような外字情報を保存する ために必要な記憶装置の容量も低減できる。 本発明に係る外字情報登録装置は、情報利用者から外字の登録を受け付け、 この 情報利用者に外字情報を提供する装置であって、この外字を画像形成するための外 字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受け付ける入力手段と、この入力手段に よって受け付けられた情報利用者からの使用要求に係る外字情報を登録する記憶 手段と、 これらの入力手段及び記憶手段の入出力を制御する制御手段とを備え、 こ の制御手段は、情報利用者から登録が有った外字情報をこの情報利用者に提供する ように記憶手段の読出し制御することを特徴とするものである。 Therefore, the external characters can be used without installing the external character font in the information processing device, and the external character information on the network can be shared by a plurality of information processing devices. For this reason, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters caused by external character fonts to which external character codes are individually assigned, and to process external character information not as an image but as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be easily and quickly exchanged between a plurality of information devices. Further, the capacity of the storage device required to store such external character information can be reduced. An external character information registration device according to the present invention is a device that receives registration of an external character from an information user and provides the information user with the external character information. The external character information for forming an image of the external character is transmitted to the information user. Input means for disclosing a use request by distributing the external character information relating to a use request from an information user accepted by the input means, and controlling input / output of these input means and storage means Control means for performing reading control of the storage means so as to provide the external character information registered by the information user to the information user.

本発明に係る外字情報登録装置によれば、情報利用者から外字の登録を受け付け、 この情報利用者に外字情報を提供する場合に、この外字を画像形成するための外字 情報が入力手段により情報利用者に開示され、この情報利用者からの外字情報の使 用要求が入力手段により受け付けられる。この情報利用者から使用要求された外字 情報は記憶手段により登録され、ここに登録された外字情報が情報利用者に提供さ れるように入力手段及び記憶手段の入出力が制御手段により制御される。  According to the external character information registration device of the present invention, when external character registration is received from an information user, and external character information is provided to the information user, external character information for forming an image of the external character is input to the information means. The information is disclosed to the user, and a request to use the external character information from the information user is accepted by the input means. The external character information requested to be used by the information user is registered by the storage unit, and the input / output of the input unit and the storage unit is controlled by the control unit so that the registered external character information is provided to the information user. .

従って、情報利用者は外字フォントがなくても外字を使用できると共に、外字情 報を複数の情報利用者で共用できる。 このため、個別に外字コードを付番された外 字フォントに起因して発生する文字化け等の不具合を排除できると共に、外字情報 をコード化された電子データとして処理できるようになる。 よって、外字情報を含 む文字情報を複数の情報機器の間で迅速かつ容易に交換できるようになる。 また、 このような外字情報を保存するために必要な記憶装置の容量も低減できる。  Therefore, the information user can use the external character without the external character font and can share the external character information with a plurality of information users. For this reason, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters that occur due to an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between a plurality of information devices. In addition, the capacity of the storage device necessary for storing such external character information can be reduced.

本発明に係る情報処理方法は、任意の外字を情報処理する方法であって、予め複 数の外字を集め、ここに集められた外字に関してこの外字を画像形成するための外 字情報を各々作成し、ここに作成された外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求 を受け付け、 ここに情報利用者から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報を登録し、 ここ に登録された外字情報を情報利用者に提供することを特徴とするものである。 The information processing method according to the present invention is a method of processing information of an arbitrary external character, in which a plurality of external characters are collected in advance, and external character information for forming an image of the external character is created for the collected external characters. The external character information created here is disclosed to the information user and a use request is accepted, and the external character information for which the use request has been received from the information user is registered here. Is provided to the information user.

本発明に係る情報処理方法によれば、任意の外字を情報処理する場合に、外字フ オントがなくても外字を使用できると共に、外字情報を複数の情報利用者で共用で きる。従って、個別に外字コードを付番された外字フォントに起因して発生する文 字ィヒけ等の不具合を排除できると共に、外字情報を画像としてではなくコード化さ れた電子データとして処理できるようになる。 このため、外字情報を含む文字情報 を各種の情報機器類の間で素早く容易に交換できるようになる。  According to the information processing method of the present invention, when processing an arbitrary external character, the external character can be used without an external character font, and the external character information can be shared by a plurality of information users. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate problems such as character squeaking caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information not as an image but as coded electronic data. become. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between various information devices.

本発明に係る第 1の文字同定支援システムは、任意の文字を生成するための文字 情報に基づレ、て文字同定を支援するシステムであって、複数の文字情報を取得して 文字同定を支援する文字同定支援装置と、この文字同定支援装置による支援の下で、 この文字を生成して表示すると共に、 この文字を同定する情報処理装置と、 これら 文字同定支援装置と情報処理装置どを接続する通信手段とを備え、複数の文字情報 の中で、 この文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報を基準情報とし、 この基準情 報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、この基準情報と複数の被比較情 報とを比較してこの文字に近似する被比較文字を文字同定支援装置により夫々抽 出すると共に、抽出された被比較文字をこの文字に近似する順に並べてこの文字と 共に情報処理装置により同一画面上に表示することを特徴とするものである。  A first character identification support system according to the present invention is a system that supports character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and acquires a plurality of pieces of character information to perform character identification. A character identification support device to support, an information processing device that generates and displays the character under the support of the character identification support device, and identifies the character; and a character identification support device and an information processing device. Communication means for connecting, and when a plurality of pieces of character information, character information serving as a reference for identifying this character is used as reference information, and character information to be compared with this reference information is used as compared information. By comparing the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, a character to be compared approximated to the character is extracted by the character identification support device, and the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in order of approximation to the character. This The characters are both information processing apparatus is characterized in that displayed on the same screen.

本発明に係る第 1の文字同定支援システムによれば、任意の文字を生成するため の文字情報に基づいて文字同定を支援する場合に、文字同定支援装置と情報処理装 置とが通信手段により接続され、複数の文字情報が文字同定支援装置により取得さ れる。この文字同定支援装置によつて、基準情報と複数の被比較情報とが比較され、 この文字に近似する被比較文字が抽出されると共に、抽出された被比較文字がこの 文字に近似する順に並べられて、この文字と共に情報処理装置により同一画面上に 表示される。 According to the first character identification support system of the present invention, when character identification is supported based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, the character identification support device and the information processing device are communicated by the communication means. Connected and a plurality of character information is acquired by the character identification support device. The character identification support device compares the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracts a character to be compared that is close to the character, and arranges the extracted characters to be compared in an order that approximates the character. On the same screen with the information processing device Is displayed.

従って、この文字との近似度が大きく同定される確率が高い被比齩文字を優先的 に表示できるため、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。 このため、迅速かつ容易に 文字を同定できるようになるので、 多数の被比較文字が存在する場合であっても、 文字同定を短時間で完了できるため、同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的 に削除できる。 よって、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コー ドによって管理できるようになるので、この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文 字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく共通使用できる と共に、これらの文字情報及び文字コードを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。 本発明に係る第 2の文字同定支援システムは、任意の文字を生成するための文字 情報に基づいて文字同定を支援するシステムであって、複数の文字情報を取得して 文字同定を支援する文字同定支援装置と、この文字同定支援装置による支援の下で、 この文字を生成して表示すると共に、 この文字を同定する情報処理装置と、 これら 文字同定支援装置と情報処理装置とを接続する通信手段とを備え、複数の文字情報 の中で、 この文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報を基準情報とし、 この基準情 報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、この基準情報と複数の被比較情 報とを比較してこの文字に類似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、この被比較 文字及びこの文字の特徴を強調する処理を文字同定支援装置により実行し、特徴強 調処理された被比較文字及びこの文字を情報処理装置により同一画面上に表示す ることを特徴とするものである。  Therefore, a character to be compared having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported. As a result, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are a large number of characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. It can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration by multiple information processing devices. It can be used in common without having to perform such operations, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced. A second character identification support system according to the present invention is a system that supports character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and a character that supports character identification by acquiring a plurality of pieces of character information. An identification support device, an information processing device for generating and displaying the character under the support of the character identification support device, and an information processing device for identifying the character; and a communication connecting the character identification support device and the information processing device. When character information that is a reference for identifying this character among a plurality of character information is set as reference information, and character information to be compared with this reference information is set as compared information, The information is compared with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, and a character to be compared that is similar to the character is extracted, and a process of emphasizing the character to be compared and characteristics of the character is executed by the character identification support device. And it is characterized in you to view on the same screen by the information processing apparatus to be compared character and the character that has been processed features strong tone.

本発明に係る第 2の文字同定支援システムによれば、任意の文字を生成するため の文字情報に基づいて文字同定を支援する場合に、文字同定支援装置と情報処理装 置とが通信手段により接続され、複数の文字情報が文字同定支援装置により取得さ れる。この文字同定支援装置によって、基準情報と複数の被比較情報とが比較され、 この文字に類似する被比較文字が抽出されると共に、抽出された被比較文字及びこ の文字の特徴を強調する処理が実行される。この特徴強調処理された被比較文字及 びこの文字が情報処理装置により同一画面上に表示される。 このとき、例えば、被 比較文字及びこの文字の特徴を強調する処理が複数回実行され、被比較文字及びこ の文字の特徴が分類されると共に、分類された被比較文字及びこの文字の特徴に関 して、上位階層の被比較文字及びこの文字と下位階層の被比較文字及びこの文字と の間が結線されてッリ一構造状に特徴強調処理された被比較文字及びこの文字が 情報処理装置により表示される。 According to the second character identification support system of the present invention, when character identification is supported based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, the character identification support device and the information processing device are communicated by the communication means. Connected, and multiple character information is acquired by the character identification support device. It is. The character identification support device compares the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracts a character to be compared similar to the character, and emphasizes the extracted characters to be compared and the characteristics of the character. Is executed. The compared character subjected to the feature emphasizing process and the character are displayed on the same screen by the information processing device. At this time, for example, a process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character is executed a plurality of times, and the characteristics of the compared character and the character are classified, and the classified characters and the characteristics of the character are classified. In this regard, the compared character in the upper hierarchy, the compared character and the compared character in the lower hierarchy, and the compared character are connected to the compared character and the compared character and the character are subjected to information processing. Displayed by the device.

従って、この文字と複数の被比較文字における類似点を明瞭に視認し得るように、 これらの文字及ぴ被比較文字を系統的に表示できるので、目視による文字同定を支 援できる。 このため、迅速かつ容易 文字を同定できるようになるので、多数の被 比較文字が存在するような場合であっても、 文字同定を短時間で完了できるため、 同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的に削除できる。 よって、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コードによって管理できるようになるの で、この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシス テム構成に依存することなく共通使用できると共に、これらの文字情報及び文字コ 一ドを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。  Therefore, the character and the compared character can be systematically displayed so that the similarity between the character and the plurality of compared characters can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported. As a result, characters can be identified quickly and easily. Even when there are many characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. Can be efficiently deleted. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration in a plurality of information processing devices. It can be used in common without the need for this, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.

本発明に係る第 1の文字同定支援装置は、任意の文字を生成するための文字情報 に基づいてネットワーク上で文字同定を支援する装置であって、この文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報を記憶する記憶手段と、この記憶手段の入出力を制御す る制御手段とを備え、この基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、 制御手段は、複数の被比較情報を取得し、 この被比較情報と基準情報とを比較して この文字に近似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、抽出された被比較文字をこ の文字に近似する順に並べてこの文字と共に同一画面上に表示するためのデータ を前記ネットヮ—ク上で提供することを特徴とするものである。 A first character identification support device according to the present invention is a device that supports character identification on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and serves as a reference when identifying this character. Storage means for storing reference information; and control means for controlling input / output of the storage means. When character information to be compared with the reference information is set as compared information, the control means includes a plurality of compared information. Information and compare this compared information with the reference information A character to be compared which is similar to the character is extracted, and the extracted character to be compared is arranged in the order of approximation to the character, and data for displaying the character together with the character on the same screen is provided on the network. It is characterized by the following.

本発明に係る第 1の文字同定支援装置によれば、任意の文字を生成するための文 字情報に基づいてネットワーク上で文字同定を支援する場合に、この文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報が記憶手段により記憶される。この基準情報と比較され る複数の被比較情報が制御手段により取得されると共に、この被比較情報が基準情 報と比較され、 この文字に近似する被比較文字が抽出される。 ここで抽出された被 比較文字をこの文字に近似する順に並べて、この文字と共に同一画面上に表示する ためのデータが制御手段によりネットワーク上で提供される。  According to the first character identification support device of the present invention, when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying the character is used. The reference information is stored by the storage unit. A plurality of pieces of compared information to be compared with the reference information are obtained by the control means, and the compared information is compared with the reference information to extract a compared character similar to the character. The extracted characters to be compared are arranged in an order approximating the characters, and data for displaying the characters together with the characters on the same screen is provided on the network by the control means.

従って、この文字との近似度が大きく同定される確率が高い被比較文字を優先的 に表示できるため、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。 このため、迅速かつ容易に 文字を同定できるようになるので、 多数の被比較文字が存在する場合であっても、 文字同定を短時間で完了できるため、同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的 に削除できる。 よって、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コー ドによって管理できるようになるので、この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文 字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく共通使用できる と共に、これらの文字情報及ぴ文字コードを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。 本発明に係る第 2の文字同定支援装置は、任意の文字を生成するための文字情報 に基づいてネットワーク上で文字同定を支援する装置であって、この文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報を記憶する記憶手段と、この記憶手段の入出力を制御す る制御手段とを備え、この基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、 制御手段は、複数の被比較情報を取得し、 この被比較情報と基準情報とを比較して この文字に類似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、被比較文字及びこの文字の 特徴を強調する処理を実行し、この特徴強調処理された被比較文字及びこの文字を 同一画面上に表示するためのデータをネットワーク上で提供することを特徴とす るものである。 Therefore, a compared character having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported. As a result, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are a large number of characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. It can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration by multiple information processing devices. It can be used in common without having to perform such operations, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced. A second character identification support device according to the present invention is a device that supports character identification on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, and serves as a reference when identifying this character. Storage means for storing reference information; and control means for controlling input / output of the storage means. When character information to be compared with the reference information is set as compared information, the control means includes a plurality of compared information. Information and compare this compared information with the reference information In order to extract a compared character similar to this character, and to perform a process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character, and displaying the compared character and the character subjected to the characteristic emphasis processing on the same screen. It is characterized by providing data on a network.

本発明に係る第 2の文字同定支援装置によれば、任意の文字を生成するための文 字情報に基づいてネットワーク上で文字同定を支援する場合に、この文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報が記憶手段により記憶される。この基準情報と比較され る複数の被比較情報が制御手段により取得されると共に、この被比較情報が基準情 報と比較され、 この文字に類似する被比較文字が抽出される。 ここで抽出された被 比較文字及びこの文字の特徴を強調する処理が実行される。 このとき、例えば、被 比較文字及びこの文字の特徴を強調する処理が、 制御手段により複数回実行され、 被比較文字及びこの文字の特徴が分類されると共に、分類された被比較文字及びこ の文字の特徴に関して、上位階層の被比較文字及びこの文字と下位階層の被比較文 字及びこの文字との間が結線されてッリ一構造状に特徴強調処理された被比較文 字及びこの文字を表示するためのデータが制御手段によりネットワーク上で提供 される。  According to the second character identification support device of the present invention, when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying this character is used. The reference information is stored by the storage unit. A plurality of pieces of compared information to be compared with the reference information are obtained by the control means, and the compared information is compared with the reference information, and a compared character similar to the character is extracted. A process for emphasizing the extracted character to be compared and the characteristics of the character is executed. At this time, for example, the process of emphasizing the to-be-compared character and the characteristics of this character is executed a plurality of times by the control unit, and the to-be-compared character and the characteristics of this character are classified, and the classified to-be-compared character and this character are classified. Regarding the characteristics of the characters, the compared character in the upper layer, the compared character and the compared character in the lower layer, and the compared character and this character, which are connected and connected with each other and feature-enhanced in the form of a rectangle. Is provided on the network by the control means.

従って、この文字と複数の被比較文字における類似点を明瞭に視認し得るように、 これらの文字及び被比較文字を系統的に表示できるので、目視による文字同定を支 援できる。 このため、迅速かつ容易に文字を同定できるようになるので、 多数の被 比較文字が存在するような場合であっても、 文字同定を短時間で完了できるため、 同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的に削除できる。 よって、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コードによって管理できるようになるの で、この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシス テム構成に依存することなく共通使用できると共に、これらの文字情報及び文字コ 一ドを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。 Therefore, the character and the compared character can be systematically displayed so that the similarity between the character and the plurality of compared characters can be visually recognized clearly, thereby assisting visual character identification. As a result, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are many characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. Information can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code can be processed by a plurality of information processing devices. It can be used commonly without depending on the system configuration, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.

本発明に係る第 1の情報処理方法は、 任意の文字を情報処理する方法であって、 この文字を生成するための文字情報を複数取得し、ここに取得された複数の文字情 報の中でこの文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報を基準情報とし、この基準情 報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、この基準情報と複数の被比較情 報とを比較してこの文字に近似する被比較文字を夫々抽出し、この文字を同一画面 上に表示すると共に、抽出された被比較文字をこの文字に近似する順に並べて表示 することを特徴とするものである。  A first information processing method according to the present invention is a method of processing an arbitrary character, wherein a plurality of character information for generating the character is obtained, and a plurality of pieces of character information obtained here are used. When character information that is a reference for identifying this character is used as reference information, and character information to be compared with this reference information is used as compared information, this reference information is compared with a plurality of pieces of compared information. Characters to be compared that are similar to leverage characters are extracted, and the characters are displayed on the same screen, and the extracted characters to be compared are displayed in order in which they are approximated to the characters.

本発明に係る第 1の情報処理方法によれば、 任意の文字を情報処理する場合に、 この文字との近似度が大きく同定される確率が高い被比較文字を優先的に表示で きるため、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。従って、迅速かつ容易に文字を同定 できるように るので、多数の被比較文字が存在する場合であっても、文字同定を 短時間で完了できるため、同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的に削除でき る。 よって、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コードによって 管理できるようになるので、この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文字情報を複 数の情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく共通使用できると共に、これ らの文字情報及ぴ文字コ一ドを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。  According to the first information processing method according to the present invention, when processing an arbitrary character, a compared character having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, Visual identification of characters can be supported. Therefore, the character can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are many compared characters, the character identification can be completed in a short time. Can be deleted. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration in a plurality of information processing devices. In addition to this, it is possible to commonly use the character information and character codes, and to reduce the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes.

本発明に係る第 2の情報処理方法は、 任意の文字を情報処理する方法であって、 この文字を生成するための文字情報を複数取得し、ここに取得された複数の文字情 報の中でこの文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報を基準情報とし、この基準情 報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、この基準情報と複数の被比較情 報とを比較してこの文字に類似する被比較文字を夫々抽出し、ここに抽出された被 比較文字の特徴を強調する処理と共に、 この文字の特徴を強調する処理をし、 ここ に特徴強調処理された被比較文字及びこの文字を同一画面上に表示することを特 徴とするものである。例えば、 この被比較文字の特徴を強調する処理と共に、 この 文字の特徴を強調する処理を複数回実行し、複数回特徴強調処理される被比較文字 及びこの文字を階層表示すると共に、ここで階層表示される被比較文字及びこの文 字の特徴を分類し、分類された被比較文字及びこの文字の特徴に関して、上位階層 の被比較文字及びこの文字と下位階層の被比較文字及びこの文字との間を結線す るッリ一構造状に特徴強調処理された被比較文字及びこの文字が表示されるよう になされる。 A second information processing method according to the present invention is a method for processing information of an arbitrary character, wherein a plurality of character information for generating the character is acquired, and a plurality of pieces of character information acquired here are obtained. When character information that is a reference for identifying this character is used as reference information, and character information to be compared with this reference information is used as compared information, this reference information is compared with a plurality of pieces of compared information. Each of the compared characters similar to the leverage character is extracted, and the extracted It is characterized in that, along with the process of emphasizing the characteristics of the comparison character, the process of emphasizing the characteristics of this character is performed, and the character to be compared subjected to the feature emphasis processing and this character are displayed on the same screen. . For example, the process of emphasizing the feature of the compared character and the process of emphasizing the feature of the character are performed a plurality of times, and the compared character and the character subjected to the feature emphasis process are displayed in a hierarchy, and the hierarchy is displayed. The displayed compared character and the characteristics of this character are classified, and the classified compared character and the characteristics of this character are compared with the compared character in the upper layer and the compared character and the lower layer in the compared character and this character. The character to be compared and the character that has been subjected to the feature emphasis processing in the form of a line connecting between the characters and the character are displayed.

従って、この文字と複数の被比較文字における類似点を明瞭に視認し得るように、 これらの文字及び被比較文字を系銃的に表示できるので、目視による文字同定を支 援できる。 このため、迅速かつ容易に文字を同定できるようになるので、 多数の被 比較文字が存在するような場合であっても、 文字同定を短時間で完了できるため、 同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的に削除できる。 よって、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コードによって管理できるようになるの で、この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシス テム構成に依存することなく共通使用できると共に、これらの文字情報及び文字コ 一ドを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。  Therefore, the character and the compared character can be displayed in a systematic manner so that the similarity between the character and the plurality of compared characters can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported. As a result, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and even when there are many characters to be compared, character identification can be completed in a short time. Information can be deleted efficiently. Therefore, since one character information can be associated with one character and managed by one character code, the character information managed by this one character code depends on the system configuration in a plurality of information processing devices. It can be used in common without the need for this, and the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.

図面の簡単な説明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

第 1図は、 外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0の構成例を示す概念図である。  FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram showing a configuration example of the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 2図は、 外字情報登録装置 1 0の構成例を示すプロック図である。  FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the external character information registration device 10.

第 3図は、 ノ ソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 1の表示例を示す図である。 第 4図は、 パソコン 2 0 aによるゥヱブページ WP 2の表示例を示す図である。 第 5図は、 パソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 3の表示例を示す図である。 第 6図は、 パソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 4表示例を示す図である。 第 7図は、 パソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 5の表示例を示す図である。 第 8図は、 パソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 6の表示例を示す図である。 第 9図は、 パソコン 2 0 aによるゥヱプページ WP 7の表示例を示す図である。 第 1 0図は、パソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 8の表示例を示す図である。 第 1 1図は、パソコン 2 0 aによるウェブページ WP 9の表示例を示す図である。 第 1 2 ( a ) 図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0の動^^例を示すフローチヤ ートである。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP1 by the computer 20a. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP2 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP3 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a display example of a web page WP4 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP5 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP 6 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a display example of the homepage WP7 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP8 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a display example of a web page WP 9 by the personal computer 20a. FIG. 12 (a) is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 1 2 ( b ) 図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0の動作例を示すフローチヤ ートである。  FIG. 12 (b) is a flowchart showing an operation example of the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 1 3図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0の動作例を示すフローチャートで める。  FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing an operation example of the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 1 4図は、パソコン 2 0 aによるゥヱプページ WP 1 0の表示例を示す図であ る。  FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a display example of the home page WP10 by the personal computer 20a.

第 1 5図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0によるメール送信例を示すフ口一 チヤ一トである。  FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of mail transmission by the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 1 6図は、パソコン 2 0 bによるメール受信通知 P 1の表示例を示す図である。 第 1 7 ( a ) 図は、ノ、。ソコン 2 0 bによるゥヱプページ WP 1 1の表示例を示す 図である。  FIG. 16 is a diagram showing a display example of the mail reception notification P1 by the personal computer 20b. Fig. 17 (a) Fig. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the homepage WP11 by Sokon 20b.

第 1 7 ( b ) 図は、ノ、。ソコン 2 0 bによるウェブページ WP 1 2の表示例を示す 図である。 第 1 8 ( a ) 図は、パソコン 2 0 bによる受信メール P 2の表示例を示す図であ る。 Fig. 17 (b) Fig. It is a figure showing the example of a display of web page WP12 by Sokon 20b. FIG. 18 (a) is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P2 by the personal computer 20b.

第 1 8 ( b ) 図は、ノ ソコン 2 0 bによる受信メール P 2の表示例を示す図であ る。  FIG. 18 (b) is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P2 by the computer 20b.

第 1 9図は、 パソコン 2 0 bによる受信メール P 3の表示例を示す図である。 第 2 0図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による受信メールの表示例を示す フローチヤ一トである。  FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P3 by the personal computer 20b. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 2 1図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による受信メールの表示例を示す フローチヤ一トである。  FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 2 2図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による受信メールの表示例を示す フローチヤ一トである。  FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 2 3図は、パソコン 2 0 bによるウェブページ WP 1 3の表示例を示す図であ る。  FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a display example of the web page WP13 by the personal computer 20b.

第 2 4図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による受信メールの表示例を示す フローチャートである。  FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 2 5図は、 ノ ソコン 2 0 bによる受信メール P 4の表示例を示す図である。 第 2 6 ( a ) 図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による受信メールの表示例 を示すフローチャートである。 - 第 2 6 ( b )図は、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による受信メールの表示例 を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a display example of the received mail P4 by the computer 20b. FIG. 26 (a) is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100. -FIG. 26 (b) is a flowchart showing a display example of a received mail by the external character registration information providing system 100.

第 2 7図は、 文字同定支援システム 5 0 0の構成例を示す概念図である。  FIG. 27 is a conceptual diagram showing a configuration example of the character identification support system 500.

第 2 8図は、 文字同定支援装置 5 0の構成例を示すプロック図である。  FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the character identification support device 50.

第 2 9図は、文字同定支援装置 5 0による文字情報のビットマップへの転写例を 示す模式図である。 Fig. 29 shows an example of the transfer of character information to a bitmap by the character identification support device 50. FIG.

第 30 (a) 図は、 ビットマップフォント BF 1における行方向でのオンビット ボリュームの数値化例を示す図である。  FIG. 30 (a) is a diagram showing an example of digitizing an on-bit volume in the row direction in the bitmap font BF1.

第 30 (b) 図は、 ビットマップフォント B F 1における列方向でのオンビット ボリュームの数値化例を示す図である。  FIG. 30 (b) is a diagram showing an example of digitizing an on-bit volume in the column direction in the bitmap font BF1.

第 31 (a) 図は、行方向ボリューム値と行数との関数から導出されたオンビッ トボリューム曲線 C 1の例を示すグラフである。  FIG. 31 (a) is a graph showing an example of an on-bit volume curve C1 derived from a function of the row direction volume value and the number of rows.

第 31 (b) 図は、列方向ボリューム値と列数との関数から導出されたオンビッ トボリューム曲線 C 2の例を示すグラフである。  FIG. 31 (b) is a graph showing an example of an on-bit volume curve C2 derived from a function of the column direction volume value and the number of columns.

第 32図は、 文字同定支援装置 50による第 1の判定者用画面の表示例である。 第 33 (a) 図は、 更新前の文字コード変換表 Tを示す概念図である。  FIG. 32 is a display example of a first screen for a judge by the character identification support apparatus 50. FIG. 33 (a) is a conceptual diagram showing a character code conversion table T before updating.

第 33 (b) 図は、欠字に文字コードを生成して更新した後の文字コード変換表 Tを示す概念 ,である。  FIG. 33 (b) is a conceptual diagram illustrating a character code conversion table T after generating and updating character codes for missing characters.

第 34図は、文字同定支援システム 500による第 1の文字同定支援例を示すフ ローチャートである。  FIG. 34 is a flow chart showing a first example of character identification support by the character identification support system 500.

第 35図は、文字同定支援装置 50による被比較文字の抽出例を示すフローチヤ ートである。  FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an example of extracting a compared character by the character identification support device 50.

第 36 (a) 図は、文字同定支援装置 50による特徴強調処理例を示す模式図で あり、 特徴強調処理前の基準文字及び複数の被比較文字を示す図である。  FIG. 36 (a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of a feature emphasis process by the character identification support device 50, and is a diagram showing a reference character and a plurality of compared characters before the feature emphasis process.

第 36 (b) 図は、 特徴強調処理の前半工程実施後を示す図である。  FIG. 36 (b) is a diagram showing a state after the first half step of the feature emphasis processing.

第 36 (c) 図は、 特徴強調処理の後半工程実施後を示す図である。  FIG. 36 (c) is a diagram showing the state after the latter half of the feature emphasis processing.

第 37図は、 文字同定支援装置 50による第 2の判定者用画面の表示例である。 第 38図は、文字同定支援システム 500による第 2の文字同定支援例を示すフ ローチャートである。 発明を実施するための最良の形態 FIG. 37 is a display example of the second screen for the judge by the character identification support apparatus 50. FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a second example of character identification support by the character identification support system 500. It is a low chart. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION

以下、添付の図面を参照しながら、本発明の実施形態に係る外字登録情報提供シ ステム、 外字情報登録装置及び情報処理方法について説明する。  Hereinafter, an external character registration information providing system, an external character information registration device, and an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.

[第 1の実施形態:ボストカードの注文]  [First Embodiment: Order of Bost Card]

第 1図は、本発明の実施形態としての外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0の構成例 を示す図であり、第 2図は、本発明の実施形態としての外字情報登録装置 1 0の構 成例を示す図である。  FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration example of an external character registration information providing system 100 as an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a configuration of an external character information registration device 100 as an embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure showing an example.

この第 1の実施形態では、任意の外字の登録を受け付けて外字情報を提供する場 合に、外字を画像形成するための外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受け 付ける外字情報登録装置を備え、この情報利用者から使用要求された外字情報を付 番登録すると共に、 この外字情報を情報利用者に提供する。 これによつて、外字フ. オントをインストールしなくても外字を使用できると共に、ネットワーク上の外字 情報を複数の情報利用者で共用できるようにしたものである。  In the first embodiment, in a case where registration of an arbitrary external character is received and external character information is provided, external character information for forming an external character image is disclosed to an information user and an external character information registration for receiving a use request is provided. A device is provided, and the external character information requested to be used by this information user is numbered and registered, and this external character information is provided to the information user. As a result, external characters can be used without installing external characters fonts, and external character information on the network can be shared by multiple information users.

第 1図の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0は、複数の情報利用者によりネットヮ 一ク上で外字情報を共用及び交換できるシステムである。この外字登録情報提供シ ステム 1 0 0は、外字情報を複数の情報利用者により共通して登録利用可能な外字 情報登録利用サービスをネットワーク上で提供するウェブサイトの運営及び利用 に適用して好適である。  The external character registration information providing system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is a system that allows a plurality of information users to share and exchange external character information over a network. This external character registration information providing system 100 is suitable for application and management of websites that provide external character information registration and use services that can be registered and used by multiple information users on a network. It is.

外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0は、第 1図に示すように、外字情報登録装置 1 0、複数の情報処理装置 2 0及びこれら複数の情報処理装置 2 0と外字情報登録装 置 1 0とを夫々接続する通信手段 3 0で構成される。 外字情報登録装置 10は、 第 2図に示すように、少なくとも、 入力手段 1 1、 記 憶手段 12及び制御手段 1 3を備え、これらがバス 14により相互に接続されたコ ンピューター · ^ステムである。 As shown in FIG. 1, the external character registration information providing system 100 includes an external character information registration device 10, a plurality of information processing devices 20, and the plurality of information processing devices 20 and the external character information registration device 10. Are connected to each other by communication means 30. As shown in FIG. 2, the external character information registration apparatus 10 includes at least an input unit 11, a storage unit 12, and a control unit 13, and these are connected to each other via a bus 14. It is.

入力手段 1 1は、 I EEE802. 3規格準拠のィーサポート (Ether Port) の ようなネットワークインターフェイス (N I ZF: Network Interface)であって、 外字情報登録装置 10を通信手段 30に接続する。 この入力手段 1 1は、外字(外 部文字) を画像形成するための外字情報を情報利用者に送出して開示すると共に、 情報利用者から外字情報の使用要求を入力されて受け付ける。  The input unit 11 is a network interface (NIZF: Network Interface) such as an Ethernet (Ether Port) conforming to the IEEE802.3 standard, and connects the external character information registration device 10 to the communication unit 30. The input means 11 transmits and discloses external character information for forming an external character (external character) to an information user, and receives and uses a request for use of external character information from the information user.

記憶手段 1 2は、 DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) 等の電子記録媒体 又は HDD (HardDiskDrive)等の大容量磁気記録媒体からなる記憶装置である。 この記憶手段 12は、外字を画像形成するための外字情報に外字情報登録装置 10 の内部コードを対応させた外字コード(符号ィ匕外字集合)と、シフト J I Sコード、 The storage unit 12 is a storage device including an electronic recording medium such as a DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) or a large-capacity magnetic recording medium such as an HDD (HardDiskDrive). The storage means 12 stores an external character code (a set of character and external characters) in which an external character information for forming an external character in an image is associated with an internal code of the external character information registration device 10, a shift J ISS code,

U n i c o d e (Universal multi-octet coded character set: IS0/IEC10646) 、Unicode (Universal multi-octet coded character set: IS0 / IEC10646),

EUC (Extended Unix (R) Code) 及ぴ T RON (The Real-time Operating-system Nucleus) コードのような公的又は私的に規格化された文字コード (符号化文字集 合) とを格納し、入力手段 1 1により受け付けられた情報利用者からの使用要求に 係る外字情報を登録する。 Stores public or privately standardized character codes (encoded character set) such as EUC (Extended Unix (R) Code) and TRON (The Real-time Operating-system Nucleus) code. The external character information relating to the use request from the information user accepted by the input means 11 is registered.

制御手段 13は、 CPU (Central Processing Unit) 1 3 a、 RAMI 3 b及 ぴ ROM (Read Only Memory) 13 cを有し、 CPU 13 a力 RAMI 3 bをヮ ークエリアとして使用しながら ROM1 3 cに格納された制御プログラムを実行 することによって、入力手段 1 1及び記憶手段 12の入出力を制御する。 これによ り制御手段 13は、情報利用者から登録が有った外字情報を、 この情報利用者に提 供するように記憶手段 1 2の読出しを制御する。 このように外字情報登録装置 1 0は、公知のコンピューター 'システムにより構 築可能であり、 外字情報をネットワーク上で提供可能なウェブサイト (Web Site) を運営するためのウェブサーバー (Web server) として機能する。 The control means 13 has a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 13 a, a RAMI 3 b and a ROM (Read Only Memory) 13 c, and uses the CPU 13 a RAMI 3 b as a work area to store the ROM 13 c. The input and output of the input means 11 and the storage means 12 are controlled by executing the stored control program. Thereby, the control means 13 controls the reading of the storage means 12 so as to provide the external character information registered by the information user to the information user. As described above, the external character information registration device 10 can be constructed by a known computer system, and operates as a Web server for operating a Web site that can provide external character information on a network. Function.

情報処理装置 2 0は、 第 1図に示したように、 情報利用者 (ユーザー) が外字情 報登録装置 (以下、 サーバーと記載) 1 0にアクセス (接続) するために使用する パーソナルコンピュータ (P C: Personal Computer) 等であって、 I T U— T勧 告に基づく通信規格をサポートする通信モデム又は I E E E 8 0 2 . 3規格準拠の N I C (Network Interface Card) のような N I ZF示せず) を備え、 この N I / Fによって、 情報処理装置 レ、。一ソナルコンピューター:以下、 パソコンと記載) 2 0は、通信手段 3 0を介してサーバー 1 0に接続する。 このパソコン 2 0は、ュ 一ザ一に操作されることによって、サーバー 1 0に外字の使用要求を送信して外字 情報を登録する。  As shown in FIG. 1, the information processing device 20 is a personal computer (hereinafter referred to as a “server”) used by an information user (user) to access (connect) to an external character information registration device (hereinafter referred to as a server) 10. PC: Personal Computer), etc., equipped with a communication modem that supports the communication standard based on the ITU-T recommendation or an NI ZF such as a NIC (Network Interface Card) conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard (not shown). By this NI / F, Information processing equipment. One personal computer: hereinafter referred to as a personal computer) 20 is connected to the server 10 via the communication means 30. The personal computer 20 is operated by the user to transmit a request for using an external character to the server 10 and register the external character information.

通信手段 3 0は、 I E E E 8 0 2 . 3規格準拠の 1 0 B A S E— Tのようなィー サケープル (Ether Cable) で構築される L AN (Local Area Network) 、 光ケー プル等から構築される I P (Internet Protocol) 網、 及び I T U— T勧告による 通信規格をサポートする通信モデム等を介して接続される一般公衆電話網等から なる双方向通信可能なネットワークである。この通信手段(ネットワーク) 3 0は、 サーバー 1 0の入力手段 (N I /F ) 1 1及びパソコン 2 0の N I Z Fにイーサケ 一ブル (Ether Cable) 等により接続されることによって、 サーバー 1 0とバソコ ン 2 0とを双方向通信可能に接続する。  The communication means 30 is constructed from a LAN (Local Area Network) constructed with an Ethernet cable such as 10BASE-T conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard, an optical cable, and the like. This is a network capable of two-way communication consisting of an IP (Internet Protocol) network and a general public telephone network connected via a communication modem that supports the communication standard according to the ITU-T recommendation. The communication means (network) 30 is connected to the input means (NI / F) 11 of the server 10 and the NIZF of the personal computer 20 by an Ethernet cable or the like, so that the server 10 and the server 10 are connected to each other. To the other 20 so that bidirectional communication is possible.

このように構成された外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0において、パソコン 2 0 には、サーバー 1 0と双方向通信するためのソフトウェアとして、 ウェブブラウザ (Web Browser) がインストールされる。 また、 このパソコン 2 0は、 表示手段 2 1と入力手段 2 2とを備える。表示手段 2 1は、 L C D (Liquid Crystal Display) のような画像表示機能を有する表示装置であり、入力手段 2 2は、キーボード及び マウス等の入力装置である。 これらを備えることによって、ノ ソコン 2 0は、サー バー 1 0から送出されるデータをウェブブラウザにより読み込み、このデータに基 づいてウェブページ (Web Page) を表示手段 2 1により表示したり、 サーバー 1 0 に送出するための各種設定情報等をウェブページ上で入力したりできるようにな る。 即ち、サーバー 1 0は、入力手段 2 2によるウェブページ上での各種入力に応 じて表示手段 2 1によるウェブページの表示を切り換えることによって、パソコン 2 0とインタラクティブに情報通信する。 In the external character registration information providing system 100 configured as described above, a web browser (Web Browser) is installed in the personal computer 20 as software for two-way communication with the server 10. Also, this personal computer 20 is a display means 2 1 and input means 22. The display means 21 is a display device having an image display function such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), and the input means 22 is an input device such as a keyboard and a mouse. By providing these, the computer 20 reads the data sent from the server 10 by a web browser, and displays a web page (Web page) by the display means 21 based on the data, It becomes possible to input various setting information etc. for sending to 10 on the web page. That is, the server 10 interactively communicates information with the personal computer 20 by switching the display of the web page by the display means 21 in response to various inputs on the web page by the input means 22.

サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、ユーザーに識別番号としてユーザー I Dを付与 する。 即ち、 ユーザーは、 サーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイト (情報提供 者) からユーザー I Dを付与され、 このユーザー I Dを用いて、パソコン 2 0によ りサーバー 1 0にアクセスする。 ユーザー I Dは、 Aユーザーには 「a a a」、 B ユーザーには 「b b b」 のように、 各ユーザーで異なるように与えられ、 これら複 数のユーザーがサーバー 1 0にアクセスする際の識別番号として機能する。ユーザ 一 I Dがサーバー 1 0により認識されてサーバー 1 0へのアクセスに成功すると、 パソコン 2 0とサーバー 1 0との双方向通信が可能となる。  The control means 13 of the server 10 gives the user a user ID as an identification number. That is, the user is given a user ID from a website (information provider) operated by the server 10 and accesses the server 10 by the personal computer 20 using the user ID. The user ID is given differently for each user, such as "aaa" for user A and "bbb" for user B, and serves as an identification number when these multiple users access server 10 I do. When the user ID is recognized by the server 10 and successfully accesses the server 10, bidirectional communication between the personal computer 20 and the server 10 becomes possible.

このサーバー 1 0によるウェブサイトでは、外字情報を含む文字情報に基づいて 作成される文書、例えば、名刺、 ボストカード及び熨斗紙のような人名等を正確に 記載することが望まれる文書を正しく印刷したり、代用文字を使用することなく正 しい宛名が記載されたメールの送受信をサポートしたりするサービスを提供でき る。  The website by the server 10 correctly prints a document that is created based on character information including external character information, for example, a document in which it is desired to accurately describe a personal name such as a business card, a post card, and a paper for wrapping paper. It can provide a service that supports sending and receiving e-mails with correct addresses without using substitute characters.

この第 1の実施形態では、 Aユーザーが、予めユーザー I D 「a a a」 を付与さ れ、 このユーザー I Dを用いてパソコン 2 0 aによりサーバー 1 0にアクセスし、 正しい宛名で印刷されたポストカード、を注文する場合について説明する。 なお、ポ ストカードのデザィンは既に選択されており、選択されたデザィンのポストカード に記載する宛名を正確に印刷する際に必要となる外字情報の登録利用を想定する。 In the first embodiment, the user A assigns a user ID “aaa” in advance. Then, a case will be described in which the server 10 is accessed by the personal computer 20a using this user ID, and a postcard printed with a correct address is ordered. Note that the postcard design has already been selected, and it is assumed that external character information required for accurately printing the address written on the postcard of the selected design will be used.

Aユーザーがパソコン 2 0 aにィンストールされたゥヱブブラウザを介してサ 一バー 1 0にアクセスすると、パソコン 2 0 aは、 このサーバー 1 0から送出され るデータをウェブブラウザにより読み込み、このデータに基づくウェブページを表 示手段 2 1 aにより表示する。  A When the user accesses the server 10 via a web browser installed on the personal computer 20a, the personal computer 20a reads the data transmitted from the server 10 with a web browser and uses the web browser based on the data. The page is displayed by the display means 21a.

このようなウェブページ上で、 Aユーザーがポストカードのデザィンを選択する と、 サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、任意の外字とこの外字の画像と共に、 この外 字が正しく文字表示されたか否かを入力するための選択入力釦を載せたゥェブぺ ージのデータをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。このサーバー 1 0から送出されたデー タに基づいて、表示手段 2 1 aは、例えば第 3図に示すように、任意の外字 D 1と この外字の画像 D 2と共に、この外字が正しく文字表示されたか否かを入力するた めの選択入力釦 K l , K 2を載せたウェブページ WP 1を表示する。 これによりサ 一バー 1 0は、 パソコン 2 0 aのシステム環境を調査することができる。 . ウェブページ WP 1では、パソコン 2 0 aで外字画像を生成するために必要な情 報として、このパソコン 2 0 aの使用言語及びフォント等のローカル設定を検証す るための質問 Q 1及び選択項目 V Iが表示される。また、 Aユーザーがパソコン 2 0 aでの使用言語又はフォントを知らない場合のために、 「オプションタブのフォ ントメニューをご覧下さい」等のメッセージ M lが、 ウェブページ WP 1上に同時 に表示される。 このメッセージ M lは、ノ ソコン 2 0 aのシステム環境の検出によ つて、 このパソコン 2 0 aにィンス トールされたゥヱププラゥザ及ぴ O S (Operating System) 並びにこれらのバージョン (Version) 等に応じた内容に変 更される。 When a user selects a postcard design on such a web page, the control means 13 of the server 10 determines whether or not the external character is correctly displayed along with an arbitrary external character and an image of the external character. The web page data on which the selection input button for inputting the information is loaded is transmitted to the personal computer 20a. Based on the data sent from the server 10, the display means 21 a displays the external character correctly along with an arbitrary external character D 1 and an image D 2 of the external character as shown in FIG. 3, for example. The web page WP 1 on which the selection input buttons K l and K 2 for inputting whether or not the input has been performed is displayed. This enables the server 10 to investigate the system environment of the personal computer 20a. In the web page WP1, as a necessary information to generate the external character image on the personal computer 20a, the question Q1 and the selection for verifying the local setting such as the language and the font of the personal computer 20a are used. Item VI is displayed. In addition, in case the user A does not know the language or font used on the PC 20a, a message Ml such as "See the font menu on the Options tab" is displayed on the web page WP1 at the same time. Is done. This message Ml is sent to the PC and OS installed on this PC 20a by detecting the system environment of the computer 20a. (Operating System) and the content according to their version (Version).

パソコン 2 0 aのフォント及び言語の設定が入力手段 2 2 aにより選択される と、ここで選択されたフォント及び言語の設定情報がローカル設定としてサーバー 1 0に送出され、サーバ一 1 0は、 このローカル設定に応じて、任意の外字コード と、 この外字コードに対応する外字情報とをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。 これによ つて、パソコン 2 0 aにより選択されたフォントで表示された外字 D 1と、外字情 報に基づいて画像表示された外字画像 D 2と力 ゥヱプページ WP 1に同時に掲載 される。  When the setting of the font and language of the personal computer 20a is selected by the input means 22a, the setting information of the selected font and language is transmitted to the server 10 as a local setting, and the server 10 According to the local setting, an arbitrary external character code and external character information corresponding to the external character code are transmitted to the personal computer 20a. As a result, the external character D1 displayed in the font selected by the personal computer 20a, the external character image D2 displayed based on the external character information, and the power page WP1 are simultaneously displayed.

Aユーザーがパソコン 2 0 aに外字フォントをィンストールしていない場合、外 字コードに対応する外字フォントがないので、外字 D 1は、第 3図のように文字化 けする。 よって、 質問 「この文字が下の画像と同じ文字に見えますか?」 Q 2に対 する回答として「いいえ」釦 K 1が選択されるようにマウス等によりクリックされ る。 Aユーザーがパソコン 2 0 aに外字フォントをィンストールしていた場合、外 字 D 1と外字画像 D 2とは同じように表示されるので、質問 Q 2に対する回答とし て 「はい」 釦 K 2が選択される。  If the user A does not install the external character font on the personal computer 20a, there is no external character font corresponding to the external character code, so the external character D1 is garbled as shown in FIG. Therefore, the question "Does this character look the same as the image below?" Is clicked with a mouse or the like so that the "No" button K1 is selected as an answer to Q2. If the user has installed the external character font on the personal computer 20a, the external character D1 and the external character image D2 are displayed in the same way, so the `` Yes '' button K2 is used as the answer to the question Q2. Selected.

このようにサーバー 1 0は、ゥヱブページ WP 1が外字をフォントと画像との両 方で同時に表示すると共に、外字が正しくフォント表示されたか否かを 「はい」 又 は 「いいえ」 の選択入力釦 K l, Κ 2により入力し得るような構成となるように、 このウェブページ WP 1のデータをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。 これによつて、サ 一バー 1 0は、パソコン 2 0 aの使用言語及ぴフォントの種類並びに外字所有の有 無のようなシステム環境を検証できる。  As described above, the server 10 displays the external character in the web page WP 1 simultaneously in both the font and the image, and determines whether the external character is correctly displayed in the font by selecting the “Yes” or “No” selection input button K. The data of the web page WP1 is transmitted to the personal computer 20a so that the data can be input by l, Κ2. As a result, the server 10 can verify the language used by the personal computer 20a, the type of font, and the system environment such as whether or not the personal character is possessed.

ウェブページ WP 1で 「いいえ」 釦 K 1又は 「はい」 釦 K 2が選択されると、 サ 一バー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、ボストカードに文字を印刷するためのフォント、即 ち、外字を表示するフォントの種類を複数から選択するためのフォント選択釦を載 せたウェブページのデータをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。このサーバー 1 0から送 出されたデータに基づいて、表示手段 2 1 aは、第 4図に示すように、 フォントの 種類を複数から選択するためのフォント選択釦を載せたゥヱプページ WP 2を表 示するように表示を切り換える。 If the “No” button K1 or the “Yes” button K2 is selected on the web page WP1, The control means 13 of the bar 10 is a web page data on which a font selection button for selecting a font for printing characters on a boss card, that is, a font type for displaying an external character from a plurality of fonts. To PC 20a. Based on the data sent from the server 10, the display means 21a displays a web page WP2 on which a font selection button for selecting a font type from a plurality of fonts is placed as shown in FIG. Switch the display as shown.

このウェブページ WP 2には、 メッセージ「フォントを選んでください」 M 2の 表示と共に、 ゴシック、 明朝、 楷書、 行書及び特太 (ボールド) 等のフォント見本 であって、且つ、 これら複数のフォントの中から 1つのフォントを選択するための フォント選択釦とを兼ねる複数の釦画像と、設定不変更を選択するための「今の設 定を変えない」 釦 K 3とが同時に掲載される。 このウェブページ WP 2によって、 Aユーザーはポストカードに文字を印刷するためのフォントの種類を、フォントを 見ながら容易に選択できる。  This web page WP 2 contains the message "Please select a font" M2 and font samples such as Gothic, Mincho, Taisho, line, and bold, etc. , A plurality of button images also serving as a font selection button for selecting one font, and a “don't change current setting” button K3 for selecting setting unchanged. This web page WP 2 allows A users to easily select the font type for printing characters on postcards while viewing the font.

ここで選択されたフォントの設定は、文字を画像として表示する際にも反映され る。 例えば、 Aユーザーが 「Cゴシックを選ぶ」 釦 K 4を選択すると、 ここで選択 された Cゴシックにより外字画像 D 2が画像表示されるようになる。  The font setting selected here is also reflected when displaying characters as images. For example, when the user A selects the “select gothic” button K 4, the external character image D 2 is displayed by the selected gothic.

ウェブページ WP 2において、フォント選択釦又は設定不変更釦 K 3の何れかが 選択されると、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、複数から選択されたフォントの種 類に関する設定情報を、 Aユーザーのユーザー I D 「a a a」 と関連付けて記憶手 段 1 2に保存するための保存釦を載せたウェブページのデータをパソコン 2 0 a に送出する。 このサーバー 1 0から送出されたデータに基づいて、表示手段 2 1 a は、第 5図に示すように、複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関する設定情報を、 ユーザー I D 「 a a a」 と関連付けてサーバー 1 0に保存するための保存釦 K 5を 載せたウェブページ WP 3を表示するように表示を切り換える。 When either the font selection button or the setting non-change button K3 is selected on the web page WP2, the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality to A. The web page data on which a save button for storing in the storage means 12 in association with the user ID "aaa" of the user is transmitted to the personal computer 20a. Based on the data sent from the server 10, the display means 21a associates the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality with the user ID "aaa" as shown in FIG. 10 Press the save button K 5 to save Switch the display so that the loaded web page WP 3 is displayed.

ウェブページ WP 3は、 Aユーザーが Cゴシックを選択したので、メッセージ「こ こで注文するボストカードは Cゴシックで印刷されます」 M 3を表示すると共に、 保存釦を兼ねた設定確認釦 K 5と設定変更釦 K 6とを掲載する。 これによつて、 A ユーザーはポストカードの印刷に使用されるフォントを確認できると共に、フォン トが気に入らない場合には、設定変更釦 K 6を選択してゥヱブページ WP 2に戻り、 フォントの選択を何度でも繰り返すことができる。 よって、注文されたポストカー ドが Aユーザーの期待(イメージ) とは異なるフォントで印刷されるような状況を 未然に回避できる。  The web page WP 3 displays the message "Bost card ordered here will be printed in C Gothic" because user A has selected C Gothic. In addition to displaying M3, the setting confirmation button K5 also serves as a save button. And the setting change button K6. This allows the A user to check the font used for printing the postcard, and if the user does not like the font, selects the setting change button K 6 and returns to the web page WP 2 to select the font. Can be repeated any number of times. Therefore, it is possible to avoid a situation where the ordered postcard is printed in a font different from the expectation (image) of the A user.

また、サーバー 1 0は、保存釦 K 5からの保存確認によって、ノ、。ソコン 2 0 aの フォントの種類に関する設定情報を、ユーザー I D 「a a a」 と関連付けて記憶手 段 1 2に保存できる。 よって、 サーバー 1 0は、パソコン 2 0 aの使用フォントを ローカルの設定情報の一項目として外字データベースに蓄積できるため、パソコン 2 0 aのシステム環境を何度も繰り返し調査する必要がなく、 Aユーザーからのァ クセスに対して即座に情報提供可能な環境を構築できるようになる。  In addition, the server 10 confirms the save from the save button K5. The setting information relating to the font type of the computer 20 a can be stored in the storage means 12 in association with the user ID “a a a”. Therefore, since the server 10 can store the fonts used by the personal computer 20a in the external character database as one item of local setting information, it is not necessary to repeatedly examine the system environment of the personal computer 20a. It will be possible to build an environment where information can be provided immediately for access from the Internet.

ウェブページ WP 3の保存釦 K 5が選択されると、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3 は、ウェブページ WP 2において複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関する設定 情報をパソコン 2 0 aに保存するための保存釦を載せたウェブページのデータを パソコン 2 0 aに送出する。 このサーバー 1 0から送出されたデータに基づいて、 表示手段 2 1 aは、第 6図に示すように、複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関 する設定情報をパソコン 2 0 aに保存するための保存釦 K 7を载せたゥェプぺー ジ WP 4を表示する。  When the save button K5 of the web page WP 3 is selected, the control means 13 of the server 10 saves the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality on the web page WP 2 to the personal computer 20a. The data of the web page on which the save button is placed is sent to the personal computer 20a. Based on the data sent from the server 10, the display means 21a stores the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality in the personal computer 20a as shown in FIG. Display the WP4 page with the save button K7.

このウェブページ WP 4は、 Aユーザーにより選択されたフォントの種類を確認 するメッセージ M 4と共に、このフォント及ぴ言語の設定をパソコン 2 0 aに記憶 するか否かを問うメッセージと保存釦 「はい J K 7及ぴ不保存釦 「いいえ」 K 8と を掲載する。 This web page WP 4 confirms the font type selected by A user A message asking whether or not to store the font and language settings in the personal computer 20a together with the message M4, and a save button "Yes JK7" and an unsave button "No" K8 are posted.

ここで保存釦 K 7が選択されると、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、保存釦 K 7 による保存要求を受け付け、このフォントの種類に関する設定情報をパソコン 2 0 aのウェブブラウザにより作成されるクッキー (Cookie) に保存する。 これによつ て、サーバー丄 0は、ノ ソコン 2 0 aのフォントの種類に関する設定情報を必要に 応じてクッキーから読み出すことができるようになる。セキュリティ上の理由等に よって、 Aユーザーが、 サーバー 1 0によるクッキ1 "の書込みを望まない場合、 「いいえ」釦 K 8を選択してフォント及び言語の設定のパソコン 2 0 aへの記憶を 禁止する。 Here, when the save button K7 is selected, the control means 13 of the server 10 accepts a save request by the save button K7, and creates setting information on the font type by the web browser of the personal computer 20a. Cookies. As a result, the server # 0 can read the setting information regarding the font type of the computer 20a from the cookie as needed. If user A does not want to write cookie 1 "on server 10 for security reasons, etc., select" No "button K8 to save the font and language settings to personal computer 20a. Ban.

Aユーザーは、パソコン 2 0 aのような特定の情報処理装置に限定されることな く、複数の多様な情報機器類を使用してユーザー I D 「 a a a」 によりサーバー 1 0に接続できるので、 これら複数の情報機器を使うごとに、 フォント等の設定を変 更すると共に、 この設定をクッキーに保存することができる。 例えば、インターネ ットカフヱ又は図書館等において、不特定多数の情報利用者により不特定多数の情 報機器が使用されるような場合であっても、このような情報機器の中から不作為に 選定されたパソコン等によって、 Aユーザーは、サーバー 1 0による外字情報登録 提供サービスを受けることができる。  A The user is not limited to a specific information processing device such as a personal computer 20a, but can connect to the server 10 with a user ID “aaa” using a plurality of various information devices. Each time you use multiple information devices, you can change settings such as fonts and save these settings in cookies. For example, even in the case where an unspecified number of information users use an unspecified number of information devices in an Internet cuff or library, personal computers randomly selected from such information devices For example, the user A can receive the service for registering external character information by the server 10.

ウェブページ WP 4で 「はい」 釦 K 7又は 「いいえ」 釦 K 8が選択されると、 第 7図に示すように、外字情報の使用要求をサーバー 1 0に送出するためのゥヱプぺ ージ WP 5に表示が切り換えられる。 このウェブページ WP 5で、宛名の入力カラ ム I 1に、 例えば、 「わたなベじゅんいち」 とキーボードにより入力した後に、 キ 一ボードの入力キー 「Enter」 等で 「渡邊淳一」 と変換してから送信釦 K 9を選択 すると、 この入力カラム I 1に入力された 「渡邊淳一」 の文字コードが、 サーバー 1 0に送信される。 When the “Yes” button K 7 or the “No” button K 8 is selected on the web page WP 4, an application for sending a request to use external character information to the server 10 as shown in FIG. The display switches to WP 5. In this web page WP5, after inputting the address input column I1 with, for example, "Watanabe Junichi" using the keyboard, After converting to "Junichi Watanabe" with the input key "Enter" on one board and selecting the send button K9, the character code of "Junichi Watanabe" entered in this input column I1 is sent to the server 10 Is done.

サーバー 1 0は、 ノ、°ソコン 2 0 aから送出きれた文字コードを受信すると、 この 文字コードに対応する文字を拡大して画像表示するための画像ファイルを送出す ることによって、 ウェブページ WP 5上に拡大画像「渡邊淳一」 D 3を載せるよう に表示を切り換える。 そして、 'メッセージ 「パソコンで変換されない漠字 (外字) を使用する場合は、その漢字の下のチェックボックスにチェックをして変換ボタン を押してくださレ、」 M 5を表示することによって、 このパソコン 2 0 aで変換され ない漢字、即ち、 このパソコン 2 0 aにインストールされていない外字に変換する 漢字のチェックボックス (入力カラム) にチェックマークを入力するように促す。 外字の使用要求がない場合、不変換釦 K 1 0を選択する力 ここでは、漢字「邊」 の下に設けられたチヱックボックス I 2をマウスによるタリック等で選択してチ エックマークを入力し、変換釦 K l 1を選択する。 これによつて、ノ、。ソコン 2 0 a は、 「邊」 の異体字である外字の使用要求、 即ち、 この外字を画像形成するための 外字情報の使用要求をサーバー 1 0に送信する。  When the server 10 receives the character code transmitted from the server 20a, the server 10 transmits the image file for enlarging the character corresponding to the character code and displaying the image, thereby obtaining the web page WP. 5 Switch the display so that the enlarged image "Junichi Watanabe" D3 is placed on top. Then, the message “If you use a vague character (external character) that cannot be converted on a personal computer, check the check box under that kanji and press the convert button.” M5 displays this computer. The user is prompted to enter a check mark in the check box (input column) of the kanji that is not converted in 20a, that is, the kanji that is converted to the external character that is not installed on this personal computer 20a. When there is no request to use external characters, the ability to select the non-conversion button K 10 Here, select the check box I 2 provided under the kanji `` side '' with a mouse, etc., and enter a check mark. Select the conversion button Kl1. According to this. The computer 20a sends to the server 10 a request to use an external character that is a variant of “side”, that is, a request to use external character information for forming an image of the external character.

サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、 このウェブブラウザによるアクセスに応じて、 Aユーザーからの外字情報の使用要求を受け付けると、この外字を画像形成するた めの外字情報に基づレヽて、外字を画像表示するためのゥェブぺージのデータをパソ コン 2 0 aに送出する。 これによりサーバー 1 0は、外字を画像形成するための外 字情報を Aユーザーに開示する。  When the control means 13 of the server 10 receives the use request of the external character information from the user A in response to the access by the web browser, the control means 13 based on the external character information for forming the external character based on the external character information. Is transmitted to the personal computer 20a for displaying an image of the web page. Thereby, the server 10 discloses the external character information for forming the external character to the image to the A user.

ノ ソコン 2 0 aの表示手段 2 1 aは、第 8図に示すように、 このサーバー 1 0か ら開示された外字情報に基づいて外字を画像表示するウェブページ WP 6を表示 する。 このようにゥェブページ WP 6は、 「邊」 の異体字の外字画像 D 4を複数掲 載することによって、これらの異体字を画像形成するための外字情報を Aユーザー に効率的に開示できるので、 Aユーザーは、ポストカードの宛名に使用するための 外字を複数から的確に選択できる。 As shown in FIG. 8, the display means 21 a of the computer 20 a displays a web page WP 6 for displaying an external character image based on the external character information disclosed from the server 10. I do. In this way, the web page WP 6 can efficiently disclose to the user A the external character information for forming an image of these variant characters by displaying a plurality of variant character images D 4 of the variant characters of “side”. User A can select from multiple external characters to be used for postcard addressing.

Aユーザーは、 「邊」 の異体字の外字画像 D 4として、所望の変換候補がゥヱブ ページ W P 6に表示されない場合、キャンセル釦 K 1 2を選択して外字情報の使用 要求を取り下げたり、 「さらに他の文字を候補する」 釦 K 1 3を選択したりできる 力 ここでは所望の外字画像 F 1の下に設けられたチェックボックス I 3を選択し てチェックマークを入力してから変換釦 K 1 4を選択する。 これによつて、 この外 字情報に基づく外字画像 F 1の使用要求がサーバー 1 0に送出 (送信) される。 サーバー 1 0の入力手段 1 1が Aユーザーからの外字画像 F 1の使用要求を受 け付けると、制御手段 1 3は、 この Aユーザーからの使用要求に係る外字情報に基 づく外字画像と共に、 この外字情報をユーザー I D 「a a a」 と関連付けて付番登 録するための登録釦を載せたウェブページのデータをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。 これにより表示手段 2 1 aは、第 9図に示すように、 このサーバー 1 0により使用 要求を受け付けられた外字情報に基づく外字画像 F 1と共に、この外字情報、即ち、 宛名 D 5をユーザー I D 「a a a」 と関連付けて付番登録するための登録釦 K 1 5 を載せたゥヱブぺージ W Ρ 7を表示する。  When the desired conversion candidate is not displayed on the web page WP 6 as the external character image D 4 of the variant character of “side”, the user selects the cancel button K 1 2 to cancel the use request of the external character information, Can select another character "button K 13 You can select the button. Here, select the check box I 3 provided below the desired external character image F 1, enter a check mark, and then press the conversion button K 1 Select 4. As a result, a request to use the external character image F1 based on the external character information is transmitted (transmitted) to the server 10. When the input means 11 of the server 10 accepts the use request of the external character image F1 from the user A, the control means 13 sends the external character image based on the external character information relating to the use request from the user A together with the external character image. The external character information is associated with the user ID “aaa”, and the data of the web page on which the registration button for registering the number is transmitted is transmitted to the personal computer 20a. As a result, as shown in FIG. 9, the display means 21a displays this external character information, that is, the address D5 together with the external character image F1 based on the external character information for which the use request has been received by the server 10, as shown in FIG. A page W 7 on which a registration button K 15 for numbering registration in association with “aaa” is displayed.

このウェブページ WP 7において、登録釦 K 1 5が選択されると、サーバー 1 0 の制御手段 1 3は、 この登録釦 Κ 1 5による登録要求を受け付け、 この外字情報、 即ち、外字画像 F 1を含む宛名 D 5を、 Αユーザー (パソコン 2 0 a ) に付与した ユーザー I D 「a a a」 と関連付けて、 メッセージ M 6のように 「外字 5番」 と付 番して記憶手段 1 2に登録する。 このとき、例えば表 1に示すように、外字画像 F 1に内部コードとして付番され た外字コード 「4897563210」 が 「渡」 「淳」 及び 「一」 の文字コード (表 1には記 載せず) と共に、 ユーザー I D 「a a a」 と関連付けて登録され、 外字登録情報変 換テーブル T 1がサーバー 1 0の記憶手段 1 2で更新される。この外字画像 F 1に 付番された外字コード「4897563210」 は、標準化された文字コードと重複しないよ うに選択された内部コードである。 When the registration button K 15 is selected on the web page WP 7, the control means 13 of the server 10 accepts a registration request by the registration button Κ 15 and receives the external character information, that is, the external character image F 1 Is associated with the user ID “aaa” assigned to the user (computer 20 a), and is assigned to the external character number 5 as in message M 6 and registered in the storage means 12. . At this time, for example, as shown in Table 1, the external character code “4897563210” assigned as the internal code to the external character image F1 is replaced with the character code of “Water”, “Jun” and “I” (not shown in Table 1). ), Is registered in association with the user ID “aaa”, and the external character registration information conversion table T 1 is updated in the storage means 12 of the server 10. The external character code “4897563210” assigned to the external character image F1 is an internal code selected so as not to overlap with the standardized character code.

【表 1】  【table 1】

外字登録情報変換テーブル T 1

Figure imgf000030_0001
External character registration information conversion table T 1
Figure imgf000030_0001

外字登録情報変換テーブル Τ 1は、複数のユーザーの使用フォント及び O S等の システム環境についての情報と、これら複数のユーザーにより登録された外字情報 に対応する外字コードとを、各ユーザーのユーザー I Dと夫々関連付けて記憶する ことによりデータベース化された外字情報の変換表である。サーバー 1 0の制御手 段 1 3は、外字を画像形成するための外字情報と、この外字の代用文字、例えば「邊」 に対しては標準化された文字コードに属する 「辺」等とを関連付けて記憶手段 1 2 の外字登録情報変換テーブル Τ 1に記憶(保存)するので、 ユーザーが外字の使用 を選択しない場合、 その外字を代用文字で置き換えることができる。  The external character registration information conversion table Τ 1 stores information on the system environment such as fonts and OSs used by a plurality of users, and external character codes corresponding to the external character information registered by the plurality of users, with the user ID of each user. This is a conversion table of external character information that is made into a database by being stored in association with each other. The control means 13 of the server 10 associates external character information for forming an external character with an image, and substitutes the character for the external character, for example, "edge" belonging to a standardized character code for "edge". When the user does not select to use an external character, the external character can be replaced with a substitute character.

第 9図に示したゥ工ブぺージ W Ρ 7において、外字画像 F 1を含む宛名 D 5を外 字 5番に登録するように登録釦 Κ 1 5を選択すると、 「渡」、外字画像 F 1、 「淳」、 「一」の順にこれらの文字コード及び外字コードが、 Αユーザーのユーザー I D「a a a」 の従属下の外字 5番に登録される。 ウェブページ WP 7の入力カラム I 4への入力「外登 5」 に続けて送信釦 K 1 6 を選択することによって、外字 5番に登録された外字情報に基づいて画像を表示す るように、 Aユーザーのパソコン 2 0 aからサーバー 1 0に外字情報の使用要求が 送出されると、 サーバー 1 0は、 ユーザー I D 「a a a」 の従属下に登録された外 字情報を検索し、 このユーザー I D 「a a a」 の外字 5番に格納された文字コード 及び外字コードを拾い出し、 このユーザー I D 「a a a」 に関連付けて保存された Cゴシックのフォント (字体) で、宛名 D 5を画像表示できるように図形ファイル (画像ファイル) を生成し、 この図形ファイルを Aユーザーのパソコン 2 0 aに送 出する。 これによつて、 サーバー 1 0は、パソコン 2 0 aから登録が有った宛名 D 5の画像を Aユーザーからの要求に応じて提供できるので、 Aユーザーは、パソコ ン 2 0 aに外字フォントをィンストールしなくても所望の外字を必要に応じて繰 り返し使用できるようになる。 When the registration button Κ15 is selected so that the address D5 including the external character image F1 is registered as the external character No.5 in the process page WΡ7 shown in FIG. These character codes and external character codes are registered in the order of F1, “Jun”, and “I” in the order of “5” under the user ID “aaa” of the user ID. By selecting the send button K16 following the input "outbound 5" in the input column I4 of the web page WP7, the image is displayed based on the external character information registered in the external character No. 5. When a request to use external character information is sent from the user PC 20 a to the server 10, the server 10 searches for external character information registered under the user ID “aaa”, and The character code and external character code stored in the external character No. 5 of ID “aaa” are picked up, and the address D5 can be displayed as an image using the C Gothic font (font) saved in association with this user ID “aaa”. Generate a graphic file (image file) in the computer, and send this graphic file to user A's personal computer 20a. As a result, the server 10 can provide the image of the address D5 registered from the personal computer 20a in response to the request from the user A, so that the user A can enter the external character font into the computer 20a. The desired external character can be used repeatedly as needed without having to install the external character.

ウェブページ WP 7では、外字画像 F 1を含む宛名 D 5の登録を中止するキャン セル釦 K 1 7と、外字情報の登録前に 「外字登録の一覧を見る」 ための確認釦 K 1 8も掲載する。 これ'によって、外字情報の登録、 中止及び確認を一画面で選択でき るようになるので、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0を使用する際の使い勝手が向 上する。 このウェブページ WP 7で、 O K釦 1 9を選択すると、 ポストカードの注 文に必要な情報の入力が完了する。 .  In the web page WP7, there is also a cancel button K17 for canceling the registration of the address D5 including the external character image F1 and a confirmation button K18 for "seeing the list of external character registration" before registering the external character information. Post. As a result, registration, cancellation, and confirmation of external character information can be selected on a single screen, so that usability when using the external character registration information providing system 100 is improved. When the OK button 19 is selected on the web page WP7, the input of information necessary for ordering the postcard is completed. .

ウェブページ WP 7において、登録釦 K 1 5の選択により新たに外字情報が登録 されると、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、 この外字情報を保存するための保存釦 を載せたウェブページのデータをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。このサーバー 1 0か ら送出されたデータに基づいて、表示手段 2 1 aは、第 1 0図に示すように、 この 外字情報、即ち、外字登録した宛名 D 5を画像表示するための図形ファイルをパソ コン 2 0 aに保存する保存釦 K 2 0を載せたウェブページ WP 8を表示する。 When the external character information is newly registered by selecting the registration button K 15 on the web page WP 7, the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the web page on which the save button for storing this external character information is placed. Send data to PC 20a. Based on the data sent from the server 10, the display means 21a displays the external character information, that is, a graphic file for displaying the address D5 registered with the external character, as shown in FIG. The paso Display the web page WP 8 on which the save button K 20 is saved to the console 20 a.

このウェブページ WP 8において、質問「この外字登録した図形ファイルをパソ コンに記憶させますか?」 Q 3に従って、 保存釦 「はい」 Κ 2 0を選択すると、 サ 一パー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、 この保存釦 Κ 2 0による保存要求を受け付け、 ゥェ ブページ WP 7で新たに登録された宛名 D 5の図形ファイルを、パソコン 2 0 aの ウェブブラウザにより作成されるクッキーに保存する。 これにより Aユーザーは、 サーバー 1 0にアクセスしなくても、この宛名 D 5をパソコン 2 0 aで使用できる ようになる。 ここで 「いいえ」 釦 K 2 1を選択すると、 図形ファイルのパソコン 2 0 aへの保存を拒絶できるので、サーバー 1 0によるクッキーへの書込み禁止等の セキュリティ設定にも対応可能である。  In this web page WP8, the question “Do you want to save this external character registered graphic file in the computer?” According to Q3, if you select the save button “Yes” Κ 20, the control means 1 3 accepts the save request by the save button # 20, and saves the graphic file of the address D5 newly registered on the web page WP7 in a cookie created by the web browser of the personal computer 20a. As a result, the user A can use the address D5 on the personal computer 20a without accessing the server 10. If the "No" button K21 is selected here, the saving of the graphic file in the personal computer 20a can be refused, so that it is possible to cope with security settings such as the prohibition of writing to the cookie by the server 10.

ウェブページ WP 7の確認釦 K 1 8を選択すると、第 1 1図に示すように、外字 登録の一覧を表示するためのウェブページ WP 9に表示が切り換えられる。このゥ エブページ WP 9は、 メッセージ「お客様の外字登録は 1 0個までです。 あと 5個 登録できますが、それ以上は、以前のものを削除しなければ新しく登録はできませ ん」 M 7のように、登録可能な外字情報の数を通知すると共に、登録済みの外字情 報に基づく画像の夫々に対して削除マークを入力するためのチェックボックスを 表示する。  When the confirmation button K 18 of the web page WP 7 is selected, the display is switched to a web page WP 9 for displaying a list of external character registration, as shown in FIG. This web page WP 9 says, "You can register up to 10 external characters. You can register up to 5 more, but after that, you can't register a new one without deleting the previous one." In this way, the number of external character information that can be registered is notified, and a check box for inputting a deletion mark is displayed for each image based on the registered external character information.

ここで例えば、外字 2番に登録された 「鈴木 ****」 の左側のチェックボックス I 5にチェックマークを入力してから削除釦 K 2 2を選択することによって、この外 字情報 「鈴木 ****」 を削除できる。 従って、 ウェブページ WP 9により登録済の外 字情報を確認できると共に、登録済の外字情報の要/不要を容易に判断できるので、 不要となった外字情報を簡単に削除できる。 このため、サーバー 1 0の記憶手段 1 2及びパソコン 2 0 aの記憶容量を効率的に使用できる。 このウェブページ WP 9は、 メッセージ 「外字増加サービスに登録いただくと、 1 0 0個まで登録できるようになります」 M 8のようなオプションの案内と、 この 才プションに登録するための「外字増加サービスに登録」選択釦 K 2 3とを合わせ て掲載する。 これによつて、多数の外字を必要としているユーザーと、少数の外字 しか必要ではないユーザーとを判別し、各ユーザーの要求に応じて外字情報を提供 できるようになるので、例えば、オプション登録したユーザーには、 このォプショ ン登録者によるサーバー 1 0へのアクセス直後に、より多数の外字情報を簡便に登 録し得るウェブページを表示できるように設定することも可能となる。 Here, for example, by inputting a check mark in the check box I 5 to the left of “Suzuki ****” registered in the external character No. 2 and selecting the delete button K 22, the external character information “Suzuki **** "can be deleted. Therefore, the registered external character information can be confirmed on the web page WP 9 and the necessity / unnecessity of the registered external character information can be easily determined, so that the unnecessary external character information can be easily deleted. Therefore, the storage capacity of the storage means 12 of the server 10 and the storage capacity of the personal computer 20a can be used efficiently. This web page WP 9 is a message "If you register for the external character increase service, you will be able to register up to 100." The "Register to service" selection button K23 is also posted. This makes it possible to distinguish between users who need a large number of external characters and users who only need a small number of external characters, and provide external character information according to each user's request. The user can also be set to display a web page where a large number of external character information can be easily registered immediately after the option registrant accesses the server 10.

次に、 この外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0の動作例を、本発明に係る情報処理 方法の実施形態として、第 1 2図及び第 1 3図に示したフローチャートを参照しな がら説明する。  Next, an operation example of the external character registration information providing system 100 will be described as an embodiment of an information processing method according to the present invention with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS.

この実施形態では、 Aユーザーがサーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイトに ボストカードを注文する際に、正確な宛名を印刷するために必要な外字情報を登録 利用することを前提条件とする。  This embodiment is based on the precondition that the user A registers and uses external character information necessary for printing an accurate address when ordering a postcard from a website operated by the server 10.

これを前提として、 先ず、 第 1 2 ( a ) 図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 1 1で、標準ィヒされた文字コードにない複数の外字を集める。 ここに集められた外字 に関して、次のステップ S 1 2で、 これらの外字を画像形成するための外字情報を 各々作成し、作成された外字情報を、次のステップ S 1 3で、外字情報登録装置(サ 一バー) 1 0の記憶手段 1 2に格納する。 これによつて、サーバー 1 0によりネッ トワーク 3 0上で外字情報を提供するウェブサイトの運営準備を完了する。  Assuming this, first, in step S11 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 12 (a), a plurality of external characters which are not in the standard character code are collected. In the next step S12, with regard to the external characters collected here, external character information for forming these external characters is formed, and the generated external character information is registered in the next step S13. It is stored in the storage means 12 of the device (server) 10. As a result, the server 10 completes the preparation for the operation of the website providing the external character information on the network 30.

このウェブサイトに Aユーザーがアクセスしてポストカードを注文できるよう に、 第 1 2 ( b ) 図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 2 1で、 サーバー 1 0の制 御手段 1 3は、 Aユーザーにユーザー I D 「a a a」 を会員番号として発行する。 このユーザー I D 「a a a」 によるパソコン 2 0 aからのアクセスに対して、次の ステップ S 2 2で、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、第 3図に示したウェブページ WP 1を表示手 2 1 aに表示するようにデータを送出し、 Aユーザーが使用する ノ ソコン 2 0 aのシステム環境を調査する。次のステップ S 2 3で、制御手段 1 3 は、第 4図に示したウェブページ WP 2を表示手段 2 1 aに表示するようにデータ を送出し、 Aユーザーにフォントの選択を促す。 これらのゥヱブページ WP 1 , W P 2によって、 サーバー 1 0はパソコン 2 0 aのロー力ノレ設定を把握できるので、 ノ ソコン 2 0 aにおいて外字画像を生成する際に必要となる使用言語及びフォン トの種類等に関する設定情報を取得できる。 In step S21 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 12 (b), the control means 13 of the server 10 provides the user A with the user A so that the user A can access the website and order the postcard. Issue ID "aaa" as membership number. In response to the access from the personal computer 20a by the user ID "aaa", in the next step S22, the control means 13 of the server 10 displays the web page WP1 shown in FIG. Send data as shown in 1a and investigate the system environment of computer 20a used by user A. In the next step S23, the control means 13 sends data so as to display the web page WP2 shown in FIG. 4 on the display means 21a, and prompts the user A to select a font. These web pages WP 1 and WP 2 allow the server 10 to understand the low power setting of the personal computer 20a, so that the language and fonts required for generating external character images on the computer 20a can be determined. It is possible to acquire setting information on types and the like.

次に、 ステップ S 2 4で、制御手段 1 3は、第 5図に示したウェブページ WP 3 を表示手段 2 1 aに表示するようにデータを送出し、ポストカードの印刷に使用す るフォントの種類を確認するように Aユーザーに促す。ここで Aユーザーがフォン トの種類に関する設定情報を確認すると (Y e s ) 、 次のステップ S 2 5に進む。 一方、 Aユーザーがフォントの種類に関する設定情報の変更を選択した場合(N o )、 ステップ S 2 3に戻ってフォントを再び選択する。  Next, in step S24, the control means 13 sends data so that the web page WP3 shown in FIG. 5 is displayed on the display means 21a, and the font used for printing the postcard is printed. Prompt user A to confirm the type of Here, when the user A confirms the setting information regarding the font type (Yes), the process proceeds to the next step S25. On the other hand, if the user A selects to change the setting information on the font type (No), the process returns to step S23 to select the font again.

サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、ステップ S 2 5で、第 6図に示したゥェブぺー ジ WP 4を表示手段 2 1 aに表示するようにデータを送出し、言語及びフォントの 種類に関する設定情報のパソコン 2 0 aへの保存に対する了承確認をメッセージ 表示する。 ここで、 Aユーザーがフォント及び言語の設定保存を了承した場合 (Y e s ) , 次のステップ S 2 6で、制御手段 1 3は、 この設定情報をパソコン 2 0 a のウェブブラウザにより作成されるタツキーに保存し、次のステップ S 2 7に進む。 —方、 Aユーザーがフォント及び言語の設定保存を了承しなかった場合 (N o ) 、 ステップ S 2 6をスキップし、この設定情報をパソコン 2 0 aには保存せずにステ ップ S 2 7に進む。 In step S25, the control means 13 of the server 10 sends data so that the web page WP4 shown in FIG. 6 is displayed on the display means 21a, and sets the language and font type. Displays a message confirming that the information has been saved on PC 20a. Here, if the user A accepts the saving of the font and language settings (Yes), in the next step S26, the control means 13 creates this setting information by the web browser of the personal computer 20a. Save to Tatsuki and proceed to the next step S27. On the other hand, if the user A does not approve the saving of the font and language settings (No), skip step S26 and save this setting Proceed to step S27.

このステップ S 2 7で、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、第 7図に示したウェブ ページ WP 5を表示手段 2 1 aに表示するようにデータを送出し、宛名のようなポ ストカードの印刷に必要な情報の入力を促す。ここで入力カラム I 1に宛名が入力 されて送信釦 K 9が選択されると、次のステップ S 2 8で、入力カラム I 1に入力 された文字に対応する文字コードがサーバー 1 0に送信される。サーバー 1 0の入 力手段 1 1が文字コードを受信すると、 次のステップ S 2 9で、 制御手段 1 3は、 受信した文字コードに対応する文字を拡大して画像表示するように、ウェブページ WP 5の表示を切り換える。  In this step S27, the control means 13 of the server 10 sends data so that the web page WP5 shown in FIG. 7 is displayed on the display means 21a, and a post card such as an address is sent. Prompts you to enter information required for printing. Here, when the address is entered in the input column I 1 and the transmission button K 9 is selected, in the next step S 28, the character code corresponding to the character entered in the input column I 1 is transmitted to the server 10. Is done. When the input means 11 of the server 10 receives the character code, in the next step S29, the control means 13 enlarges the character corresponding to the received character code so that the image is displayed on the web page. Switch the display of WP 5.

次に、第 1 3図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 3 0に移行して、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、メッセージ M 5をウェブ、ページ WP 5上に表示することによ つて、外字による変換候補の要求の有無を確認する。 Aユーザーが.「このままでよ レ、」 釦 K 1 0を選択し、 外字の変換候補を要求しない場合 (N o ) 、 ステップ S 3 6に進み、拡大画像 D 3により確認された文字でボストカードに宛名を印刷するよ うに注文の受付を完了して終了する。一方、 Aユーザーが外字の変換候補を要求し た場合 (Y e s ) 、 次のステップ S 3 1で、 制御手段 1 3は、 ノ ソコン 2 0 aから の外字の変換候補の要求を受け付け、ステップ S 3 2で、第 8図に示したウェブぺ ージ WP 6を表示手段 2 1 aに表示するようにデータを送出することによって、 A ユーザーに外字情報を開示する。  Next, proceeding to step S30 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 13, the control means 13 of the server 10 displays the message M5 on the web or page WP5, thereby displaying Check whether there is a request for a conversion candidate. If the user A selects the "Keep it as is" button K10 and does not request a conversion candidate for external characters (No), the process proceeds to step S36, where the character is identified by the enlarged image D3. Complete the order acceptance to print the address on the card and finish. On the other hand, if the user A requests a conversion candidate for an external character (Yes), in the next step S31, the control means 13 receives a request for a conversion candidate for an external character from the computer 20a, and proceeds to step S31. In S32, the external character information is disclosed to the user A by sending data so that the web page WP6 shown in FIG. 8 is displayed on the display means 21a.

Aユーザーは、次のステップ S 3 3で、サーバー 1 0から開示された外字情報に 基づいて形成された外字画像 D 4の中に使用したい外字が存在する場合(Y e s )、 その外字のチェックボックスをチェックしてから変換釦 K 1 4を選択することに よって、外字情報の使用要求をサーバー 1 0に送出してステップ S 3 4に進む。 こ こで、 Aユーザーが変換侯補要求釦 K 1 3を選択した場合、 ウェブページ WP 6に 掲載される外字画像 D 4が変更されるので、変更された外字画像 D 4の中に使用し たい外字が存在する力否かを、再びステップ S 3 3において、 Αユーザーが判断す る。 このような外字画像 D 4の中に使用したい外字が存在しない場合 (No) 、 A ユーザーは、キャンセル釦 K 1 2を選択することによりステップ S 3 0に戻る。 して、 このステップ S 3 0で、 外字の変換侯補を要求する力否かを再判断する。 外字情報の使用要求をサーバー 1 0に送出してステップ S 34に進み、この使用 要求がサーバー 1 0の入力手段 1 1により受け付けられると、 ステップ S 3 5で、 制御手段 1 3は、第 9図に示したゥヱブページ WP 7を表示手段 2 1 aに表示する ようにデータを送出する。 これにより制御手段 1 3は、外字情報を含む文字情報に 基づいて画像形成された宛名 D 5の確認を Aユーザーに促すと共に、この宛名 D 5、 即ち外字情報を登録するか否かを Aユーザーに確認する。 A In the next step S33, if the external character to be used exists in the external character image D4 formed based on the external character information disclosed from the server 10 (Yes), the user checks the external character. By checking the box and selecting the conversion button K 14, a request to use external character information is sent to the server 10, and the process proceeds to step S 34. This Here, when the user A selects the conversion candidate request button K 13, the external character image D 4 posted on the web page WP 6 is changed, and therefore, the user wants to use the external character image D 4 which has been changed. In step S33, the user again determines whether or not there is an external character. When there is no desired external character in the external character image D4 (No), the user A returns to step S30 by selecting the cancel button K12. Then, in this step S30, it is determined again whether or not the ability to request a conversion candidate for an external character is present. A request to use external character information is sent to the server 10 and the process proceeds to step S34. When the request to use is received by the input means 11 of the server 10, in step S35, the control means 13 sends the ninth The data is transmitted so that the web page WP7 shown in the figure is displayed on the display means 21a. As a result, the control means 13 prompts the user A to confirm the address D5 formed based on the character information including the external character information, and determines whether or not to register the address D5, that is, whether or not to register the external character information. To confirm.

Aユーザーが外字情報の登録を選択せずに OK釦 K 1 9を選択した場合(N o)、 ステップ S 3 6に進み、サーバー 1 0は、 この外字情報を登録せずに、宛名 D 5を ボストカードに印刷するように注文を受け付けて終了する。 Aユーザーが外字情報 の登録釦 K 1 5を選択した場合 (Y e s) , ステップ S 3 7に進み、 サーバー 1 0 の制御手段 1 3は、 この外字情報を記憶手段 1 2に付番登録する。  When the user selects the OK button K 19 without selecting the registration of the external character information (No), the process proceeds to step S36, and the server 10 does not register the external character information, and the address D 5 Accepts the order to print on the postcard and ends. When the user selects the external character information registration button K15 (Yes), the process proceeds to step S37, and the control means 13 of the server 10 registers the external character information in the storage means 12 by numbering. .

このようにして付番登録された外字情報は、ウェブページ WP 7の入力カラム I 4に登録番号を入力してから送信釦 K 1 6を選択することによって、サーバー 1 0 の記憶手段 1 2から容易に呼び出すことができるので、ここで登録した外字情報に 基づいて外字を含む文字画像を繰り返し利用することができる。  The external character information numbered and registered in this way is stored in the storage means 12 of the server 10 by inputting the registration number in the input column I 4 of the web page WP 7 and selecting the transmission button K 16. Since it can be easily called, character images containing external characters can be repeatedly used based on the external character information registered here.

次に、ステップ S 3 8で登録済の外字情報を呼び出すか否かを判断し、 Aユーザ 一が登録済の外字情報を要求する場合 (Y e s ) 、 次のステップ S 3 9に進み、 例 えば、 「外字登録の一覧を見る」 釦 K 1 8を選択すると、 サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、第 1 1図のウェブページ WP 9のデータを送出することによって、登録済 の外字情報をパシコン 2 0 aに提供する。 また、制御手段 1 3は、 ウェブページ W P 7の入力カラム I 4に外登 1乃至 5をパソコン 2 0 aから入力されることによ つても、 この要求された外字情報を Aユーザ一に提供する。 このようにして要求の 有った外字情報を提供した後、次のステップ S 4 0に進む。 Aユーザーが登録した 外字情報を要求しない場合(N o ) 、 このステップ S 3 9をスキップしてステップ S 4 0に進む。 Next, in step S38, it is determined whether or not to call the registered external character information. If the user A requests the registered external character information (Yes), the process proceeds to the next step S39, and the example For example, when the “view list of external character registration” button K 18 is selected, the control means 13 of the server 10 sends the data of the web page WP 9 in FIG. 11 to transmit the registered external character information. To Pacicon 20a. The control means 13 also provides the requested external character information to the A user by inputting the external entry 1 to 5 into the input column I4 of the web page WP7 from the personal computer 20a. I do. After providing the requested external character information in this way, the process proceeds to the next step S40. If the user does not request the external character information registered (No), the process skips step S39 and proceeds to step S40.

ステップ S 4 0で、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、第 1 0図に示したゥェブぺ ージ WP 8を表示手段 2 1 aに表示するようにデータを送出することによって、登 録された宛名 D 5の図形ファイルをパソコン 2 0 aに記憶させるか否か、 Aユーザ 一に判断を促す。 Aユーザーが 「はい」釦により図形ファイルの保存を選択した場 合 (Y e s ) 、 制御手段 1 3は、 次のステップ S 4 1で、 この図形ファイルをパソ コン 2 0 aに保存してから、ステップ S 3 6に進み、 この図形ファイルにより画像 形成される宛名 D 5でボストカードを印刷するように注文受付を完了して終了す る。 Aユーザーが図形ファイルの保存を選択しなかった場合 (N o ) 、 ステップ S 4 1をスキップしてステップ S 3 6に進み、 この図形ファイルは保存せずに、注文 受付を完了して終了する。  In step S40, the control means 13 of the server 10 is registered by sending data to display the web page WP8 shown in FIG. 10 on the display means 21a. A user is urged to determine whether to store the graphic file of the address D5 in the personal computer 20a. A When the user selects the saving of the graphic file with the "Yes" button (Yes), the control means 13 saves the graphic file to the personal computer 20a in the next step S41. Then, the flow advances to step S36 to complete the order reception so as to print the Bost card with the address D5 formed with the image by the graphic file, and ends the processing. A If the user does not select to save the figure file (No), skip step S41 and proceed to step S36, complete the order acceptance without saving this figure file and exit .

このように本実施形態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0では、 Aユーザーはパ ソコン 2 0 aに外字フォントをインストールしなくても必要な外字を繰り返し使 用できるため、サーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイトにおいて、宛名等が外 字により正しく印刷されたボストカード及び名刺等を素早く簡単に注文できる。 なお、上述した外字情報の登録において、登録される情報は特に限定されず、外 字を画像形成するための外字情報だけではなく、公的又は私的に規格ィヒされた文字 コードに属する内字 (内部文字) 、 図形、記号及び他言語の文字を含む全ての図形 文字を生成 (画像形成) するための情報を登録できる。 また、 このような文字選択 方法は、 外字の選択に適しているが、 通常の文字選択の方法に用いても良い。 As described above, in the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment, since the user A can repeatedly use necessary external characters without installing the external character font on the personal computer 20a, the user A is operated by the server 100. Web sites allow quick and easy ordering of Bost Cards and business cards, etc., whose addresses are correctly printed in external characters. In the registration of the external character information described above, the information to be registered is not particularly limited. Not only the external character information for forming characters but also all graphic characters including internal characters (internal characters), figures, symbols and characters in other languages belonging to character codes that are officially or privately standardized. Information for generation (image formation) can be registered. Further, such a character selection method is suitable for selecting an external character, but may be used for a normal character selection method.

[第 2の実施形態:電子メ一ルの送受信]  [Second embodiment: transmission and reception of electronic mail]

[ 1 ] ウェブブラウザからの電子メールの送信例  [1] Example of sending e-mail from web browser

この第 2の実施形態では、 Aユーザーが、 ユーザー I D 「a a a」 を用いてパソ コン 2 0 aによりサーバー 1 0にアクセスし、外字を含む文章が記載された電子メ ール (Email) を Bユーザーに送信する場合に、 予め登録された外字情報を利用す る。 これによつて、外字フォントがなくても外字を使用できると共に、付番登録さ れた外字情報を複数のパソコン 2 0 a , 2 0 bの間で共通使用可能に提供できるよ うにしたものである。 なお、 この第 2の実施形態としての外字登録情報提供システ ム 1 0 0の構成は、 上述した第 1の実施形態と同様なので、 説明を省略する。  In the second embodiment, a user A accesses a server 10 by a personal computer 20a using a user ID “aaa” and sends an e-mail (Email) containing a sentence including an external character to a user B. When sending to the user, pre-registered external character information is used. This allows external characters to be used even without external character fonts, and allows numbered registered external character information to be shared between multiple PCs 20a and 20b. is there. Note that the configuration of the external character registration information providing system 100 as the second embodiment is the same as that of the above-described first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

Aユーザーがウェブブラウザを介してサーバー 1 0にアクセスし、新規メール作 成を選択すると、 サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、例えば、第 1 4図に示すような ウェブページ WP 1 0のデータをパソコン 2 0 aに送出する。これによりパソコン 2 0 aの表示手段 2 1 aは、このウェブページ WP 1 0を外字使用メール作成画面 として表示する。 このウェブページ WP 1 0において、 「フォント選択」 カラム V 2によりフォントを選択し、 「決定」釦 K 2 4をマウスによるクリック等で選択す ることによりフォントを決定する。 このフォントにより 「本文に使用できる外字登 録の一覧」 V 3等も表示が切り換えられるので、 これらの表示によりフォントの状 態を確認できる。  A When the user accesses the server 10 via a web browser and selects to create a new mail, the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits, for example, the data of the web page WP 10 as shown in FIG. To PC 20a. Thus, the display means 21a of the personal computer 20a displays the web page WP10 as a screen for creating an external character using mail. In the web page WP10, a font is selected by selecting a font in a "font selection" column V2 and selecting a "determine" button K24 by clicking with a mouse or the like. With this font, the display of “List of registered external characters that can be used in the text” V3 etc. can be switched, so that the font status can be confirmed by these displays.

ウェブページ WP 1 0の宛先入力カラム I 6、タイトル入力カラム I 7及ぴ本文 入力カラム I 8に夫々必要事項を入力する際に、所望の外字情報が登録された外字 番号の 「挿入」 釦を、 この外字の入力箇所で選択する。 例えば、 本文の入力時に、 Bユーザーの名俞を外字を用いて記載する場合、 外字 5番の登録、 即ち 「外登 5」 の右横の 「挿入」 釦 K 2 5を選択する。 Web page WP10 0 destination input column I6, title input column I7 and body When inputting necessary items in the input column I8, the "insert" button of the external character number in which the desired external character information is registered is selected at the input position of the external character. For example, if the name of the B user is to be described using an external character when entering the body text, register the external character No. 5, that is, select the "Insert" button K25 on the right side of "External climbing 5".

これによつて、この所望の外字情報に付番された登録番号をサーバー 1 0から取 得し、 この外字情報が必要な位置に配することができる。 また、本文のリフレツシ ュ用の 「変換」 釦 K 2 6を選択することによって、 この登録番号下の外字情報に基 づいて外字を画像表示できるので、 作成中の電子メール(以下、 メールと記載) の 文面と外字を含むフォントの状態とを必要に応じて確認できる。 よって、 Aユーザ 一は、サーバー 1 0から提供される外字情報を利用して、 Bユーザーの名前を外字 により正しく表示したイメージ通りの文面を作成できる。  Thus, the registration number assigned to the desired external character information can be obtained from the server 10 and can be arranged at a position where the external character information is required. Also, by selecting the “Convert” button K 26 for refreshing the text, the external characters can be displayed as an image based on the external character information under this registration number. You can check the text and the state of the font including external characters as necessary. Therefore, the user A can use the external character information provided from the server 10 to create a text as an image in which the name of the user B is correctly displayed in the external character.

サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、上述のような Aユーザーにより登録された外字 情報を含むメ ルを Bユーザーに送信する際に、この外字情報に付番された登録番 号を記憶手段 1 2から取得して Bユーザーに提供する。従って、 Bユーザーは、 メ ール受信後に、 この登録番号から外字情報を短時間で簡単に検索できるので、 Aュ 一ザ一と Bユーザーとは共に、外字フォントをインストールしていなくても、外字 を共通使用できるようになる。  The control means 13 of the server 10 stores the registration number assigned to the external character information when transmitting the mail including the external character information registered by the user A to the user B as described above. Obtain from 2 and provide to B user. Therefore, after receiving the e-mail, the B user can easily retrieve the external character information from the registration number in a short time, so that both the A user and the B user do not need to install the external character font. External characters can be used in common.

入力カラム I 6, 1 7, I 8への入力終了後、 「送信方法選択」 カラム V 4のチ エックボックス I 9 , 1 1 0, I 1 1の何れかにチェックマークを入力することに よって、 このメールの送信方法を 「通常」 、 「html メール」 又は 「外字互換」 か ら選択する。  After completing the input to input columns I6, 17 and I8, enter a check mark in any of the check boxes I9, 110 and I11 in the "Transmission method selection" column V4. Select the transmission method of this mail from “Normal”, “html mail” or “external character compatible”.

通常の送信方法は、サーバー 1 0で推奨の方式である。この通常の送信方法では、 Bユーザーは、 Aユーザーによりゥヱプブラウザから送信されたメールを介してサ 一バー 1 0にアクセスすることによって、このメールに使用された外字情報をサー バー 1 0の記憶手段 1 2から取得する。 html (Hyper Text Markup Language) メ一 ルでの送信方法では、 Bユーザーは、 Aユーザーにより html形式で作成されて送 信されたファイルをメールソフトで開いてメールを復元し、 この htmlファイルに 埋め込まれた外字情報へのリンクを介してサーバー 1 0にアクセスすることによ つて、このメールに使用された外字情報をサーバー 1 0の記憶手段 1 2から取得す る。外字互換での送信方法では、外字を標準化された文字コードに属する代用文字 で表示する。 即ち、 この送信方法では、 Aユーザーは外字による表示を選択しない ので、メールの作成に使用された外字情報と関連付けて記憶手段 1 2に保存された 代用文字により外字を置換する。 ' これらの送信方法の中の何れかを選択してから送信釦 K 2 7を選択することに よって、 Aユーザーにより作成されたメールは、 このメールの作成に使用された外 字情報の登録番号及ぴユーザー I D「 a a a」が埋め込まれた状態でパソコン 2 0 aから Bユーザーのアドレスに送信される。 このように、 Aユーザーは、パソコン 2 0 aに外字フォントをィンストールしなくても、外字を含むメールをコード化さ れた電子データとして Bユーザーに送信できる。 The normal transmission method is the method recommended by the server 10. In this normal sending method, B user sends a message via email sent from A browser by A user. By accessing the server 10, the external character information used for this mail is acquired from the storage means 12 of the server 10. In the transmission method using html (Hyper Text Markup Language) mail, B user opens the file created and transmitted in html format by A user with mail software, restores the mail, and embeds it in this html file. By accessing the server 10 via the link to the obtained external character information, the external character information used for this mail is obtained from the storage means 12 of the server 10. In the transmission method with external character compatibility, external characters are displayed as substitute characters belonging to standardized character codes. That is, in this transmission method, since the user A does not select the display using the external character, the external character is replaced by the substitute character stored in the storage means 12 in association with the external character information used for creating the mail. 'By selecting one of these transmission methods and then selecting the transmission button K27, the mail created by user A will be the registration number of the external character information used to create this mail. The user 20a is sent to the address of user B with the user ID "aaa" embedded. As described above, the user A can transmit the mail including the external character as encoded electronic data to the user B without installing the external character font on the personal computer 20a.

次に、 この外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0によるメールの送信例を、第 1 5図 に示したフローチャートを参照しながら説明する。第 1 5図は、 この第 2の実施形 態としての外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による Aユーザーから Bユーザーへ のメール送信例を示すフローチャートである。  Next, an example of sending a mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing an example of mail transmission from User A to User B by the external character registration information providing system 100 according to the second embodiment.

この実施形態では、サーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイトを利用して、外 字を含む文章で構成されたメールを Aユーザーから Bユーザーに送信する場合に、 Aユーザーがサーバー 0に予め登録した外字情報を利用することを前提条件と する。 In this embodiment, when an email composed of sentences including foreign characters is sent from User A to User B using a website operated by Server 10, User A has registered in Server 0 in advance. Prerequisite is to use external character information I do.

これを前提として、 先ず、 第 1 5図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 5 1で、 Aユーザーはパソコン 2 0 aによりゥヱプブラゥザを用いて外字メール作成画面 としてウェブページ WP 1 0を開く。 次に、 ステップ S 5 2で、 ウェブページ WP 1 0の選択カラム V 2によりメールの作成に使用するフォントを選択する。次のス テツプ S 5 3で、 決定釦 K 2 4によりフォントを決定し、 次のステップ S 5 4で、 入力カラム I 6にメールの宛先、 即ち、 Bユーザーの電子メールアドレス (Email address) を入力する。 次のステップ S 5 5で、 入力カラム I 7にタイトノレを、 例 えば「お礼」 のように入力し、 次のステップ S 5 6で、 入力カラム I 8に所望の文 章を入力することにより本文を作成する。  Assuming this, first, in step S51 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 15, the user A uses the personal computer 20a to open the web page WP10 as an external character mail creation screen using an external browser. Next, in step S52, a font to be used for creating an e-mail is selected in the selection column V2 of the web page WP10. In the next step S53, the font is determined by the determination button K24, and in the next step S54, the destination of the mail, that is, the e-mail address (Email address) of the B user is input to the input column I6. input. In the next step S55, enter the title in the input column I7, for example, "Thank you", and in the next step S556, enter the desired text in the input column I8 to enter the text. Create

次のステップ S 5 7で、例えば、本文に記載した文章中の必要箇所において、所 望の外字登録番号(ここでは外登 5 ) に対応する揷入釦 K 2 5を選択することによ り外字情報を挿入する。次のステップ S 5 8で、変換釦 K 2 6を選択して作成した 文面及びフォントの状況を確認し、次のステップ S 5 9で、チェックボックス I 9 乃至 I 1 1の何れかにチェックマークを入力することにより選択カラム V 4から 送信方法を選択する。 このとき、選択された送信方法のチヱックボックスは、例え ばチェックボックス I 9のように内部に小丸印が挿入されたり、色調が反転したり して、 どの送信方法が選択されたか明瞭に判別できるように表示される。 最後に、 ステップ S 6 0で、送信釦 K 2 7を選択することによって、 このメールを Bユーザ —に送信して終了する。  In the next step S57, for example, by selecting the input button K25 corresponding to the desired external character registration number (in this case, external registration 5) at a necessary place in the text described in the text. Insert external character information. In the next step S58, the state of the text and font created by selecting the conversion button K26 is checked, and in the next step S59, one of the check boxes I9 to I11 is checked. And select the transmission method from selection column V4. At this time, the check box of the selected transmission method is inserted with a small circle inside, for example, as in check box I9, or the color tone is inverted, so that it is possible to clearly determine which transmission method was selected. Will be displayed. Finally, in step S60, the mail is transmitted to user B by selecting the transmission button K27, and the processing ends.

このように、本実施形態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0でのメール送信例に よれば、外字使用メール作成のためのウェブページ WP 1 0において、登録済の外 字情報を利用して外字を含むメールを簡便に作成できると共に、メール作成者及び 受信者のシステム環境に適した送信方法を複数から選択できる。 As described above, according to the mail transmission example in the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment, the external character information is registered on the web page WP 10 for creating the external character use mail by using the registered external character information. Can be easily created, and the mail creator and A transmission method suitable for the receiver's system environment can be selected from a plurality of transmission methods.

[2] 電子メールの受信例  [2] E-mail reception example

第 16図は、上述した通常の送信方法で送信されたメールのメールソフトによる 受信通知 P 1の一例を示す。 このメールの受信通知 P 1には、受信したメールの全 体を 1枚の画像で表示するためのファイルにアクセスする UR L (Uniform Resource Locator) A1と、 受信したメールを文章と画像とで表示するためのファ ィルにアクセスする URLA2とがリンクとして貼り付けられており、これらの U RLA1, A 2には、 Aユーザーのユーザー I D 「a a a」 のような外字情報を取 得するために必要な情報が埋め込まれている。  FIG. 16 shows an example of a reception notification P1 of the mail transmitted by the above-mentioned normal transmission method by the mail software. The notification of receipt of this mail P1 includes a UR L (Uniform Resource Locator) A1 that accesses a file for displaying the entire received mail as a single image, and the received mail as text and images URLA2, which is used to access the file to be used, is pasted as a link, and these URLs A1, A2 have the necessary information to obtain external character information such as the user ID “aaa” of the A user. Information is embedded.

この受信通知 P 1により Bユーザーが Aユーザーからのメールの受信を認識し、 URLA 1を選択してパソコン 20 bからサーバー 10へのアクセスに成功した 場合、 サーバー 10の制御手段 13は、 第 17 (a) 図に示すようなウェブページ WP 1 1のデニタをパソコン 20 bに送出する。これによりパソコン 20 bの表示 手段 21 bは、このウェブページ WP 11を表示するように表示を切り換えるので、 Bユーザーは、 Aユーザーからのメールを Aユーザーが選択したフォントでの画像 表示により読むことができる。 このときパソコン 20 bは、メールの全文面を画像 データとしてサーバー 10から提供されるため、パソコン 20 bとサーバー 10と の間の通信量は多いが、メールの文面が Aユーザーの意図通りのフォントで表示さ れるので、 見た目に違和感がなく、 読み易い文面となる。  When the user B recognizes the reception of the mail from the user A by the reception notification P1, and selects the URLA1 and successfully accesses the server 10 from the personal computer 20b, the control means 13 of the server 10 (a) Send the web page WP 11 denita as shown in the figure to the personal computer 20b. As a result, the display means 21 b of the personal computer 20 b switches the display so as to display the web page WP 11, so that the user B can read the mail from the user A by displaying the image in the font selected by the user A. Can be. At this time, since the entire content of the e-mail is provided as image data from the server 10 to the personal computer 20b, the communication volume between the personal computer 20b and the server 10 is large, but the text of the e-mail is The text is displayed in, so the text is easy to read without discomfort.

一方、 URLA 2を選択してパソコン 20 bからサーバー 10へのアクセスに成 功した場合、 サーバー 10の制御手段 13は、 第 17 (b) 図に示すようなウェブ ページ WP 12のデータをパソコン 20 bに送出する、これにより表示手段 21 b は、 このウェブページ WP 12を表示するように表示を切り換えるので、 Bユーザ 一は、文字コードから変換された文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とで構成された文面のメ ールを読むことができる。 On the other hand, if URLA 2 is selected and the access from the personal computer 20 b to the server 10 is successful, the control means 13 of the server 10 transmits the data of the web page WP 12 as shown in FIG. b, and the display means 21 b switches the display so as to display the web page WP12. First, it is possible to read a text message composed of a text M9 converted from a character code and an external character image F1.

このとき、外字画像 F 1以外の文章 M 9はサーバー 1 0から文字コードとして送 信され、 この文章 M 9に外字画像 F 1が埋め込まれる。 このため、 Bユーザーの使 用フォントが Aユーザーの選択フォントと異なる場合、この Bユーザーの使用フォ ントに変換された文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1との間にフォントの相違に起因する違 和感が認められることになり、 読み難い文面となる可能性がある。 しかしながら、 この文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とによる表示方法は、パソコン 2 0 bとサーバー 1 0 との間の通信量が少なくてすむため、 ナローバンドによる接続通信に適している。 第 1 8図は、 Aユーザーから htmlメールで送信され、 Bユーザーにより受信さ れたメールの表示手段 2 1 bによる表示例を示す。 Bユーザーがメールソフトで html メールを開くと、 Bユーザーの使用フォントで表示された文章 M 9の中に外 字情報の登録番号、即ち、外字画像 F 1へのリンクが埋め込まれたメール P 2が表 示される。 この外字画像 F 1へのリンクからサーバー 1 0へのアクセスに成功し、 メールソフトの要求に応じてサーバー 1 0から外字情報に基づく画像ファイルが 転送されると、 この画像ファイルが文章 M 9の中に挿入される。 これにより、第 1 8 ( a ) 図に示す受信メール P 2 aのように、 メールの全文面が外字を含めて正し く表示される。 一方、 サーバー 1 0へのアクセスに失敗すると、 パソコン 2 0 の メーノレソフトは、外字画像 F 1を表示するための画像ファイルをサーバー 1 0の記 憶手段 1 2から取得できないので、第 1 8 ( b ) 図に示す受信メール P 2 bのよう に、 外字画像 F 1の部分が空欄 F 2に置き換えられた文面が表示される。  At this time, the sentence M9 other than the external character image F1 is transmitted from the server 10 as a character code, and the external character image F1 is embedded in the sentence M9. Therefore, if the font used by the user B is different from the font selected by the user A, the disparity caused by the font difference between the sentence M9 converted to the font used by the user B and the external character image F1 The impression may be perceived and the text may be difficult to read. However, the display method using the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 is suitable for the narrow band connection communication because the communication amount between the personal computer 20b and the server 10 is small. FIG. 18 shows a display example of the mail transmitted from the user A by html mail and received by the user B by the display means 21b. When the B user opens the html mail with the mail software, the registration number of the external character information in the text M9 displayed in the font used by the B user, that is, the mail P 2 with the link to the external character image F 1 embedded Is displayed. Successful access to the server 10 from the link to the external character image F1 and the transfer of the image file based on the external character information from the server 10 in response to the mail software request. Inserted inside. As a result, as in the received mail P2a shown in FIG. 18 (a), the entire text of the mail is correctly displayed including the external characters. On the other hand, if access to the server 10 fails, the main software of the personal computer 20 cannot obtain the image file for displaying the external character image F1 from the storage means 12 of the server 10; ) As shown in the received mail P 2 b in the figure, a text in which the part of the external character image F 1 is replaced with a blank F 2 is displayed.

ここで例えば、 外字画像 F 1を htralファイルに記述する際に、 く IMG SRC=〃 (外 字画像ファィルへのリンク) " ALT=〃 (外字画像ファィルの代用文字) 〉のように Aユーザーにより記述されていた場合、外字画像 F 1を表示するための画像フアイ ルの取得に失敗した場合であっても、 「外字画像ファイルの代用文字」 がブラウザ により表示される。 Here, for example, when describing the external character image F1 in the htral file, use IMG SRC = 〃 (link to the external character image file) “ALT = 〃 (substitute character of the external character image file)” A If described by the user, even if the image file for displaying the external character image F1 has failed to be obtained, the “substitute character for external character image file” is displayed by the browser.

例えば、 外字画像 F 1の代用文字として 「辺」 を使用する場合、 上述の (外字画 像ファイルのリンク) に外字画像 F 1のリンクを記述し、 (外字画像ファイルの代 用文字) に 「辺」 を記述しておくことによって、 Bユーザーがサーバー 1 0にァク セスして画像フアイルを取得できな 1ヽ場合であっても、この取得できなかつた画像 ファイルの代わりに「辺」 をパソコン 2 0 bの表示手段 2 1 bにより表示できるよ うになる。 従って、 Bユーザー (メール受信者) は、 サーバー 1 0へのアクセスに 失敗しても、 この代用文字によるメールの文面の表示により、 この受信メールの内 容を把握できる。  For example, when "side" is used as a substitute character for the external character image F1, the link of the external character image F1 is described in (link of the external character image file) described above, and " By describing the "edge", even if the user B cannot access the server 10 to obtain the image file, the "edge" is used instead of the image file that cannot be obtained. It can be displayed by the display means 21b of the personal computer 20b. Therefore, even if the user B (mail recipient) fails to access the server 10, the content of the received mail can be grasped by displaying the text of the mail using this substitute character.

この htmlメールによる送信方法においても、 外字画像 F 1以外の文章 M 9はサ 一バー 1 0から文字コードとして送信(送出) され、 この文章 M 9に外字画像 F 1 が揷入される。 このため、 Bユーザーの使用フォントが Aユーザーの選択フォント と異なる場合、この Bユーザーの使用フォントに変換された文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とでフォントが相違してしまうため、このフォントの相違に起因して違和感のあ る読み難い文面となる可能性がある。 しかしながら、 この htmlメールを文章 M 9 と外字画像 F 1とで表示する方法は、パソコン 2 0 bとサーバー 1 0との間の通信 量が少なくてすむため、 やはりナローバンドでの通信に適している。  Also in the transmission method using the html mail, the sentence M9 other than the external character image F1 is transmitted (transmitted) from the server 10 as a character code, and the external character image F1 is inserted into the sentence M9. Therefore, if the font used by the user B is different from the font selected by the user A, the font is different between the sentence M9 converted to the font used by the user B and the external character image F1. This may result in uncomfortable and unreadable text. However, the method of displaying the html mail with the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 is suitable for narrowband communication because the amount of communication between the personal computer 20b and the server 10 is small. .

第 1 9図は、 Aユーザーから外字互換メールで送信され、 Bユーザーにより受信 されたメール P 3の表示手段 2 1 bによる表示例を示す。 この表示例では、 Bユー ザ一がメールソフトを用いて受信メール P 3を開くと、第 1 9図に示すように、 A ユーザーが使用した外字画像 F 1を代用文字 F 3で置換した文面と共に、外字によ り正しく記載された文面を表示する方法が表示される。 これにより Bユーザーは、 サーバー 1 0にアクセスできない場合であっても、この受信メール P 3の内容を代 用文字 F 3での表示により把握できる。 FIG. 19 shows a display example of the mail P3 transmitted by the external character compatible mail from the user A and received by the user B by the display means 21b. In this display example, when the user B opens the received mail P3 using mail software, as shown in Fig. 19, the external character image F1 used by the user A is replaced with the substitute character F3, as shown in Figure 19. Along with external characters A method for displaying correctly written text is displayed. Thus, even if the user B cannot access the server 10, the content of the received mail P 3 can be grasped by displaying the substitute character F 3.

また、 Bユーザーは、受信メール P 3の全体を 1枚の画像で表示するためのファ ィルにリンクされた UR L A 1と、受信メール P 3を文章と画像とで表示するため のファイルにリンクされた U R L A 2との何れかによりサ パー 1 0にアクセス し、第 1 7図に示したように、外字画像 F 1を含む文面でのメールを読むことがで きるようになる。  In addition, the B user has a UR LA 1 linked to a file for displaying the entire received mail P 3 as one image, and a file for displaying the received mail P 3 as a sentence and an image. By accessing the super 10 by one of the linked URLA 2, the user can read the mail in the text including the external character image F1, as shown in FIG.

次に、この第 2の実施形態としての外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による第 1 の電子メール受信例を、第 2 0図乃至第 2 2図に示したフローチャートを参照しな がら説明する。第 2 0図乃至第 2 2図は、 この外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0に より Aユーザーから送信されたメールを Bユーザーが受信する例を示すフローチ ヤートであって、第 2 0図は通常の送信方法で送信されたメールの受信例を示すフ ローチャートであり、 第 2 1図は htmlメールで送信されたメールの受信例を示す フローチャートであり、第 2 2図は外字互換メールで送信されたメールの受信例を 示すフローチャートである。  Next, an example of receiving a first electronic mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts shown in FIGS. FIGS. 20 to 22 are flowcharts showing an example in which the user B receives an email transmitted from the user A by the external character registration information providing system 100, and FIG. Fig. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of receiving an email sent by the sending method shown in Fig. 21. Fig. 21 is a flowchart showing an example of receiving an email sent by html mail. 6 is a flowchart showing an example of receiving a received mail.

この実施形態では、サーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイトを利用して、 A ユーザーから送信された外字を含むメールを Bユーザーが受信する場合に、このメ ールの受信通知 P 1にリンクとして貼り付けられた U R L又はこのメールの文章 中に埋め込まれたリンクによって、外字情報をサーバー 1 0の記憶手段 1 2から取 得してメールを正しく表示することを前提条件とする。 なお、 メールの受信は、通 常のメール送受信機能を備えたメールソフト又はウェブブラウザ等により通知さ れるものとする。 (1) 通常 (推奨) の送信方法で送信された電子メールの表示例 In this embodiment, when the user B receives an e-mail including the external character sent from the user A using the website operated by the server 10, the reception notification P 1 of the e-mail is linked as a link to the e-mail. The precondition is that the external character information is obtained from the storage means 12 of the server 10 by the pasted URL or the link embedded in the text of this mail, and the mail is displayed correctly. It should be noted that the reception of the e-mail is notified by e-mail software or a web browser equipped with a normal e-mail transmission / reception function. (1) Display example of e-mail sent by normal (recommended) sending method

上述の前提条件において、先ず、第 20図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 1 01で、 Bユーザーはパソコン 20 bにインストールされたメールソフトを起動し、 第 16図のような外字メールの受信通知 P 1によりメール受信を確認する。 次に、 ステップ S 102で、パソコン 20 bが高速で情報通信可能なプ口一ドバンドを利 用してネットワーク 30にアクセスしている場合 (Ye s) 、 ステップ S 103 a に進み、ブロードバンド利用の場合には画像表示が推奨されているので、次のステ ップ S 104 aで、画像表示用のリンクが埋め込まれた URL A 1をタリックする ことにより選択し、次のステップ S 105 aで、 この URLA 1に埋め込まれたリ ンクを迪りサーバ一 10にアクセスして外字情報を含むメールのデータを取得す る。 .  In the above prerequisites, first, in step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 20, the user B starts the mail software installed on the personal computer 20b, and receives a notification P1 of the external character mail as shown in FIG. Confirms the receipt of the e-mail. Next, in step S102, if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using a broadband capable of high-speed information communication (Yes), the process proceeds to step S103a, and the broadband use is performed. In this case, image display is recommended, so in the next step S104a, a URL A1 embedded with a link for image display is selected by clicking on it, and in the next step S105a, The link embedded in the URLA 1 is accessed to access the server 110 to obtain mail data including external character information. .

最後のステップ S 106 aで、サーバー 10の記憶手段 12から取得したデータ に基づいてメ ル全体を 1枚の画像で表示するためのウェブページ WP 1 1を表 示手段 21 bにより表示して終了する。  In the last step S106a, based on the data obtained from the storage means 12 of the server 10, the display means 21b displays the web page WP11 for displaying the entire mail as one image by using the display means 21b, and ends. I do.

一方、パソコン 20 bが高速での情報通信の困難なナローバンドを利用してネッ トワーク 30にアクセスしている場合 (ステップ S 102で No) 、 ステップ S 1 03 bに進み、ナローバンド利用の場合には文章と画像とによる表示が推奨されて いるので、次のステップ S 104 で、文章及ぴ画像による表示用のリンクが埋め 込まれた URLA2をクリックすることにより選択し、次のステップ S 105 で、 この URLA 2に埋め込まれたリンクを迪つてサーバー 10にアクセスすること によって、外字情報を含む文字コードからなるメールのデータをサーバー 10の記 憶手段 12から取得する。  On the other hand, if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using the narrow band in which high-speed information communication is difficult (No in step S102), the process proceeds to step S103b, and in the case of using the narrow band, Since the display by text and images is recommended, in the next step S104, a URLA2 embedded with a link for display by text and images is selected by clicking, and in the next step S105, By accessing the server 10 by using the link embedded in the URLA 2, the mail data including the character code including the external character information is acquired from the storage unit 12 of the server 10.

最後のステップ S 106 bで、このメールのデータに含まれる文字コードをパソ コン 2 0 bの使用フォントに変換し、 第 1 7 ( b ) 図のウェブページ WP 1 2の文 章 M 9を生成すると共に、この文章 M 9に外字情報に基づいて形成された外字画像 F 1を揷入する。 これによつて、サーバー 1 0から提供されたメールのデータに基 づいて、このメールを文章と外字画像とで表示するためのウェブページ WP 1 2を 表示手段 2 1 bにより表示して終了する。 In the last step S 106 b, the character code contained in the data of this e-mail The font is converted to the font used in the font 20b, and the text M9 of the web page WP12 in Fig. 17 (b) is generated, and the external character image F formed on the text M9 based on the external character information Buy 1. As a result, based on the data of the mail provided from the server 10, the web page WP 12 for displaying the mail with the text and the external character image is displayed by the display means 2 1 b and the processing is terminated. .

このように、本実施形態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0を利用して通常の送 信方法で送信されたメールの表示例によれば、 受信メールに外字が含まれ、 且つ、 外字フォントをパソコン 2 0 bにィンストールしていない場合であっても、外字を 含む文面をメール送信者の意図したとおりに正しく表示できる。 また、受信メール の表示を画像による表示又は文章と画像による表示から選択できるので、メール受 信者の ステム環境によっては、通信量が少ない文章及ぴ画像での表示を選択する ことによりサーバー 1 0へのアクセスに対するパソコン 2 0 bでのシステム負荷 及び通信費を軽減できる。  As described above, according to the display example of the mail transmitted by the normal transmission method using the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment, the external character is included in the received mail, and the external character font is changed. Even if it is not installed on PC 20b, texts including external characters can be displayed correctly as intended by the mail sender. In addition, since the display of the received mail can be selected from the display by image or the display by text and image, depending on the system environment of the mail recipient, the display to the server 10 can be made by selecting the display with text and images with low communication volume. The system load and communication cost on the personal computer 20b can be reduced for the access by the user.

( 2 ) htmlメールで送信された電子メールの表示例  (2) Display example of e-mail sent by html mail

この例は、 Aユーザーが、 ウェブページ WP 1 0の選択カラム V 4で、 html メ ールをメールの送信方法として選択した場合である。上述の前提条件において、 B ユーザーは、第 2 1図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 1 0 1で、パソコン 2 0 bにインストールされたメールソフトを起動してメール受信を確認する。 次に、 ス テツプ S 1 1 0で、 メールとして受信した htmlファイルをメールソフトで開き、 この htmlメールを、 ノ、。ソコン 2 0 bの使用フォントで生成された文章 M 9の中に 外字情報へのリンクが埋め込まれた状態で表示する。  In this example, the user A selects the html mail as the mail transmission method in the selection column V4 of the web page WP10. In the above preconditions, the user B activates the mail software installed on the personal computer 20b and confirms the mail reception in step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG. Next, in step S110, open the html file received as e-mail with e-mail software, and open this html e-mail. A link to the external character information is embedded in the sentence M9 generated using the font used by Sokon 20 b.

次のステップ S 1 1 1で、 このリンクによりサーバー 1 0へのアクセスを試み、 次のステップ S 1 1 2で、 サーバー 1 0へのアクセスに成功した場合 (Y e s ) 、 ステップ S 1 1 3 aに進み、外字を画像表示するための図形ファイルをサーバー 1 0に要求し、このサーバー 1 0から転送されてきた図形ファイルに基づいて外字画 像 F 1を文章 M 9に挿入する。 最後にステップ S 1 1 4で、 第 1 8 ( a ) 図に示し たように、文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とからなるメール P 2 aを表示手段 2 1 bによ り表示して終了する。 In the next step S 1 1 1, an attempt is made to access server 10 via this link, and in the next step S 1 1 2, if access to server 10 is successful (Y es), Proceeding to step S1 13a, a request is made to the server 10 for a graphic file for displaying an external character as an image, and based on the graphic file transferred from the server 10, the external character image F1 is written to the sentence M9. insert. Finally, in step S114, as shown in Fig. 18 (a), the mail P2a composed of the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 is displayed on the display means 21b, and the processing ends. I do.

ステップ S 1 1 2で、 サーバー 1 0へのアクセスに失敗した場合 (N o ) 、 ステ ップ S 1 1 3 bに進み、 外字の代わりに文章 M 9に空白 (空欄) F 2を揷入し、 最 後のステップ S 1 1 4で、 第 1 8 ( b ) 図に示したように、 この文章 M 9の中に空 欄 F 2が揷入されたメール P 2 bを表示手段 2 1 bにより表示して終了する。  If the access to the server 10 fails in step S112, proceed to step S113b and insert a blank (blank) F2 in the sentence M9 instead of the external character. Then, in the last step S114, as shown in Fig. 18 (b), the mail P2b in which a blank F2 is entered in this sentence M9 is displayed as a display means 21. Display with b and end.

ここで例えば、 外字画像 F 1を html ファイルに記述する際に、 く img src="http : //www. gaiji. xx. xx/be. jpg" alt="辺" >のように、 外字画像フアイノレへ のリンクく http :〃丽 w. gaiji. xx. xx/be. jpg>が、 Aユーザーにより記述されていた 場合、外字画像下 1を表示するための画像ファイルの取得に失敗した場合であって も、外字画像ファイルの代用文字「辺」 が文章 M 9の中に挿入されて表示手段 2 1 bにより表示される。  Here, for example, when writing the external character image F 1 in the html file, the external character image is written as img src = "http: //www.gaiji.xx.xx/be.jpg" alt = "side"> If the link to Huai Nore http: 〃 丽 w. Gaiji.xx.xx / be.jpg> is described by the A user, and if the acquisition of the image file for displaying Even so, the substitute character "side" of the external character image file is inserted into the sentence M9 and displayed by the display means 21b.

このように、 本実施形態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0により htmlメール で送信されたメールの表示例によれば、受信メールに外字が含まれ、且つ、外字フ オントをィンストールしていない場合であっても、この外字を含むメールを通常の メールソフトで表示できる。従って、文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とのフォントが統一 されない場合、違和感のある読み難い文面で表示される可能性はあるものの、パソ コン 2 Q bとサーバー 1 0との通信量が少ないため、パソコン 2 0 bのシステム負 荷を軽減できると共に、 通信費も抑制できる。  As described above, according to the display example of the mail transmitted as html mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment, the external mail is included in the received mail, and the external character font is not installed. Even with this, the mail containing the external character can be displayed with ordinary mail software. Therefore, if the fonts of the sentence M 9 and the external character image F 1 are not unified, the communication between the PC 2 Qb and the server 10 may be small, although it may be displayed in a strange and difficult-to-read text. In addition, the system load on the personal computer 20b can be reduced and the communication cost can be reduced.

( 3 ) 外字互換で送信された電子メールの表示例 この例は、 Aユーザーが、 ウェブページ WP 10の選択カラム V4で、外字互換 メールをメールの送信方法として選択した場合である。 上述の前提条件において、 Bユーザーは、第 22図に示すフローチヤ一トのステップ S 1 0 1で、パソコン 2 0 bにインストールされたメールソフトを起動することによりメール P 3の受信 を確認する。 次に、 ステップ S 1 1 0 aで、 この外字互換メールで送信されたメー ル P 3をメールソフトで開くことにより、第 1 9図に示したように、外字情報に基 づく外字画像 F 1の挿入部を代用文字 F 3で置換し、この代用文字 F 3を含む文章 と共に、この代用文字 F 3を外字により正しく表示するための方法をパソコン 20 bの使用フォントで表示手段 2 1 bにより表示する。 (3) Display example of e-mail sent with external character compatibility In this example, the user A selects the external character compatible mail as the mail sending method in the selection column V4 of the web page WP10. In the above preconditions, the user B confirms the reception of the mail P3 by activating mail software installed in the personal computer 20b in step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG. Next, in step S110a, the mail P3 sent by the external character compatible mail is opened by mail software, and as shown in FIG. 19, the external character image F1 based on the external character information is displayed. Is replaced with the substitute character F3, and a method for correctly displaying the substitute character F3 with an external character together with the sentence containing the substitute character F3 by the display means 21b using the font used on the personal computer 20b. indicate.

次のステップ S 1 02で、パソコン 20 bがブロードバンドを利用してネットヮ ーク 30にアクセスしている場合(Ye s) 、 ステップ S 1 03 aに進み、 ブロー ドバンド利用の場合には画像表示が推奨されているので、次のステップ S 1 04 a で、画像表示用のファイルへのリンクが埋め込まれた URLA1を選択し、次のス テツプ S 1 0 5 aで、この URLA1に埋め込まれたリンクからサーバー 1 0にァ クセスして外字情報を含むメール P 3のデータを取得する。  In the next step S102, if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using broadband (Yes), the process proceeds to step S103a, and if the broadband is used, the image is displayed. Because it is recommended, in the next step S104a, select the URLA1 embedded with the link to the file for image display, and in the next step S105a, the link embedded in this URLA1 To access the server 10 to obtain the mail P3 data including the external character information.

最後のステップ S 1 0 6 aで、サーバー 1 0から取得したデータに基づいてメー ル全体を 1枚の画像で表示するためのウェブページ WP 1 1を、第 1 7 (a) 図の ように表示手段 2 1 bにより表示して終了する。  In the last step S106a, a web page WP11 for displaying the entire mail as one image based on the data obtained from the server 10 is displayed as shown in Fig. 17 (a). The display is completed by the display means 2 1 b and the processing ends.

一方ノ ソコン 20 bがナローバンドを利用してネットワーク 30にアクセスし ている場合 (ステップ S 1 02で No) 、 ステップ S 1 03 bに進み、 ナローバン ド利用の場合には文章と画像とによる表示が推奨されているので、次のステップ S • 1 04 bで、文章及び画像による表示用のリンクが埋め込まれた URLA 2をクリ ックすることにより選択し、次のステップ S 1 05 bで、 この URLA2に埋め込 まれたリンクからサーバー 1 0にアクセスすることによって、外字情報を含む文字 コードからなるメールのデータをサーバー 1 0から取得する。 On the other hand, if the computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using the narrow band (No in step S102), the process proceeds to step S103b. In the case of using the narrowband, the display using the text and the image is performed. In the next step S • 104b, it is recommended to select by clicking on the URLA2 with embedded links for text and image display, and in the next step S105b, Embed in URLA2 By accessing the server 10 from the link provided, mail data consisting of character codes including external character information is obtained from the server 10.

最後のステップ S 1 0 6 bで、このメールのデータに含まれる文字コードをノ ソ コン 2 0 bの使用フォントに変換し、第 1 7 ( b ).図のウェブページ W P 1 2の文 章 M 9を生成すると共に、この文章 M 9に外字画像 F 1を挿入する。これによつて、 サーバー 1 0から提供されたメールのデータに基づいて、このメール P 3を文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とで表示するためのゥヱプページ W P 1 2を表示手段 2 1 に より表示して終了する。  In the last step S106b, the character code included in the data of this e-mail is converted to the font used in the computer 20b, and the 17th (b). M9 is generated, and the external character image F1 is inserted into the sentence M9. As a result, based on the data of the mail provided from the server 10, the display means 21 displays the web page WP 12 for displaying the mail P 3 with the sentence M 9 and the external character image F 1. And exit.

このように、本実施形態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0により外字変換メー ルで送信されたメールの表示例によれば、 受信メール P 3に外字が含まれ、 且つ、 外字フォントをィンストールしていない場合であっても、外字を代用文字 F 3で置 換してメール内容を表示できるので、ネットワーク 3 0の通信不良又はサーバー 1 0の定期メンテナンスによるシステムダウン等により、 Bユーザーがサーバー 1 0 にアクセスできない場合であっても、 受信メール P 3の内容を把握できる。 また、 受信メール P 3の表示を画像による表示又は文章と画像による表示から選択でき るので、メール受信者のシステム環境によっては、通信量が少ない文章と画像によ る表示を選択してサーバー 1 0へのアクセスに対するシステム負荷を軽減できる。 なお、 この実施形態においては、 Bユーザーは、サーバー 1 0からユーザー I D を付与されていないが、 例えば、 Bユーザーにユーザー I D 「b b b」 を付与し、 Bユーザーからサーバー 1 0へのアクセス時には、少なくともユーザー I D 「b b b」の入力が必要となるようにシステムを構築することによって、 Bユーザーが A ユーザーからの外字メールを正しい表示で読むためには、 Bユーザーのユーザー I D 「b b b」 、 ユーザーによってはパスワードの入力を必須とすることもできる。 従って、外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による外字メールの送受信をメンバ一登 録制にしたり、 課金サービスにしたりできるようになる。 As described above, according to the display example of the mail transmitted by the external character conversion mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment, the external mail is included in the received mail P3 and the external character font is installed. Even if it is not, the user can replace the external character with the substitute character F3 and display the mail contents. Even when 0 cannot be accessed, the contents of the received mail P3 can be grasped. In addition, since the display of the received mail P3 can be selected from image display or display with text and image, depending on the system environment of the mail recipient, the display with text and image with low communication volume can be selected by the server 1 The system load on accessing 0 can be reduced. In this embodiment, the B user is not given a user ID from the server 10. For example, when the B user is given a user ID “bbb” and the B user accesses the server 10, By constructing the system so that at least the user ID "bbb" must be entered, in order for the B user to read the external character mail from the A user with the correct display, the B user's user ID "bbb" May require a password. Therefore, transmission / reception of the external character mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 can be made a member-only registration system or a billing service.

[ 3 ] 電子メールの受信例  [3] Example of receiving e-mail

この実施形態では、 Bユーザーは、 Aユーザーと同様に、サーバー 1 0により運 営されるウェブサイトの会員であって、ユーザー I D 「b b b」 を予め付与されて おり、 このユーザー I D 「b b b」 を用いてパソコン 2 0 bからサーバー 1 0にァ クセスし、 Aユーザーから送信されたメールに含まれる外字情報をサーバー 1 0か ら取得して表示手段 2 0 bにより表示すると共に、このメールの作成に使用された 外字を、 Bユーザーの外字登録エリア、即ち、サーバー 1 0の記憶手段 1 2に格納 された外字登録情報変換テーブル T 1の Bユーザーのためのエリアに登録する。こ れによって、この Aユーザーにより付番登録された外字情報を Bユーザーとの間で 共通使用可能に提供できるようにしたものである。  In this embodiment, the user B, like the user A, is a member of the website operated by the server 10 and is given the user ID “bbb” in advance, and the user ID “bbb” The server 10 is accessed from the personal computer 20b by using the external character information included in the e-mail sent from the user A from the server 10 and displayed on the display means 20b, and the e-mail is created. The external character used for the user is registered in the external character registration area of the B user, that is, the area for the B user in the external character registration information conversion table T1 stored in the storage means 12 of the server 10. As a result, the external character information numbered and registered by the user A can be provided to the user B for common use.

第 1 4図のウェブページ WP 1 0によって、例えば、 Aユーザーが外字を含むメ ールを Bユーザーに通常の送信方法で送信し、 Bュ ザ一が、第 1 6図に示したメ ール受信通知 P 1の U R L A 1を選択した場合、 サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、 Aユーザーからの使用要求に係る外字情報を Bユーザーに提供すると共に、この B ユーザーからの外字情報の登録要求を受け付けて、この外字情報をサーバー 1 0の 記憶手段 1 2に登録するための登録釦を載せたウェブページのデータをパソコン 2 0 bに送出する。 これにより表示手段 2 1 bは、第 2 3図に示すように、外字情 報 D 5及び登録釦 K 2 8を載せたウェブページ WP 1 3を表示する。  According to the web page WP10 in FIG. 14, for example, the user A sends a mail including the external character to the user B by a normal transmission method, and the user B receives the mail shown in FIG. When the URLA 1 of the P1 notification is selected, the control means 13 of the server 10 provides the external character information relating to the use request from the user A to the user B, and registers the external character information from the user B. In response to the request, the web page data on which a registration button for registering the external character information in the storage means 12 of the server 10 is transmitted to the personal computer 20b. As a result, the display means 21b displays a web page WP13 on which the external character information D5 and the registration button K28 are placed, as shown in FIG.

ウェブページ WP 1 3によって、サーバー 1 0の制御手段 1 3は、 Aユーザーか らの使用要求を受け付けて Aユーザーの登録エリアに外字 5番として付番登録し た外字情報 D 5を Bユーザーに提供すると共に、登録釦 K 2 8による Bユーザーか らの登録要求を受け付けて、 この同一の外字情報 D 5を、 Bユーザーに付与された ユーザー I D 「b b b」 と関連付けて、 例えば、 外字登録情報変換テーブル T 1に 示したように、 Bユーザーの登録エリアのユーザー I D 「b b b j の従属下に外字 3番のように登録する。 According to the web page WP 13, the control means 13 of the server 10 receives the use request from the user A and receives the external character information D 5 registered in the registration area of the user A as the external character No. 5 to the user B. Provision and registration button K2 8 by B user In response to the registration request, the same external character information D 5 is associated with the user ID “bbb” assigned to the user B, and, for example, as shown in the external character registration information conversion table T 1, User ID in the registration area "Register under the subordinate of bbbj as the external character No. 3.

これにより Bユーザーは、 Aユーザーから送信されたメールを正確な外字での表 示により読むことができると共に、この Aユーザーにより使用された外字を容易に 再利用できるように Bユーザー自身の登録エリアに登録できる。従って、 Aユーザ 一及び Bユーザー共に、夫々のパソコン 2 0 a , 2 0 bに外字フォントをインスト 一ノレせずに、必要な外字を共用できるので、外字を含むメールのような文字情報を 文字ィ匕け等の不都合を生じることなく電子データとして交換できる。  This allows the B user to read the e-mail sent from the A user by displaying the correct external character, and also allows the B user's own registration area to easily reuse the external character used by this A user. Can be registered at Therefore, both User A and User B can share necessary external characters without installing external character fonts on their personal computers 20a and 20b. The data can be exchanged as electronic data without causing inconveniences such as daggers.

次に、 この外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による第 2の電子メール受信例を、 第 2 4図に示したフローチャートを参照しながら説明する。第 2 4図は、本実施形 態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0により Aユーザーから送信されたメールを Bユーザーのパソコン 2 0 bにより受信して表示する例を示すフローチャートで ある。  Next, an example of receiving a second e-mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 will be described with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing an example in which an e-mail transmitted from the A user by the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment is received and displayed by the B user's personal computer 20b.

この実施形態では、サーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイトを利用して、 A ユーザーから通常の送信方法で送信された外字を含むメールを Bユーザーが受信 する場合に、このメールの受信通知 P 1にリンクとして埋め込まれた U R Lにより 外字情報を含むメールのデータをサーバー 1 0から取得して正しくメールを表示 すると共に、このメールの作成に使用された外字情報を Bユーザーの外字登録エリ ァに登録することを前提条件とする。 なお、上述したように、 Aユーザー及び Bュ 一ザ一は共に、サーバー 1 0により運営されるウェブサイトの会員としてユーザー I Dを付与されているものとする。 これを前提として、 先ず、第 2 4図のステップ S 1 0 1で、 Bユーザーは、 第 1 6図のメール受信通知 P 1によりメール受信を認識する。次に、ステップ S 1 0 2 で、 Bユーザーのパソコン 2 0 bがブロードバンドを利用してネットワーク 3 0に アクセスしている場合 (Y e s ) 、 ステップ S 1 0 3 aに進み、 メール受信通知 P 1において画像表示が推奨されているので、次のステップ S 1 0 4 aで、画像表示 用のリンクが埋め込まれた UR L A 1を選択し、次のステップ S 1 0 5 aで、 この U R L A 1に埋め込まれたリンクを介してサーバー 1 0にアクセスし、外字情報を 含むメールのデータを取得する。 . In this embodiment, when a user B receives a mail including an external character transmitted from the user A by a normal transmission method using the website operated by the server 10, the reception notification P 1 of the mail is received. The data embedded in the mail containing the external character information is obtained from the server 10 using the URL embedded as a link in the URL, the mail is displayed correctly, and the external character information used to create this mail is registered in the user B's external character registration area. It is assumed that you As described above, it is assumed that both the A user and the B user have been given user IDs as members of the website operated by the server 10. Assuming this, first, in step S101 in FIG. 24, the B user recognizes the mail reception by the mail reception notification P1 in FIG. Next, in step S102, if the personal computer 20b of the B user is accessing the network 30 using broadband (Yes), the process proceeds to step S103a and the mail reception notification P Since the image display is recommended in step 1, in the next step S104a, select UR LA 1 in which the link for image display is embedded, and in the next step S105a, this URLA1 Access the server 10 via the link embedded in to obtain mail data including external character information. .

次のステップ S 1 0 6 aで、サーバー 1 0から取得したデータに基づいて、 メー ル全体を 1枚の画像で表示するためのゥヱプページ WP 1 3をパソコン 2 0 bの 表示手段 2 1 bにより表示する。 そして、最後のステップ S 1 0 7で、 このメーノレ の本文に使用された外字情報 D 5を登録するための登録釦 K 2 8等をゥェプぺー ジ WP 1 3に掲載して終了する。  In the next step S106a, the web page WP13 for displaying the entire mail as one image based on the data obtained from the server 10 is displayed by the display means 21b of the personal computer 20b. indicate. Then, in the last step S107, a registration button K28 for registering the external character information D5 used in the main body of the main page is posted on the page WP13, and the processing ends.

一方、パソコン 2 0 bがナローバンドを利用してネットワーク 3 0にアクセスし ている場合 (ステップ S 1 0 2で N o ) 、 ステップ S 1 0 3 bに進み、 メール受信 通知 P 1において文章と画像とによる表示が推奨されているので、次のステップ S 1 0 4 bで、文章及び画像による表示用のリンクが埋め込まれた UR L A 2を選択 し、次のステップ S 1 0 5 で、 この U R L A 2に埋め込まれたリンクからサーバ 一 1 0にアクセスすることによって、外字情報と文字コードとからなるメ一ルのデ ータをサーバー 1 0から取得する。  On the other hand, if the personal computer 20b is accessing the network 30 using the narrow band (No in step S102), the process proceeds to step S103b, and the text and image are displayed in the mail reception notification P1. In the next step S104b, select UR LA 2 in which links for displaying text and images are embedded, and in the next step S105, this URLA By accessing the server 110 from the link embedded in 2, the server 10 obtains mail data including external character information and character codes.

次に、ステップ S 1 0 6 bで、 このメールのデータに含まれる文字コードをパソ コン 2 0 bの使用フォントに変換し、第 1 7 ( b ) 図のウェブページ WP 1 2のよ うに文章 M 9を生成すると共に、この文章 M 9に外字情報に基づいて形成された外 字画像 F 1を揷入する。最後に、 ステップ S 1 0 7で、 このメールを文章 M 9と外 字画像 F 1とで表示するためのウェブページ WP 1 2をサーバー 1 0から取得し たメールのデータに基づいて表示すると共に、このメールの本文に使用された外字 画像 F 1を登録するための登録釦等をウェブページ WP 1 2に掲載して終了する。 このように、本実施形態の外字登録情報提供システム 1 0 0による第 2の電子メ ールの受信例によれば、 Aユーザーにより使用された外字情報を容易に再利用でき るように Bユーザー自身の登録エリアに登録できる。従って、 Aユーザー及び Bュ 一ザ一共に、夫々のパソコン 2 0 a , 2 0 bに外字フォントをインストールしなく ても必要な外字を共通して使用できるので、外字を含むメールのような文字情報を 文字化け等の不都合を生じることなくコード化された電子データとして交換でき る。 Next, in step S106b, the character code included in the data of this e-mail is converted into the font used for the personal computer 20b, and the sentence is written as in the web page WP12 in Fig. 17 (b). In addition to generating M9, the sentence M9 contains Insert the character image F1. Finally, in step S107, a web page WP12 for displaying this mail with the sentence M9 and the character image F1 is displayed based on the mail data obtained from the server 10 and Then, a registration button for registering the external character image F1 used in the body of this e-mail is posted on the web page WP12, and the processing ends. As described above, according to the reception example of the second e-mail by the external character registration information providing system 100 of the present embodiment, the external character information used by the user A can be easily reused by the user B. You can register in your own registration area. Therefore, both the A user and the user can use necessary external characters in common without installing external character fonts on their personal computers 20a and 20b. Information can be exchanged as coded electronic data without causing inconvenience such as garbled characters.

[ 4 ] htralエディターからの電子メールの送信例  [4] Example of sending e-mail from htral editor

この html ディターからの電子メールの送信例では、 Aユーザーが文章 M 9の 中に外字情報の登録番号をサーバー 1 0へのリンクとして嵌め込んだメールを html エディタ一により作成して Bユーザーに送信し、 このメールを Bユーザーが 受信し、外字情報の登録番号を介してサーバー 1 0から外字画像 F 1を取得してパ ソコン 2 0 bの表示手段 2 1 bにより表示する。これにより外字画像 F 1を含むメ ールを Aユーザー及ぴ Bユーザーの双方で読めるようにしたものである。  In this example of sending an e-mail from html data, A user creates an e-mail with the registration number of the external character information embedded in the document M9 as a link to the server 10 using the html editor and sends it to B user Then, the user B receives this mail, obtains the external character image F1 from the server 10 via the registration number of the external character information, and displays it on the display means 21b of the personal computer 20b. As a result, the mail including the external character image F1 can be read by both the A user and the B user.

Aユーザーは、 一般の htmlエディターをパソコン 2 0 aにインストールし、 こ の htmlエディターの編集画面において、 例えば、 第 1 0図のウェブページ WP 8 でパソコン 2 0 aに記憶させた図形ファイルの登録番号を、この図形ファイルのサ 一バー 1 0における登録エリアへのリンクとして、文字コードの間に嵌め込む。 こ のようにして作成された htmlファイルと、この htmlファイルに嵌め込まれた図形 ファイル等とからなる複数のファイルを、 html エディターからメールとして Bュ 一ザ一に送信 (転送) する。 A user installs a general html editor on the personal computer 20a, and on the edit screen of this html editor, for example, registers a figure file stored in the personal computer 20a on the web page WP8 in Fig. 10. The number is inserted between the character codes as a link to the registration area in server 10 of this graphic file. The html file created in this way and the figure embedded in this html file Send (forward) multiple files consisting of files, etc. to the user as email from the html editor.

Bユーザーは、 複数のフアイノレが添付された Aユーザーからのメールを受信し、 この複数のファイルの中の htmlファイルをウェブブラウザを用いて開くことによ つて、 Aユーザーにより作成されたメール P 4を再現する。 そして、 この再現され たメール P 4に嵌め込まれた図形ファイルの登録番号をリンクとしてサーバー 1 ◦にアクセスすることによって、 サーバー 1 0に図形ファイルの転送を要求する。 第 2 5図は、このようにして再現されたメール P 4の表示手段 2 1 bによる表示例 を示す。  User B receives the email from User A with multiple attachments, and opens the html file in the multiple files using a web browser to create the email P created by User A. To reproduce. Then, by accessing the server 1 using the registration number of the graphic file embedded in the reproduced mail P4 as a link, the server 10 is requested to transfer the graphic file. FIG. 25 shows a display example of the mail P4 reproduced in this way by the display means 21b.

この表示例では、 html ファイルのアドレス A 3と共に、 このメール P 4の文面 が文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とで表示される。この文章 M 9はパソコン 2 0 bの使用 フォントで表示されるが、外字画像 F 1は Aユーザーにより登録されたフォントで 表示される。従って、 Bユーザーが、 Aユーザーにより嵌め込まれた外字画像 F 1 と同じフォントを所持していない場合、文章 M 9と外字画像 F 1とは異なるフォン トで表示されてしまうため、違和感を伴う表示となる。 また、 Aユーザーによるメ ール作成時に、 html エディターでの編集作業における負担が大きく、 メール送信 時に複数ファイルを送信する手間がかかるため、 作業効率が若干劣る。  In this display example, the text of the mail P 4 is displayed as the text M 9 and the external character image F 1 together with the address A 3 of the html file. This sentence M9 is displayed in the font used by the personal computer 20b, while the external character image F1 is displayed in the font registered by the user A. Therefore, if user B does not have the same font as the external character image F1 embedded by user A, the sentence M9 and the external character image F1 will be displayed in different fonts, resulting in an uncomfortable display. It becomes. Also, when creating an email by the A user, the burden of editing work with the html editor is large, and it takes time and effort to send multiple files when sending an email, so the work efficiency is slightly inferior.

し力 しながら、 この実施形態による電子メールの送受信では、 Aユーザーがロー カルに保存した外字情報の登録番号を、サーバー 1 0に保存された図形ファイルへ のリンクとして埋め込むことができると共に、この登録番号以外の文章も文字コー ドにより送信できるので、 Aユーザー及び Bユーザー共に通信量を抑制してメール の送受信を実行できる。また、 Aユーザーがサーバー 1 0にアクセスできない場合 であっても、ローカルに保存した外字情報の登録番号を用いてメールを送信できる。 次に、 この htmlエディターからの電子メールの送信例と、 その受信メールの表 示例とを、第 2 6図に示したフローチャートを参照しながら説明する。第 2 6 ( a ) 図は、 Aユーザーが htmlエディターでメールを作成して Bユーザーに送信する例 を示すフローチャートであり、 第 2 6 ( b ) 図は、 このメールを表示手段 2 1 に より表示する例を示すフローチャートである。 However, in the transmission and reception of the e-mail according to this embodiment, the registration number of the external character information stored locally by the user A can be embedded as a link to the graphic file stored in the server 10. Since text other than the registration number can also be sent using character codes, both users A and B can send and receive e-mails while suppressing the amount of communication. Even if user A cannot access server 10, mail can be sent using the registration number of the external character information stored locally. Next, an example of transmitting an e-mail from the html editor and a display example of the received e-mail will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. FIG. 26 (a) is a flowchart showing an example in which the user A creates an e-mail with the html editor and sends it to the B user, and FIG. 26 (b) shows this e-mail by the display means 21. It is a flowchart which shows the example of a display.

この実施形態では、 Aユーザーが、サーバー 1 0から提供された外字情報をパソ コン 2 0 aに保存し、 このパソコン 2 0 aに保存された外字情報の登録番号を htmlエディターにより htmlファイルに嵌め込んでメール P 4を作成し、 このメー ル P 4を htmlエディターから Bユーザーに送信することを前提条件とする。なお、 htmlエディターにより htmlファイルに嵌め込まれる外字情報の登録番号は、 この 外字情報に基づく外字画像をサーバー 1 0に要求する際に、このサーバー 1 0への リンクとして使用されるものとする。  In this embodiment, the user A stores the external character information provided from the server 10 in the personal computer 20a, and inserts the registration number of the external character information stored in the personal computer 20a into the html file by the html editor. To create a mail P4, and send this mail P4 to User B from the html editor. The registration number of the external character information embedded in the html file by the html editor is used as a link to the server 10 when requesting the external character image based on the external character information to the server 10.

これを前提として、 先ず、 第 2 6 ( a ) 図に示すフローチヤ一トのステップ S 1 2 1で、 Aユーザーは、 html エディターを起動して編集画面を開き、 次のステツ プ S 1 2 2で、 この編集画面の所望の箇所に、パソコン 2 0 aに保存された外字情 報の登録番号をサーバー 1 0へのリンクとして埋め込む。次のステップ S 1 2 3で、 メーノレ P 4として作成した htmlファイルと、この htmlファイルに嵌め込んだ図形 ファイル等とからなる複数のファイルを、 html エディターを介して Bユーザーに 転送する。 これによつて、 Aユーザ一によるメール P 4の送信を終了する。  Assuming this, first, in step S121 of the flowchart shown in Fig. 26 (a), the user A starts the html editor and opens the editing screen, and the next step S122 Then, the registration number of the external character information stored in the personal computer 20a is embedded as a link to the server 10 at a desired position on the editing screen. In the next step S123, a plurality of files including the html file created as the main file P4 and the graphic file inserted into the html file are transferred to the B user via the html editor. As a result, transmission of the mail P4 by the user A ends.

このようにして Aユーザーから Bユーザーにメール P 4が送信されると、 Bユー ザ一は、 先ず、 第 2 6 ( b ) 図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 1 3 1で、 Aュ 一ザ一からメールとして転送された複数のファイルを受信する。次のステップ S 1 3 2で、 Bユーザーは、 これらの複数のファイルの中から htmlファイルを開き、 次のステップ S 1 3 3で、 Aユーザーが作成したとおりのメール P 4を再現する。 次のステップ S 1 3 4で、この再現されたメール P 4に嵌め込まれた外字情報の登 録番号をリンクとしてサーバー 1 0にアクセスし、サーバー 1 0に外字画像 F 1の 転送を要求する。最後のステップ S 1 3 5で、サーバー 1 0から転送された外字画 像 F 1を文章 M 9の中に揷入することによって、 このメール P 4の文面を、第 2 5 図に示したように表示手段 2 1 bにより表示して終了する。 When the mail P4 is sent from the user A to the user B in this way, the user B first receives the user A in step S131 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 26 (b). Receive multiple files forwarded as emails from. In the next step S1 32, B user opens the html file from among these multiple files, In the next step S133, the mail P4 created by the user A is reproduced. In the next step S134, the server 10 is accessed using the registration number of the external character information embedded in the reproduced mail P4 as a link, and requests the server 10 to transfer the external character image F1. In the last step S135, by inserting the external character image F1 transferred from the server 10 into the sentence M9, the contents of the mail P4 are changed as shown in FIG. Is displayed by the display means 2 1 b, and the processing ends.

ここで例えば、 外字画像 F 1を htmlファイルに記述する際に、 〈IMG SRO〃 (画 像ファイルのリンク) " ALT=〃 (代用文字 「辺」 ) ">のように、 外字画像 F 1を画 像形成するための画像ファイルへのリンクが、 Aユーザーにより htmlの文法に則 つて記述されていた場合、外字画像 F 1を表示するための画像ファイルを取得でき ずに外字画像 F 1の読み込みに失敗した場合であっても、その代用文字「辺」 が文 章 M 9の中に挿入されて表示手段 2 1 bにより表示される。  Here, for example, when describing the external character image F1 in the html file, the external character image F1 is written as <IMG SRO〃 (link of the image file) “ALT = 〃 (substitute character“ side ”)”> If the link to the image file for forming the image is described by the user A according to the html grammar, the image file for displaying the external character image F1 cannot be obtained and the external character image F1 is read. Even if it fails, the substitute character "edge" is inserted into the sentence M9 and displayed by the display means 21b.

この htmlエディターによる電子メールの作成及び送信では、 外字情報の登録番 号と、 この登録番号以外の文章とを文字コードにより送信できるので、メール送受 信時の通信量を、 Aユーザーと Bユーザーの双方共に抑制できる。 また、 Aユーザ 一がサーバー 1 0にアクセスできない場合であっても、パソコン 2 0 aに保存した 外字情報の登録番号を用いて外字を含むメールを作成及び送信できる。  When creating and sending an e-mail using this html editor, the registration number of the external character information and text other than this registration number can be sent using character codes. Both can be suppressed. In addition, even if the A user cannot access the server 10, a mail including an external character can be created and transmitted using the registration number of the external character information stored in the personal computer 20 a.

なお、 html エディターの代わりに、 通常のワープロソフト又はァドビ社のァク ロバッ ト (R) のような P D F (Portable Document Format) フアイノレ編集用のソ フトウエアを用い、パソコン 2 0 aのようなローカルに保存した図形ファイルを P D Fファイ^/の編集によりフォントの間に埋め込んでメールを作成した場合、 html エディターによるメール作成と同様のメール作成者への作業負担が生じる。 また、 メール送信側と受信側とで同じワープロソフト又は P D Fフアイル編集ソフトを パソコン 2 0にインストールする必要がある。 しかしながら、メールとして作成し た文書フアイル又は P D Fファイルのみを送受信すればよいので、メール送受信時 の手間を削減できる。 Instead of an html editor, use software such as ordinary word processing software or PDF (Portable Document Format) such as Adobe Acrobat (R) to edit the file. When creating a mail by embedding the saved figure file between fonts by editing the PDF file ^ /, the same burden on the mail creator as creating a mail with the html editor occurs. In addition, the same word processing software or PDF file editing software must be Must be installed on PC 20. However, since only the document file or PDF file created as e-mail needs to be transmitted / received, the trouble of transmitting / receiving e-mail can be reduced.

通常のワープロソフト又は P D Fファイル編集ソフトにより外字を含むメール を作成する場合、ローカルに保存された外字画像そのものを文章中に埋め込むので、 メール送信者はサーバー 1 0にアクセスせずに外字画像を含むメールを作成でき ると共に、このメールをメール受信者もサーバー 1 0にアクセスせずに正しく表示 して読むことができる。また、 P D Fファイル編集ソフトでメールを作成した場合、 メール作成に使用されたフォントをメール受信者が所持していなくても、このフォ ントを正確に再現できる。 従って、 ワープロソフトでは、文章と外字画像とのフォ ント相違に起因して違和感を生じ得る力 このような違和感の発生を P D Fフアイ ル編集ソフトの使用により完全に防止できる。  When creating an e-mail containing external characters using ordinary word processing software or PDF file editing software, the external character image stored locally is embedded in the text, so the mail sender does not access the server 10 and includes the external character image The mail can be created, and the mail recipient can correctly display and read the mail without accessing the server 10. Also, when an e-mail is created using PDF file editing software, even if the e-mail recipient does not have the font used to compose the e-mail, the font can be accurately reproduced. Therefore, in the word processing software, the power that may cause discomfort due to the font difference between the sentence and the external character image Such occurrence of discomfort can be completely prevented by using the PDF file editing software.

なお、本発明に係る実施形態として説明したウェブページ等に表示されるメッセ ージ及び選択釦等の表示は、特に制限されるものではなく、本実施形態で用いた表 現と同様の内容を理解し得るように表示されるものであれば、本実施形態と同じ作 用効果を有する。  The messages displayed on the web page and the like described as the embodiment according to the present invention and the display of the selection buttons and the like are not particularly limited, and may have the same contents as the expressions used in the present embodiment. If it is displayed so that it can be understood, it has the same operational effects as the present embodiment.

次に、本発明に係る文字同定支援システム、文字同定支援装置及び情報処理方法 の実施形態について説明する。  Next, embodiments of a character identification support system, a character identification support device, and an information processing method according to the present invention will be described.

[第 3の実施形態:第 1の文字同定支援システム]  [Third Embodiment: First Character Identification Support System]

第 2 7図は、本発明の実施形態としての文字同定支援システム 5 0 0の構成例を 示す概念図であり、第 2 8図は、文字同定支援装置 5 0の構成例を示すブロック図 である。  FIG. 27 is a conceptual diagram showing a configuration example of a character identification support system 500 as an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 28 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a character identification support device 50. is there.

この第 3の実施形態では、任意の文字を生成するための文字情報に基づいて文字 同定を支援する場合に、複数の文字情報を取得して文字同定を支援する第 1の文字 同定支援装置を備え、基準情報と複数の被比較情報とを比較してこの文字に近似す る被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、抽出された被比較文字を、 この文字に近似す る順に並べて、 この文字と共に情報処理装置により同一画面上に表示する。 これに よって、この文字との近似度が大きく同定される確率が高い被比較文字を優先的に 表示できると共に、 目視による文字同定を支援できるようにしたものである。 第 2 7図の文字同定支援システム 5 0 0は、複数の被比較情報と基準情報との比 較により文字同定を迅速かつ容易に完了できるようにネットワーク上で支援でき るシステムである。 この文字同定支援システム 5 0 0は、住基ネットのように、 ネ ットワークに接続された複数の情報処理装置によって、 1つの文字に対して複数の 文字情報が交換されたために、これら複数の情報処理装置を含めたシステム全体に おいて、複数の類似文字が存在するようなシステムでの目視による文字同定及び重 複文字情報の削除等に適用して好適である。 In the third embodiment, a character is generated based on character information for generating an arbitrary character. When assisting identification, a first character identification support device is provided to acquire character information and assist character identification. The first character identification support device compares reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared and approximates the character. Each of the comparison characters is extracted, and the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in an order approximating the characters, and are displayed together with the characters on the same screen by the information processing device. As a result, a character to be compared having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, and visual character identification can be supported. The character identification support system 500 in FIG. 27 is a system that can support on a network so that character identification can be completed quickly and easily by comparing a plurality of pieces of information to be compared with reference information. Since this character identification support system 500 exchanges multiple pieces of character information for one character by a plurality of information processing devices connected to the network, such as the Juki Net, It is suitable for application to visual character identification and deletion of duplicate character information in a system where a plurality of similar characters exist in the entire system including the processing device.

文字同定支援システム 5 0 0は、第 2 7図に示すように、文字同定支援装置 5 0、 複数の情報処理装置 6 0及びこれら複数の情報処理装置 6 0と文字同定支援装置 5 0とを夫々接続する通信手段 7 0で構成される。  As shown in FIG. 27, the character identification support system 500 includes a character identification support device 50, a plurality of information processing devices 60, and the plurality of information processing devices 60 and the character identification support device 50. It comprises communication means 70 connected to each other.

文字同定支援装置 5 0は、 第 2 8図に示すように、 少なくとも、 記憶手段 5 1、 制御手段 5 2及ぴ接続手段 5 3を備え、これらがバス 5 4により相互に接続された コンピュータシステムである。 この文字同定支援装置 5 0は、任意の文字を生成す るための文字情報を複数取得すると共に、この文字を生成するための文字情報に基 づいて、 情報処理装置 6 0による文字同定を通信手段 7 0上で支援する。  As shown in FIG. 28, the character identification support device 50 includes at least a storage means 51, a control means 52, and a connection means 53, and a computer system in which these are mutually connected by a bus 54. It is. The character identification support device 50 acquires a plurality of pieces of character information for generating an arbitrary character, and communicates the character identification by the information processing device 60 based on the character information for generating the character. Help on means 70.

記憶手段 5 1は、不揮発性メモリ等の電子記録媒体及び/又は HD D (Hard Disk Drive) 等の大容量磁気記録媒体からなる記憶装置であって、 任意の文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報 5 1 1と、この基準情報 5 1 1に文字同定支援装置 5 0 の内部コードを対応させた基準文字コード 5 1 2とを記憶する。 The storage means 51 is a storage device including an electronic recording medium such as a nonvolatile memory and / or a large-capacity magnetic recording medium such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive), and identifies arbitrary characters. In this case, reference information 511 as a reference for the reference and a reference character code 5 12 corresponding to the internal code of the character identification support device 50 are stored.

制御手段 5 2は、 C P U (Central Processing Unit) 5 2 1、 R AM (Random Access Memory) 5 2 2及び R OM (Read Only Memory) 5 2 3を有し、 C P U 5 2 1力 R AM 5 2 2をワークエリアとして使用しながら R OM 5 2 3に格納され た制御プログラムを実行することによって、記憶手段 5 1の入出力を制御する。 こ の制御手段 5 2は、複数の情報処理装置 6 0から被比較情報となる文字情報を複数 取得し、取得した被比較情報と基準情報 5 1 1とを比較して、基準情報に基づく文 字(基準文字) に近似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、抽出された被比較文 字を、基準文字に近似する順に並べて、基準文字と共に同一画面上に表示するため のデータを通信手段 7 0上で提供する。  The control means 52 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 5 21, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 5 2 2 and a ROM (Read Only Memory) 5 2 3, and the CPU 5 2 1 RAM 5 2 The input / output of the storage means 51 is controlled by executing the control program stored in the ROM 52 3 while using 2 as a work area. The control means 52 acquires a plurality of pieces of character information to be compared information from the plurality of information processing apparatuses 60, compares the acquired compared information with the reference information 511, and outputs a text based on the reference information. The extracted characters to be compared are similar to the characters (reference characters), and the extracted characters to be compared are arranged in the order of approximation to the reference characters. Provide on 0.

接続手段 5 3は、 I E E E 8 0 2 . 3規格準拠のイーサネット (R ) ポート (Ethernet (R> Port)のようなネットワークインターフヱイス(N I / F: Network Interface) であって、 文字同定支援装置 5 0を通信手段 7 0に接続する。  The connection means 53 is a network interface (NI / F: Network Interface) such as an Ethernet (R) port (Ethernet (R> Port)) conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard, and is a character identification support device. Connect 50 to communication means 70.

情報処理装置 6 0は、 第 2 7図に示すように、 少なくとも、表示手段 2 1、 同定 手段 2 2及び制御手段 2 3を備えたパーソナルコンピュータ (P C : Personal Computer) のような情報機器類であつて、 I T U— T勧告に基づく通信規格をサボ 一トする通信モデム又は I E E E 8 0 2 . 3規格準拠の N I C (Network Interface Card) のようなネットワークインターフェイス (N I / ¥ : Network Interface) によって、 通信手段 7 0に接続できる。  The information processing apparatus 60 is, as shown in FIG. 27, at least information equipment such as a personal computer (PC) having a display means 21, an identification means 22 and a control means 23. Communication is performed by a communication modem that supports communication standards based on the ITU-T recommendation or a network interface (NI / ¥: Network Interface) such as a NIC (Network Interface Card) compliant with the IEEE 802.3 standard. Means 70 can be connected.

この情報処理装置 6 0の表示手段 2 1は、 L C D (Liquid Crystal Display) の ような画像表示機能を有する表示装置であって、文字同定支援装置 5 0による支援 の下で、文字を生成して表示する。 同定手段 2 2は、 キーボード及ぴマウス等の入 力装置であって、 オペレータ等に操作されて文字を同定する。 また、 この情報処理 装置 6 0の制御手段 2 3は、 C P U、 RAM及び R OM示せず) を備え、 この C P Uが、 R AMをワークエリアとして使用しながら R O Mに格納された制御プロダラ ムを実行することによって、文字同定支援装置 5 0と双方向通信を行うと共に、表 示手段 2 1及び同定手段 2 2を制御する。 The display means 21 of the information processing device 60 is a display device having an image display function such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display), and generates characters under the support of the character identification support device 50. indicate. Identifying means 22 This is a force device that is operated by an operator or the like to identify characters. The control means 23 of the information processing device 60 includes a CPU, a RAM, and a ROM (not shown). The CPU executes a control program stored in the ROM while using the RAM as a work area. Thus, bidirectional communication is performed with the character identification support device 50, and the display means 21 and the identification means 22 are controlled.

通信手段 7 0は、 I E E E 8 0 2 . 3規格準拠の 1 0 B A S E— Tのようなィー サケープノレ (Ether Cable) で構築される L A N (Local Area Network) 、 光ケー プル等から構築される I p (Internet Protocol) 網、 及び I T U— T勧告による 通信規格をサポートする通信モデム等を介して接続される一般公衆電話網等から なる双方向通信可能なネットワークである。 この通信手段(以下、ネットワークと 記載) 3 0は、文字同定支援装置 5 0の接続手段 5 3及ぴ情報処理装置 6 0の N I ZFにイーサケーブル等により接続されることによって、文字同定支援装置 5 0と 情報処理装置 6 0とを双方向通信可能に接続する。  The communication means 70 includes a LAN (Local Area Network) constructed by an Ethernet cable such as 10 BASE-T conforming to the IEEE 802.3 standard, and an I-construction constructed by an optical cable and the like. This is a network capable of two-way communication including a p (Internet Protocol) network and a general public telephone network connected via a communication modem that supports a communication standard according to the ITU-T recommendation. The communication means (hereinafter, referred to as a network) 30 is connected to the character identification support device 50 by connecting means 53 and the NI ZF of the information processing device 60 by an Ethernet cable or the like. 50 and the information processing device 60 are connected so that bidirectional communication is possible.

このように構成された文字同定支援システム 5 0 0において、この第 3の実施形 態では、文字同定支援装置 5 0を基準システムとし、情報処理装置 6 0 aを比較対 象となるシステムとしたとき、文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に記憶された 基準情報 5 1 1に基づく文字(基準文字) に対する同一文字候補を情報処理装置 6 0 aから抽出して文字同定を支援する場合を想定する。  In the character identification support system 500 thus configured, in the third embodiment, the character identification support device 50 is used as a reference system, and the information processing device 60a is used as a system to be compared. When the same character candidate for the character (reference character) based on the reference information 5 11 1 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50 is extracted from the information processing device 60 a to support the character identification Is assumed.

文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、情報処理装置 6 0 aから複数の文字情 報を、 ネットワーク 3 0を介したオンライン (On Line) 又は磁気記録媒体等を介 したオフライン (Off Line) のいずれかにより取得し、 これら複数の文字情報を被 比較情報として基準情報 5 1 1と夫々比較し、基準文字に近似する被比較文字を抽 出する。 これら複数の被比較情報と基準情報 5 1 1とを夫々比較する際に、制御手段 5 2 は、基準情報 5 1 1及び被比較情報を夫々ビットマツプに転写してビットマップフ オント (Bit- map Font) を生成する。 基準情報 5 1 1又は被比較情報のような文字 情報が転写された点はオンビット (On Bit) であるから、 例えば、 この転写された 点に数値 「1」 を与え、 この転写がなかった点にオフビット (Off Bit) として数 値「0」 を与えると、第 2 9図に示すようなビットマップフォント B F 1が生成さ れる。 このビットマップフォント B F 1は、 縦方向 5 0ドット (Dot:点) 及び横 方向 5 0ドットの総計 2 5 0 0ドットで任意の文字を生成できるように、文字情報 が転写されたビットマツプの 2次元直交平面を縦方向に 5 0行、横方向に 5 0列で 構成される 2 5 0 0の格子状領域に分割したものである。 The control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 transmits a plurality of pieces of character information from the information processing device 60a online (On Line) via the network 30 or offline (Off Line) via a magnetic recording medium or the like. ), And each of these pieces of character information is compared with the reference information 511 as compared information, to extract a compared character that is close to the reference character. When each of the plurality of pieces of compared information and the reference information 511 are compared, the control means 52 transfers the reference information 511 and the compared information to a bit map, respectively, and transfers them to a bit map font. Font). Since the point where the character information such as the reference information 5 1 1 or the compared information is transferred is an On Bit, for example, a numerical value “1” is given to the transferred point, and there is no transfer. When a value “0” is given as an off bit to a point, a bitmap font BF 1 as shown in FIG. 29 is generated. The bitmap font BF1 is a bitmap font with character information transferred so that any character can be generated with a total of 50 dots in the vertical direction (Dot: dot) and 50 dots in the horizontal direction. The dimensional orthogonal plane is divided into 2500 lattice-like regions composed of 50 rows in the vertical direction and 50 columns in the horizontal direction.

このように格子状に分割されたビットマップフォント B F 1において、各行及び 各列でのオンビットを加算することによって、これら各行及び各列でのオンビット の量、 即ち、 オンビットボリューム (Volume) を数値化できる。 例えば、 第 3行 L 3のオンビットを行方向に加算した行方向加算値、即ち、 この第 3行 L 3の行方向 ボリューム値は 3 4になる。同様に、第 5行 L 5の行方向ボリューム値は 8と算出 できる。 また、 第 3列 C 3のオンビットを列方向に加算した列方向加算値、 即ち、 この第 3列 C 3の列方向ポリユーム値は 4 6であり、第 5列 C 5の列方向ポリュー ム値は 6であることを容易に算出できる。  In the bitmap font BF1 divided in a grid like this, by adding the on-bits in each row and each column, the amount of on-bits in each row and each column, that is, the on-bit volume (Volume) Can be quantified. For example, the row direction addition value obtained by adding the ON bits of the third row L3 in the row direction, that is, the row direction volume value of the third row L3 is 34. Similarly, the row direction volume value of the fifth row L5 can be calculated as 8. The column direction addition value obtained by adding the ON bits of the third column C3 in the column direction, that is, the column direction polymuth value of the third column C3 is 46, and the column direction volume of the fifth column C5 is The value is easily calculated to be 6.

このようなビットマップフォント B F 1におけるオンビットボリュームの数値 化例を第 3 0図に表として示す。第 3 0 ( a ) 図は行数と各行での行方向ポリユー ム値との対応表であり、第 3 0 ( b ) 図は列数と各列での列方向ボリューム値との 対応表である。 これらの表に基づいて、各行での行方向ボリューム値と行数との関 数曲線をグラフ化することによって、 第 3 1 ( a ) 図に示すように、 ビットマップ フォント B F 1の行方向 (横方向) におけるオンビットボリューム曲線 C 1を導出 できる。同様に、各列での列方向ボリューム値と列数との関数曲線をグラフ化する ことによって、 第 3 1 ( b ) 図に示すように、 ビットマップフォント B F 1の列方 向 (縦方向) におけるオンビットボリューム曲線 C 2を導出できる。 FIG. 30 is a table showing a numerical example of the on-bit volume in such a bitmap font BF1. Figure 30 (a) is a table showing the relationship between the number of rows and the row-direction volume value for each row, and Figure 30 (b) is a table showing the relationship between the number of columns and the column-direction volume value for each column. is there. Based on these tables, the function curve between the row-wise volume value and the number of rows in each row is graphed to obtain a bitmap as shown in Fig. 31 (a). An on-bit volume curve C 1 in the line direction (horizontal direction) of the font BF 1 can be derived. Similarly, by plotting the function curve between the column direction volume value and the number of columns in each column, as shown in Fig. 31 (b), the bitmap font BF1 in the column direction (vertical direction) The on-bit volume curve C 2 can be derived.

このようなオンビットボリューム曲線 C l, C 2を、基準情報 5 1 1と複数の被 比較情報とに関して、制御手段 5 2により夫々導出し、基準情報 5 1 1から生成さ れたビットマップフォントでの横方向におけるオンビットボリューム曲線と、被比 較情報から生成されたビットマップフォントでの横方向におけるオンビットボリ ユーム曲線との間で近似解析を行う。同様に、基準情報 5 1 1から生成されたビッ トマップフォントでの縦方向におけるオンビットボリューム曲線と、被比較情報か ら生成されたビットマップフォントでの縦方向におけるオンビットボリューム曲 線との間で近似解析を行う。 このような複数曲線間での近似解析には、一般的な表 計算用又はグラフ描画用のソフトウェアに採用されるような統計解析プログラム を応用することができる。  The control means 52 derives such on-bit volume curves C l and C 2 with respect to the reference information 5 11 and a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, respectively, and generates a bitmap font generated from the reference information 5 11 1. Approximate analysis is performed between the on-bit volume curve in the horizontal direction in the above and the on-bit volume curve in the horizontal direction in the bitmap font generated from the compared information. Similarly, the vertical on-bit volume curve of the bitmap font generated from the reference information 5 11 1 and the vertical on-bit volume curve of the bitmap font generated from the compared information are compared. Approximate analysis is performed between the two. For such an approximation analysis between a plurality of curves, a statistical analysis program employed in general spreadsheet or graph drawing software can be applied.

文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、基準情報 5 1 1と複数の被比較情報と を、上述のようなオンビットボリューム曲線に対する近似解析によって比較し、 こ の基準情報 5 1 1のオンビットボリューム曲線との間に一定の曲線近似が認めら れたオンビットボリユーム曲線を有するビットマップフォントに基づいて被比較 文字を抽出する。例えば、統計解析プログラムによる近似解析において、近似関係 が 5 0 %以上と判定されたオンビットボリューム曲線を有するビットマップフォ ントに基づく被比較文字を、基準文字に近似する同一文字候補として抽出する。そ して、複数の同一文字候補が 5 0 %以上の近似関係を有して抽出された場合、制御 手段 5 2は、 これら複数の同一文字候補を近似度が高い順、即ち、基準文字に近似 する順に並べて基準文字と共に同一画面上に表示するためのデータを、ネットヮー ク 3 0上で情報処理装置 6 0 aに提供する。 The control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 compares the reference information 511 with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared by approximation analysis on the on-bit volume curve as described above. The character to be compared is extracted based on a bitmap font having an on-bit volume curve in which a certain curve approximation is recognized between the on-bit volume curve and the on-bit volume curve. For example, in an approximation analysis by a statistical analysis program, a comparison target character based on a bitmap font having an on-bit volume curve determined to have an approximation relation of 50% or more is extracted as the same character candidate approximating the reference character. When a plurality of identical character candidates are extracted with an approximation relationship of 50% or more, the control means 52 sorts the plurality of identical character candidates in descending order of the degree of approximation, that is, as a reference character. Approximation The data to be displayed on the same screen together with the reference characters in the order in which the information is to be displayed is provided to the information processing apparatus 60a on the network 30.

このとき制御手段 5 2は、 ビットマップに転写された基準情報 5 1 1と、 ビット マップに転写された被比較情報との減算値が 「1」 又は 「一 1」 となる点に対応す る部分を被比較文字において変色表示するためのデータも情報処理装置 6 0 aに 提供する。  At this time, the control means 52 corresponds to the point where the subtraction value between the reference information 5 11 1 transferred to the bit map and the compared information transferred to the bit map becomes “1” or “1 1”. Data for discoloring the portion in the compared character is also provided to the information processing device 60a.

基準情報から生成されたビットマップフォントと被比較情報から生成されたビ ットマップフォントにおいて、文字情報の転写があった部分はオンビットとして 1 が与えられるため、例えば、基準文字のビットマップフォントから被比較文字のビ ットマップフォントを減算した場合、 この減算値が 0となる点は、基準文字と被比 較文字とがー致する部分である。 一方、 この減算値が 「1」 又は 「ー1」 となる点 は、 基準文字と被比較文字とが相違する部分である。  In the bitmap font generated from the reference information and the bitmap font generated from the compared information, the part where the character information has been transferred is given 1 as an on-bit. When the bitmap font of the compared character is subtracted from, the point where this subtraction value is 0 is the part where the reference character and the compared character match. On the other hand, the point where the subtraction value is “1” or “−1” is a part where the reference character and the compared character are different.

従って、 この減算値が 「1」 又は 「_ 1」 となる点に対応する部分を被比較文字 で変色表示することによって、この被比較文字における基準文字との相違部分を即 座に視認し得るように表示できる。 このため、 目視による文字同定を支援できるの で、 文字同定をより迅速に完了できる。  Therefore, the portion corresponding to the point where the subtraction value is “1” or “_1” is discolored and displayed with the compared character, so that the portion of the compared character different from the reference character can be immediately visually recognized. Can be displayed as follows. Therefore, visual character identification can be supported, and character identification can be completed more quickly.

このように情報処理装置 6 0 aは、文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2により 抽出された被比較文字を基準文字に近似する順に並べて基準文字と共に同一画面 上に表示手段 2 1 aにより表示する。このとき被比較文字において基準文字との相 違部分が、 例えば、 黒色文字に赤色の相違部分のように、 変色表示される。  As described above, the information processing device 60a arranges the compared characters extracted by the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 in the order of approximation to the reference character, and arranges the reference characters together with the reference character on the same screen by the display means 21a. indicate. At this time, the portion of the compared character that is different from the reference character is displayed in a discolored manner, for example, as a black character with a red difference.

このため情報処理装置 6 0 aのオペレータは、基準文字との近似度が大きく同定 される確率が高い被比較文字、即ち、同一文字候補を優先的に表示する判定者用画 面において、基準文字と同一文字候補とを比較できるので、 目視による文字同定を 迅速かつ容易に完了できる。 For this reason, the operator of the information processing apparatus 60a outputs the reference character on the screen for the character to be compared, which has a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to the reference character, that is, the screen for the judge who preferentially displays the same character candidate. Can be compared with the same character candidate. Can be completed quickly and easily.

この情報処理装置 60 aによる第 1の判定者用画面 D 1の表示例を第 32図に 示す。 この判定者用画面 D1は、基準システム、 即ち、文字同定支援装置 50の基 準文字に関する情報の表示領域を示すための表題 「基準システムの文字」 TSと、 対象となるシステム、即ち、情報処理装置 60 aにおける被比較文字に関する情報 の表示領域を示すための表題「対象となるシステムの同一文字候補」 TCとを、表 示領域の端部に容易に視認できるように表示する。また、この判定者用画面 D 1は、 「同定済文字の表示」 釦 B 1と 「全ての候補表示」 釦 B 2とを、 表題 TS, TCと が配置されていない他の端部に表示する。  FIG. 32 shows a display example of the first screen D1 for the discriminator by the information processing device 60a. The screen D1 for the judge includes a reference system, that is, a title “character of the reference system” TS for indicating a display area of information on the reference character of the character identification support device 50, and a target system, that is, information processing. The title “Same character candidate of target system” TC for indicating the display area of the information on the compared character in the device 60a is displayed at the end of the display area so as to be easily visually recognized. In addition, the screen D 1 for the judge displays the “display of identified characters” button B 1 and the “display of all candidates” button B 2 on the other end where the titles TS and TC are not arranged. I do.

表題 TSに属する表示領域には、基準文字コード 512により基準文字に対応さ れた文字コード番号 C Sと、基準文字の画像 I S 1と、他の基準文字を表示するた めの 「前」 釦 B 3及び「次」 釦 B4と、 同一文字候捕を同定するための 「同定チェ ック」 釦 B 5とが表示される。  In the display area belonging to the title TS, a character code number CS corresponding to the reference character by the reference character code 512, an image IS1 of the reference character, and a “Previous” button B for displaying other reference characters 3 and a “next” button B4 and an “identify check” button B5 for identifying the same character and character are displayed.

一方、 表題 TCに属する表示領域には、 複数の被比較文字 (同一文字候補) に情 報処理装置 60 aの内部コードとして付番された文字コード番号 CCと、これら複 数の同一文字侯補の画像 I C 1, I C 2, I C 3, I C4と、 これら複数の同一文 字候補 I C 1, I C2, I C3, I C4と基準文字 I S 1との近似度を百分率で示 した適合率 Pと、 これら複数の同一文字候補 I C 1, I C 2, I C3, I C4の中 から同定する文字を選択するためのチヱックボックス CHとが表示される。  On the other hand, the display area belonging to the title TC includes a character code number CC assigned to a plurality of to-be-compared characters (same character candidates) as an internal code of the information processing device 60a, and a plurality of the same character candidates. Of the same character candidates IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 and the reference character IS1 as a percentage P And a check box CH for selecting a character to be identified from the plurality of identical character candidates IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4.

この判定者用画面 D 1では、最大適合率を有する同一文字候補 I C 1が基準文字 I S 1の隣に表示されるように、 適合率 85%の同一文字候補 I C l、 適合率 7 0 %の同一文字候補 I C 2、適合率 60 %の同一文字候捕 I C 3、適合率 55 %の 同一文字候補 I C 4の順に並べて基準文字 I S 1の隣に表示される。 ここで情報処理装置 60 aのオペレータが、同一文字候捕 I C 1を基準文字 I S 1と同一文字であると判断した場合、この同一文字候補 I C 1のチェックボックス CH1に同定手段 22 aによりチェックをする。同様に、 このオペレータが他の適 合率の低い同一文字侯捕 I C2, I C 3, I C4と基準文字 I S 1との相違を軽微 で容認可能と判断した場合、 これら複数の同一文字候補 I C2, I C3, I C4に 対応するチェックボックス CHにチェックをする。 In the screen D1 for the judge, the same character candidate IC1 having the highest matching rate is displayed next to the reference character IS1 so that the same character candidate IC1 having the matching rate of 85% and the matching rate of 70% are displayed. The same character candidate IC 2 is displayed next to the reference character IS 1 in the order of the same character candidate IC 3 with a precision of 60% and the same character candidate IC 4 with a precision of 55%. Here, if the operator of the information processing device 60a determines that the same character candidate IC1 is the same character as the reference character IS1, the check box CH1 of the same character candidate IC1 is checked by the identification means 22a. I do. Similarly, if the operator determines that the difference between the other characters I C2, IC 3 and I C4 with a low matching rate and the reference character IS 1 is minor and acceptable, these multiple identical character candidates I Check the check box CH corresponding to C2, I C3, I C4.

このオペレータが、最大適合率の同一文字候補 I C 1のみを基準文字 I S 1との 同一文字であると判断した場合、第 32図に示したように、 この同一文字候補 I C 1のチェックボックス CH 1をチェックすることによって、このチェックボックス CH 1にチェックマークを記載し、 「同定チェック」釦 B 5を選択するようにタリ ックする。 これによつて、情報処理装置 60 aによる文字同定があったことが、 こ の情報処理装置 60 aから文字同定支援装置 50に送信され、同定された文字 I C 1の文字コード番号 CC 1として 「0523」 力 基準文字の基準システムにおけ る文字コード番号 C Sである 「0001」 と関連付けて記憶手段 51により記憶さ れる。  If the operator determines that only the same character candidate IC 1 having the highest matching rate is the same character as the reference character IS 1, as shown in FIG. 32, the same character candidate IC 1 has the check box CH 1. By checking, a check mark is written in the check box CH1 and the user clicks the "identification check" button B5 to select it. As a result, the fact that the character is identified by the information processing device 60a is transmitted from the information processing device 60a to the character identification support device 50, and the character code number CC1 of the identified character IC1 is set to " 0523 ”is stored in the storage unit 51 in association with the character code number CS“ 0001 ”in the reference system of the reference character.

これにより文字同定支援装置 50の制御手段 52は、ここで文字同定された同一 文字候補 I C 1を、 他の基準文字、 即ち、 「0001」 以外の文字コ一ド番号に対 応させた基準文字に関する文字同定の際には、被比較文字としないように制御する。 判定者用画面 D 1に表示された同一文字候補の中に同一文字がない場合、ォペレ ータは「同定済文字の表示」釦 B 1を選択し、制御手段 52により同一文字候補か ら除外された同定済文字の中での同一文字の有無を確認したり、「全ての候補表示」 釦 B 2を選択し、適合率が 50%未満と算出されたために表示されなかった候補の 中での同一文字の有無を確認したりできる。 基準文字 I S 1と同一の文字を情報処理装置 6 0 a内の文字情報の中で検索し て文字同定を完了した後、 「前」 釦 B 3又は 「次」 釦 B 4をクリックすることによ つて、他の文字コード番号に対応させた基準文字に関する文字同定を実行する。 こ れによって、基準文字コード 5 1 2に対応させた複数の基準文字に基づいて、文字 同定を連続して実行できるので、情報処理装置 6 0 aに多数の被比較文字が存在す る場合であっても、 文字同定を短時間で完了できる。 Thereby, the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 sets the same character candidate IC 1 identified here to another reference character, that is, a reference character corresponding to a character code number other than “0001”. At the time of character identification, control is performed so as not to be a compared character. If there is no identical character in the identical character candidates displayed on the screen D 1 for the judge, the operator selects the “display identified character” button B 1 and excludes the same character candidate by the control means 52. Check the presence or absence of the same character among the identified characters identified, select the `` Display all candidates '' button B2, and select among the candidates that were not displayed because the precision was calculated to be less than 50%. Or the presence of the same character. After searching for the same character as the reference character IS1 in the character information in the information processing device 60a to complete character identification, click the "Previous" button B3 or the "Next" button B4. Thus, character identification is performed for the reference character corresponding to another character code number. As a result, character identification can be continuously performed based on a plurality of reference characters corresponding to the reference character codes 5 12, so that there are a large number of characters to be compared in the information processing device 60 a. Even if there is, character identification can be completed in a short time.

上述した文字同定を複数の情報処理装置 6 0に対して実行することによって、文 字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、第 3 3図に示すように、 これら複数の情報 処理装置 6 0が個別に有する独自の文字コードと基準文字コード 5 1 2との文字 コード変換表 Tを作成できると共に、この文字コード変換表 Tを記憶手段 5 1に保 存できる。 この文字コード変換表 Tにおいて、文字コード Aは情報処理装置 6 0 a で採用された文字コードであり、文字コード Bは情報処理装置 6 0 bで採用された 文字コードであり、文字コード Cは図示しなレ、情報処理装置 6 0で採用された文字 コードである。  By performing the above-described character identification on the plurality of information processing devices 60, the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50, as shown in FIG. It is possible to create a character code conversion table T between a unique character code that 0 individually has and a reference character code 512, and this character code conversion table T can be stored in the storage means 51. In this character code conversion table T, character code A is a character code adopted in information processing device 60a, character code B is a character code adopted in information processing device 60b, and character code C is This is a character code adopted in the information processing apparatus 60, not shown.

この文字コード変換表 Tによって、基準文字コード 5 1 2によりコード番号「0 0 0 1」 T 1 1に対応させた文字が、情報処理装置 6 0 aでは文字コード Aにより コード番号「0 5 2 3」 T 1 2を付番され、情報処理装置 6 0 bでは文字コー KB によりコード番号「3 8 2 9」 T 1 3を付番され、他の情報処理装置 6 0では文字 コード Cによりコード番号「1 5 4 6」T 1 4を付番されていることを把握できる。 従って、 これら複数の情報処理装置 6 0において、同一文字に対して異なるコー ド番号を付番されて重複した文字情報を基準情報 5 1 1で置換することにより削 除できるので、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報(基準情報) 1 1 1を対応させて基準 文字コード 5 1 2によって管理できるようになる。 上述した情報処理装置 6 0 aでの文字同定において、例えば、基準文字コード番 号「0 0 0 2」 T 2 1に対応する文字が同定されなかった場合、 この文字は情報処 理装置 6 0 aでほ欠けた文字、 即ち、欠字となるので、 第 3 3 ( a ) 図に示すよう に、 文字コード変換表 Tで対応する欄 T 2 2には文字コード番号が存在しない。 このように情報処理装置 6 0 aによる文字同定がなかったために欠字となった 場合、文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、情報処理装置 6 0 aの文字コード Aで未使用のコード番号を検索し、例えば、文字コード Aで 5 5 5 5番が未使用で あった場合、 この未使用番号 「5 5 5 5」 を欠字に対応させる。 According to the character code conversion table T, the character corresponding to the code number “0 0 0 1” T 11 by the reference character code 5 1 2 is converted to the code number “0 5 2” by the character code A in the information processing device 60 a. 3 '' T12, code number “3 8 2 9” T13 by character code KB on information processing device 60b, code by character code C on other information processing device 60 It can be understood that the number "1 5 4 6" T14 is assigned. Therefore, in the plurality of information processing apparatuses 60, the same character is assigned a different code number and can be deleted by replacing the duplicated character information with the reference information 511. One character information (reference information) 1 1 1 can be associated and managed by the reference character code 5 1 2. In the above-described character identification in the information processing device 60a, for example, when the character corresponding to the reference character code number “0 0 2” T 21 is not identified, this character is referred to as the information processing device 60 Since the character is a missing character in a, that is, a missing character, there is no character code number in the corresponding column T22 in the character code conversion table T as shown in FIG. 33 (a). As described above, when a character is missing due to the lack of character identification by the information processing device 60a, the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 sets an unused character code A for the information processing device 60a. The code number is searched, and, for example, when the character code A is not used, the unused number “5.555” is made to correspond to the missing character.

同様に、情報処理装置 6 0 bでの文字同定において、基準文字コード「 0 0 0 3」 T 3 1に対応する文字が同定されなかった場合、この文字は情報処理装置 6 0 bで の欠字となるので、文字コード変換表 Tの対応する欄 T 3 3には文字コードが存在 しない。 よって、制御手段 5 2は、情報処理装置 6 0 bの文字コード Bで未使用の コード番号を検索し、 例えば、 文字コード Bで 4 9 4 8番が未使用であった場合、 この未使用番号 「4 9 4 8」 を欠字に対応させる。  Similarly, when the character corresponding to the reference character code “00003” T31 is not identified in the character identification in the information processing device 60b, this character is deleted from the information processing device 60b. Therefore, there is no character code in the corresponding column T33 of the character code conversion table T. Therefore, the control means 52 searches for an unused code number in the character code B of the information processing device 60b. The number "4 9 4 8" corresponds to the missing character.

これにより文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、基準文字コード 5 1 2と関 連付けたコード番号を生成すると共に、このコード番号及び基準情報 5 1 1を情報 処理装置 6 0に提供する。 また、制御手段 5 2は、新たに生成されたコード番号に よって、 第 3 3 ( b ) 図に示すように、 文字コード変換表 Tを更新する。  As a result, the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 generates a code number associated with the reference character code 512, and provides the code number and the reference information 511 to the information processing device 60. I do. Further, the control means 52 updates the character code conversion table T with the newly generated code number as shown in FIG. 33 (b).

この更新された文字コード変換表 Tでは、 文字コード Aでの欠字にコード番号 「5 5 5 5」 T 2 2 bが付番されると共に、 このコード番号 T 2 2 bが基準文字コ ード 5 1 2によるコード番号「0 0 0 2」 T 2 1 bと関連付けて保存される。 同様 に、文字コード Bでの欠字にコード番号「4 9 4 8」T 3 3 bが付番されると共に、 このコード番号 T 3 3 bが基準文字コード 5 1 2によるコード番号「0 0 0 3」 T 3 1 bと関連付けて保存される。 In this updated character code conversion table T, the missing characters in character code A are assigned the code number “5 5 5 5” T22b, and this code number T22b is used as the reference character code. Code number “0 0 0 2” by code 5 1 2 Stored in association with T 2 1b. Similarly, the code number "4 9 4 8" T33b is added to the missing character in the character code B, and the code number T33b is set to the code number "0 0" based on the reference character code 512. 0 3 "T Stored in association with 3 1 b.

従って、複数の情報処理装置 6 0で欠字が発生した場合であっても、 この文字同 定支援システム 5 0 0内で同一文字を見出すことができるので、情報処理装置 6 0 は個別に文字情報を生成して欠字を補う必要がなくなる。 このため、基準文字コー ド 5 1 2により管理された基準情報 5 1 1を、複数の情報処理装置 6 0でシステム 構成に依存することなく共通使用 (利用) できる。 よって、 この文字同定支援シス テム 5 0 0において、文字情報及び文字コードを記憶するための記憶容量を節減で さる。  Therefore, even if a missing character occurs in a plurality of information processing devices 60, the same character can be found in the character identification support system 500. There is no need to generate information to compensate for missing characters. Therefore, the reference information 511 managed by the reference character code 512 can be shared (used) by a plurality of information processing apparatuses 60 without depending on the system configuration. Therefore, in this character identification support system 500, the storage capacity for storing character information and character codes can be reduced.

なお、上述した文字コード変換表 Tは、文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に 保存されるだけではなく、文字同定支援システム 5 0 0に含まれる任意の情報処理 装置 6 0に保存されても良い。 また、 この文字コード変換表 Tを磁気記録媒体等に 書き込むことによって、この文字コード変換表 Tを文字同定支援システム 5 0 0の 外部に保存することもできる。 この文字コード変換表 Tを保存する際に、 この文字 コ一ド変換表 Tへのアクセスに対して電子的認証要求及び時間制限等を設定する ことによって、 この文字コード変換表 Tへのアクセスを、特定の利用者、 アクセス ルート及び/又は時間等に制限するように運用できる。  The above-described character code conversion table T is not only stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50, but also stored in any information processing device 60 included in the character identification support system 500. May be. Further, by writing the character code conversion table T on a magnetic recording medium or the like, the character code conversion table T can be stored outside the character identification support system 500. When saving this character code conversion table T, access to this character code conversion table T is set by setting an electronic authentication request and time limit for access to this character code conversion table T. It can be operated to limit to specific users, access routes and / or time.

次に、 この第 1の文字同定支援システム 5 0 0の動作例を、本発明に係る第 1の 情報処理方法の実施形態として、第 3 4図及び第 3 5図に示すフローチャートを参 照しながら説明する。第 3 4図は、 この第 1の文字同定支援システム 5 0 0による 第 1の文字同定支援例を示すフローチャートであり、第 3 5図は、文字同定支援装 置 5 0による被比較文字の抽出例を示すフローチャートである。  Next, an operation example of the first character identification support system 500 as an embodiment of the first information processing method according to the present invention will be described with reference to flowcharts shown in FIGS. 34 and 35. I will explain it. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of a first character identification support by the first character identification support system 500. FIG. 35 is a flowchart of extracting a compared character by the character identification support device 50. It is a flowchart which shows an example.

この第 3の実施形態では、上述した文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に記憶 された基準情報 5 1 1に基づいて、第 3 2図に示したように、基準文字 I S 1に対 する同一文字候補 I C 1 , I C 2 , I C 3 , I C 4を情報処理装置 6 0 aから抽出 すると共に、 抽出された同一文字候補 I C I , I C 2 , I C 3 , I C 4を基準文字. I S 1に近似する順に並べて基準文字 I S 1と共に判定者用画面 D 1上に表示す ることを前提条件とする。 In the third embodiment, based on the reference information 511 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50 described above, as shown in FIG. The same character candidates IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 to be extracted are extracted from the information processing device 60a, and the extracted identical character candidates ICI, IC2, IC3, and IC4 are used as reference characters. It is assumed that they are displayed on the screen D1 for judgers together with the reference character IS1 in the order of approximation.

これを前提として、先ず、第 3 4図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 1 0 1で、 任意の文字を生成するための文字情報を複数取得する。これら複数の文字情報の中 で、 この文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報は、文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶 手段 5 1に記憶された基準情報 5 1 1であり、この基準情報 5 1 1と比較される文 字情報は、 情報処理装置 6 0 aから取得された被比較情報である。  Assuming this, first, in step S101 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 34, a plurality of pieces of character information for generating an arbitrary character are obtained. Among the plurality of pieces of character information, character information serving as a reference for identifying this character is reference information 5 11 1 stored in the storage unit 51 of the character identification support device 50. The character information to be compared with 11 is the compared information acquired from the information processing device 60a.

次のステップ S 1 0 2で、文字同定支援装置 5 0により被比較文字を抽出するた めに、第 3 5図に示すサブルーチンをコールする。 この第 3 5図に示したフローチ ヤートのステップ S 2 1で、基本情報 1 1 1及び被比較情報をビットマップに転写 して基準文字 Γ S 1のビットマップフォントと被比較情報の転写により生成され たビットマップフォントとを夫々生成し、ステップ S 2 2で、 これらのビットマツ プフォントにおいて、第 3 0図に示したように、オンビットの列方向加算値及び行 方向加算値を夫々算出する。  In the next step S102, a subroutine shown in FIG. 35 is called in order to extract a compared character by the character identification support device 50. In step S21 of the flowchart shown in Fig. 35, the basic information 1 11 and the compared information are transcribed into a bitmap and are generated by transferring the bitmap font of the reference character S1 and the compared information. The generated bitmap fonts are generated, and in step S22, the column-wise addition value and the row-direction addition value of the on-bits are calculated for these bitmap fonts as shown in FIG.

次に、 ステップ S 2 3で、 列方向加算値と列数との関数曲線、 即ち、 列方向での オンビットボリューム曲線と、行方向加算値と行数との関数曲線、即ち、行方向で のオンビットボリユーム曲線とを導出し、ステップ S 2 4で、基準文字 I S 1のビ ットマップフォントから導出されたオンビットボリューム曲線と、被比較情報が転 写されたビットマップフォントから導出されたオンビットボリューム曲線との近 似関係を統計解析する。  Next, in step S23, a function curve of the column direction addition value and the number of columns, that is, an on-bit volume curve in the column direction, and a function curve of the row direction addition value and the number of rows, that is, a function curve of the row direction In step S24, the on-bit volume curve derived from the bitmap font of the reference character IS1 and the on-bit volume curve derived from the bitmap font to which the compared information is transferred are derived in step S24. Statistical analysis of the approximation relationship with the on-bit volume curve.

この統計角军析の結果、 ステップ S 2 5で、近似関係が規定値、例えば 5 0 %以上 であった場合 (Y e s ) 、 ステップ S 2 6 aに進み、 この被比較情報に基づく文字 を被比較文字、 即ち、 同定候捕として選定してステップ S 2 7に進む。 一方、 近似 関係が規定値未満、 即ち、 5 0 %未満であった場合 (N o ) 、 ステップ S 2 6 に 進み、この被比較情報に基づく文字を同定候補外として除外してステップ S 2 7に 進む α As a result of this statistical angle analysis, in step S25, the approximation relationship is a specified value, for example, 50% or more. If (Yes), the process proceeds to step S26a, and the character based on the compared information is selected as the compared character, that is, the identification target, and the process proceeds to step S27. On the other hand, if the approximation relationship is less than the specified value, that is, less than 50% (No), the process proceeds to step S26, and the character based on the compared information is excluded as an identification candidate, and the process proceeds to step S27. Proceed to α

ステップ S 2 7で、 他の被比較情報がある場合 (Y e s ) 、 ステップ S 2 8に進 み、次の被比較情報をビットマップに転写してビットマップフォントを生成してか らステップ S 2 2に戻る。 このようにして、複数の被比較情報の全てが、 同定候補 として選定される力 又は、 同定候捕外として除外されるまで、 ステップ S 2 2乃 至ステップ S 2 8のループを繰り返す。 そして、 ステップ S 2 7で、他の被比較情 報がなくなった場合 (N o ) 、 メインルーチンのステップ S 1 0 2に戻る。  In step S27, if there is other compared information (Yes), the process proceeds to step S28, in which the next compared information is transferred to a bitmap to generate a bitmap font, and then step S28 is performed. 2 Return to 2. In this way, the loop from step S22 to step S28 is repeated until all of the plurality of pieces of information to be compared are excluded as the force selected as an identification candidate or excluded as an identification candidate. Then, if there is no other information to be compared in step S27 (No), the process returns to step S102 of the main routine.

このメイン —チンのステップ S 1 0 2で、上述したサブル一チンで選定された 同定候補を被比較文字として抽出し、次のステップ S 1 0 3で、抽出された被比較 文字を同一文字候補 I C 1, I C 2 , I C 3 , I C 4として、 基準文字 I S 1に近 似する順に並べて、 第 3 2図に示したように、 判定者用画面 D 1に表示する。 このように、この第 3の実施形態としての文字同定支援システムによる情報処理 例によれば、基準文字 I S 1に近似する順に同一文字侯捕 I C l、 I C 2 , I C 3 , I C 4を並べて表示できるので、情報処理装置 6 0 aでの目視による文字同定を支 援できる。 また、 同一文字候補の抽出は、文字情報をビットマップに転写したビッ トマップフォントの行及び列上におけるオンビット Zオフビットのボリユーム分 布に基づいているので、フォントが相違するためにオンビットの配置が相違する場 合であっても、オンビットが完全一致する同一フォントでの同一文字と同様に、相 違するフォントでの同一文字候補を抽出できる。従って、 システム的(機械的及び 物理的) には類似文字となってしまうものの、人間の視覚的には同一文字である同 一文字候補を効率的に抽出できるため、類似文字を生成するための文字情報の削除 による類似文字の整理を支援できる。 In step S102 of this main routine, the identification candidate selected in the above subroutine is extracted as a character to be compared, and in the next step S103, the extracted character to be compared is extracted as the same character candidate. As IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4, they are arranged in the order similar to the reference character IS1, and displayed on the screen D1 for the judge, as shown in FIG. As described above, according to the information processing example by the character identification support system as the third embodiment, the same character map IC1, IC2, IC3, and IC4 are displayed side by side in the order of approximation to the reference character IS1. Therefore, it is possible to support visual character identification in the information processing device 60a. The extraction of the same character candidate is based on the volume distribution of on-bits and off-bits on the rows and columns of a bitmap font in which character information is transferred to a bitmap. Even if the positions of the characters differ, it is possible to extract the same character candidate in a different font as in the same font in the same font in which the on-bits completely match. Therefore, systematic (mechanical and (Physical), it can be a similar character, but the same character candidate that is visually the same for humans can be efficiently extracted. Therefore, similar characters are deleted by deleting character information to generate similar characters. Can help.

よって、住基ネットのように、類似文字を整理できないために外字をコード化さ れた電子データとして処理できないようなシステムにおいて、複数の自治体で個別 に作成された外字を生成するための外字情報と基準情報とを比較して類似外字を 整理できる。 このため、外字情報を含む文字情報及び文字コードを記憶するための 記憶容量も節減できる。  Therefore, in systems such as the Juki Net, where external characters cannot be processed as coded electronic data because similar characters cannot be organized, external character information for generating external characters created individually by multiple local governments And the reference information can be used to sort similar external characters. Therefore, the storage capacity for storing character information including external character information and character codes can be reduced.

なお、本実施形態において、文字情報のビットマップへの転写に際して、 この転 写後のドット数、即ち、 ビットマップフォント B F 1の分割領域は 2 5 0 0とした 力 このドット数は、特に制限されるものではなく、任意の規定値を予め設定する ことによって、 本実施形態と同じ作用効果が得られる。  In the present embodiment, when transferring character information to a bitmap, the number of dots after the transfer, that is, the divided area of the bitmap font BF1 is assumed to be 250. However, by setting an arbitrary prescribed value in advance, the same operation and effect as in the present embodiment can be obtained.

また、本実施形態では、文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に記憶された基準 情報 5 1 1に基づいて基準文字 I S 1を設定したが、例えば、情報処理装置 6 0 b が有する文字情報を基準情報として取得することによって、情報処理装置 6 0 aが 有する文字情報と文字同定支援装置 5 0により相互比較することもできる。このと き, 比較対象となる情報処理装置 (システム) の数にも、 特に制限はなく、 情報処 理装置 6 0 a以外の複数の情報処理装置 6 0から文字情報を取得して被比較情報 としても良い。  In the present embodiment, the reference character IS1 is set based on the reference information 511 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50. By obtaining the information as reference information, the character information of the information processing device 60a and the character identification support device 50 can be compared with each other. At this time, there is no particular limitation on the number of information processing devices (systems) to be compared. Character information is obtained from a plurality of information processing devices 60 other than the information processing device 60a, and the compared information is obtained. It is good.

更にまた、本実施形態では、複数のオンビットボリューム曲線の間における近似 関係の有無を判断するための閾値を 5 0 %として説明したが、 この閾値は、同一文 字候補を抽出する際の精度を鑑みて決定される。 よって、 より高精度で近似関係を 有する同一文字候補を所望する場合には、 閾値を 8 0 %等のように変更できる。 [第 4の実施形態:第 2の文字同定支援 > Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the threshold for judging the presence or absence of the approximate relationship between the plurality of on-bit volume curves has been described as 50%. However, this threshold is set to the accuracy in extracting the same character candidate. Is determined in view of the following. Therefore, when the same character candidate having an approximate relationship with higher precision is desired, the threshold value can be changed to 80% or the like. [Fourth embodiment: second character identification support>

この第 4の実施形態では、任意の文字を生成するための文字情報に基づレ、て文字 同定を支援する場合に、複数の文字情報を取得して文字同定を支援する第 2の文字 同定支援装置を備え、基準情報と複数の被比較情報とを比較して基準文字に類似す る被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、この被比較文字及び基準文字の特徴を強調す る処理を実行し、特徴強調処理された被比較文字及び基準文字を同一画面上に表示 する。 これによつて、 この基準文字と複数の被比較文字における類似点を明瞭に視 認し得るように表示できると共に、目視による文字同定を支援できるようにしたも のである。  In the fourth embodiment, when character identification is supported based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a second character identification that supports character identification by acquiring a plurality of pieces of character information A support device is provided, which compares the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracts each of the compared characters similar to the reference character, and executes processing for emphasizing the characteristics of the compared character and the reference character. Then, the compared character and the reference character subjected to the feature emphasis processing are displayed on the same screen. As a result, similarities between the reference character and a plurality of compared characters can be displayed so that they can be clearly seen, and visual character identification can be supported.

この第 4の実施形態では、上述した第 3の実施形態と同様に構成された文字同定 支援システム 5 0 0において、複数の情報処理装置 6 0による複数のシステムから 文字情報を取得すると共に、これら複数の情報処理装置 6 0の中の情報処理装置 6 0 a (Aシステム) から取得された文字情報を基準情報 5 1 1として文字同定支援 装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に記憶し、この基準情報 5 1 1と他の B乃至 Hシステムか ら取得した文字情報とを上述した第 1の文字同定支援例と同様の方法により比較 して、 この基準情報 5 1 1に基づく文字(基準文字) に類似する文字を被比較文字 として抽出した後、 これらの基準文字及び被比較文字の特徴を強調するために、 こ れらの文字のハネ及ぴゥロコを除去できる画像処理フィルタを使用する場合を想 定する。 ここで文字のゥロコとは、文字画像の周縁部及び表面に認められる鱗状の 凹凸を意味する。  In the fourth embodiment, a character identification support system 500 configured in the same manner as the third embodiment described above acquires character information from a plurality of systems using a plurality of information processing devices 60, and The character information obtained from the information processing device 60a (A system) among the plurality of information processing devices 60 is stored as reference information 5 11 1 in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50, and this reference The information 511 is compared with the character information obtained from the other B to H systems by the same method as in the first example of the character identification support described above, and a character (reference character) based on this reference information 511 is compared. After extracting a character similar to the character as the compared character, the case where an image processing filter that can remove the splash and locomotive of these characters is used to emphasize the characteristics of the reference character and the compared character. Suppose. Here, the “period” of the character means scale-like irregularities observed on the periphery and the surface of the character image.

文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、基本情報 1 1 1と複数の被比較情報と を、 上述した第 1の文字同定支援例と同様の方法を用いて比較することによって、 第 3 6 ( a ) 図に示すように、基準文字 I S 1 1に類似する複数の被比較文字 I C 1 1, I C 12, I C 13, I C 14, I C 15, I C 16, I C 17を抽出する。 そして、 これらの文字画像にフィルタをかけることによって、特徴強調処理の前半 工程としてボカシ (輪郭不鮮明化) 加工を施す。 The control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 compares the basic information 111 with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared by using the same method as in the above-described first character identification support example. 6 (a) As shown in the figure, multiple compared characters IC similar to the reference character IS 11 1 Extract 1, IC 12, IC 13, IC 14, IC 15, IC 16, IC 17. Then, by applying a filter to these character images, a blurring (contour blurring) process is performed as the first half of the feature enhancement process.

これらのボカシ加工を施された文字画像形画像) では、 第 36 (b) 図に示すよ うに、 ボカシ加工を施す前の文字画像 I S 1 1 , I C 11, I C 12, I C 13, I C 14, I C 15, I C 16, I C 17にあったハネ及びゥロコ等の微細な特徴 が除去されるので、 これらの文字画像に共通する特徴を強調できる。  As shown in Fig. 36 (b), the character image before shading is applied to the character image IS11, IC11, IC12, IC13, IC14, as shown in Fig. 36 (b). Since the fine features such as the splash and the scotch existing in IC15, IC16 and IC17 are removed, the features common to these character images can be emphasized.

次に、 これらのボカシ加工を施された文字画像に、特徴強調処理の後半工程とし てシャープネス (輪郭鮮明化) 加工を施す。 これによつて、 第 36 (c) 図に示す ように、文字画像の微細な特徴がボカシ加工により除去された図形画像のパターン を容易に認識できるように画像処理できるので、画像処理後の基準文字 I S 1 1 a と被比較文字 I C l l a, I C 12 a, I C 13 a , I C 14 a, I C 15 a, I C 16 a, I CI 7 aとの間での相違点及ぴ類似点を容易に視認し得るように表示 できる。 従って、 目視による文字同定を支援できるようになる。  Next, a sharpness (contour sharpening) process is applied to these blurred character images as the latter half of the feature enhancement process. As a result, as shown in Fig. 36 (c), image processing can be performed so that the pattern of the graphic image from which the fine features of the character image have been removed by the blur processing can be easily recognized. Easily identify differences and similarities between the character IS11a and the compared characters IClla, IC12a, IC13a, IC14a, IC15a, IC16a, and ICI7a. It can be displayed so that it can be visually recognized. Thus, visual character identification can be supported.

このように、基準文字 I S 11に類似する被比較文字 I C 11〜 I C 17を夫々 抽出すると共に、これら複数の被比較文字 I C 11〜 I C 17及び基準文字 I S 1 1の特徴を強調する処理を、 文字同定支援装置 50の制御手段 52により実行し、 第 37図に示すように、特徴強調処理前の基準文字 I S 11及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 17と、特徴強調処理後の基準文字 I S 1 1 a及ぴ被比較文字 I C l l a 〜 I C 17 aとを、 第 2の判定者用画面 D 2として同一画面上に表示する。 なお、 この判定者用画面 D 2は、この文字同定が情報処理装置 60 aから文字同定支援装 置 50に要求された場合、情報処理装置 60 aの表示手段 21 aにより表示される。 この判定者用画面 D 2は、画面上端の区画された表題表示領域 CDに、 Aシステ ムにより基準文字 I S 1 1に付番された文字コード番号「1 2 5 3 5 6」 と、被比 較文字 I C 1 1〜I C 1 7に B乃至 Hシステムにより夫々付番された文字コード 番号とを、 これらの文字が夫々属するシステムの名称と共に、表題を兼ねるように 表示する。 また、 これらの被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7の中から同定する文字を 選定するための「同定チヱック」ボックスも、この表題表示領域 C Dに表示される。 これらの表題表示領域 C Dの下に、基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7と、これら基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7の特徴を 強調する処理が 1回実行された文字画像 I S 1 1 a , I C l l a〜I C 1 7 aと、 この特徴を強調する処理が 2回実行された図形画像 F 1とが、文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2によって階層表示される。 また、 この制御手段 5 2は、 この階層 表示された基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7の特徴を分類す ると共に、分類された被比較文字 I C 1 1 a〜 I C 1 7 a及び基準文字 I S 1 1 a の特徴に関して、上位階層の被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7及び基準文字 I S 1 1 と下位階層の被比較文字 I C 1 1 a〜: [ C 1 7 a及ぴ基準文字 I S 1 1 aと、更に 下位階層の図形画像 F 1の間を結線するッリ一構造状に特徴強調処理前後の被比 較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7及び基準文字 I S 1 1を情報処理装置 6 0 aの表示手 段 2 1 aにより表示するためのデータをネットワーク上で提供する。 In this way, the process of extracting the compared characters IC11 to IC17 similar to the reference character IS11 and emphasizing the features of the plurality of compared characters IC11 to IC17 and the reference character IS11, This is executed by the control means 52 of the character identification support device 50, and as shown in FIG. 37, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 before the feature emphasis processing and the reference character IS 11. 1a and the compared characters IClla to IC17a are displayed on the same screen as the second screen for the judge D2. When the character identification is requested from the information processing device 60a to the character identification support device 50, the screen D2 for the determiner is displayed by the display means 21a of the information processing device 60a. The screen D2 for the judge is displayed in the title display area The character code number “1 2 3 3 5 6” assigned to the reference character IS 11 by the system and the character code number assigned to the compared characters IC 11 to IC 17 by the B to H systems, respectively. Are displayed together with the title of the system to which these characters belong, so as to also serve as the title. Further, an “identification check” box for selecting a character to be identified from these compared characters IC11 to IC17 is also displayed on the title display area CD. Under these title display areas CD, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 and the features of these reference characters IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 are emphasized. The character image IS 1 1 a, IC lla to IC 17 a for which processing has been performed once and the graphic image F 1 for which processing for emphasizing this characteristic have been performed twice are controlled by the character identification support device 50. It is displayed hierarchically by means 52. The control means 52 classifies the features of the reference character IS 11 and the compared characters IC 11 to IC 17 displayed in this hierarchy, and classifies the compared characters IC 11 1 a to IC 17. Regarding the features of 17a and the reference character IS11a, the compared characters IC11 to IC17 in the upper layer and the reference character IS11 and the compared character IC11a in the lower layer: [C17 a and the reference character IS11a and the reference character IC11 to IC17 before and after the feature enhancement processing in a ruffle structure connecting the graphic image F1 in the lower hierarchy. Data for displaying 11 by the display means 21a of the information processing device 60a is provided on the network.

この判定者用画面 D 2において、特徴強調処理を 1回実行後の基準文字 I S 1 1 a及び被比較文字 I C l l a〜I C 1 5 aは、 閉孔部 (サークル) が存在しないグ ループ G 0に分類される。同様に、特徴強調処理を 1回実行後の被比較文字 I C 1 6 aは、 1つのサークル g 1が存在するグループ G 1に分類され、特徴強調処理を 1回実行後の被比較文字 I C 1 7 aは、 2つのサークル g 2が存在するグループ G 2に分類される。 従って、基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜: I C 1 5とサークルが存在 しないグループ G 0と力 制御手段 5 2により線 L N 0を結ばれて関係付けられる。 また、被比較文字 I C 1 6は 1つのサークル g 1が存在するグループ G 1と線 L N 1を結ばれて関係付けられ、被比較文字 I C 1 7は 2つのサークル g 2が存在する グループ G 2と線 L N 2を結ばれて関係付けられる。 In the screen D2 for the discriminator, the reference character IS11a and the characters to be compared IC11a to IC15a after performing the feature emphasis processing once are the group G0 having no closed part (circle). are categorized. Similarly, the compared character IC 16 a after performing the feature enhancement once is classified into a group G 1 in which one circle g 1 exists, and the compared character IC 1 after performing the feature enhancement once. 7a is classified into a group G2 in which two circles g2 exist. Accordingly, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11-: IC15 and the group G0 having no circle are connected to the force control means 52 by connecting the line LN0. In addition, the compared character IC 16 is related to the group G 1 having one circle g 1 by connecting the line LN 1, and the compared character IC 17 is a group G 2 having two circles g 2 And the line LN 2 is connected.

特徴強調処理を 2回実行後、全ての図形画像 F 1がサークルの存在しないグルー プ G 3に分類されるので、特徴強調処理を 1回実行後のグループ G 0, G 1, G 2 と最下位階層のグループ G 3と 、制御手段 5 2により線 L N 3を結ばれて関係付 けられる。  After performing the feature enhancement process twice, all the graphic images F1 are classified into the group G3 where no circle exists. Therefore, the groups G0, G1, and G2 after the feature enhancement process are performed once. The lower layer group G3 is connected to the lower layer group G3 by connecting the line LN3 by the control means 52.

従って、基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7の全てが 1つのグ ループ G 3に収束するツリー構造 (Tree Structure:木構造) 、 即ち、 これらの文 字の異同が生成された過程を示唆する進化系統図のように、基準文字 I S 1 1及び 被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7の類似点及ぴ相違点を明瞭に表示できるので、目視 による文字同定を視覚的に支援できる。 このため、 このような画像処理による分類 及ぴツリー構造による表示がなく、 目視のみに頼った文字同定と比較して、作業効 率を向上することができる。  Accordingly, a tree structure in which all of the reference character IS 11 and the compared characters IC 11 to IC 17 converge on one group G 3, that is, a difference between these characters is generated. As shown in the evolutionary phylogenetic diagram that suggests the process performed, the similarities and differences between the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 can be clearly displayed, so that character identification by visual observation can be performed visually. Can help. For this reason, there is no classification by such image processing and no display by a tree structure, and the work efficiency can be improved as compared with character identification relying only on visual observation.

また、 このツリー構造は、文字の歴史的変化を反映する場合があるため、学術的 価値が高い。従って、 このツリー構造をデータとして保存及び開示することによつ て、 社会的及び文化的付加価値を提供することもできる。  Also, this tree structure has high academic value because it may reflect the historical change of characters. Therefore, by storing and disclosing this tree structure as data, it is possible to provide social and cultural added value.

文字同定支援装置 5 0の制御手段 5 2は、基準文字 I S 1 1と被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7との相違部分を変色表示するためのデータをネットワーク上で情報 処理装置 6 0 aに提供する。第 3 7図に示した判定者用画面 D 2では、基準文字 I S 1 1 aと、被比較文字 I C 1 6 a及び被比較文字 I C 1 7 aとの間には、サーク ル数の相違が存在するので、 このサークル g 1, g 2部分を、例えば、 蛍光黄色等 に変色表示する。 これによつて、基準文字 I S 1 1 aの属するグ —プ G Oと、 1 又は 2つのサークルが存在するグループ G 1, G 2との相違点をより明瞭に表示で きるので、 文字同定をより迅速に実行できるように支援できる。 The control means 52 of the character identification support device 50 is provided with an information processing device 60a on a network for displaying data for discoloring and displaying the difference between the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17. To provide. In the screen D2 for the judge shown in Fig. 37, there is a circle between the reference character IS11a and the compared characters IC16a and IC17a. Since there is a difference in the number of circles, the circles g1 and g2 are discolored and displayed, for example, in fluorescent yellow. As a result, the difference between the group GO to which the reference character IS 11a belongs and the groups G 1 and G 2 having one or two circles can be displayed more clearly. We can help you run quickly.

制御手段 5 2は、情報処理装置 6 0 aを介して文字同定があった場合、例えば第 3 7図に示したように、 チェックボックス C H 2 , C H 3 , C H 4に情報処理装置 6 0 aのオペレータ等によりチェックをされて被比較文字 I C 1 1, I C 1 2 , I C 1 4が文字同定された場合、 これらの被比較文字 I C 1 1 , I C 1 2 , I C 1 4 を他の文字に関する文字同定の際には被比較文字としない。 これによつて、 1つの 文字が多数の文字同定で比較対象となるような作業上の非効率を排除できる。 この制御手段 5 2は、文字同定がなかつた場合、第 1の文字同定支援例と同様に、 基準文字コード 5 1 2と関連付けたコード番号を生成すると共に、このコード番号 及び基準情報 5 1 1を B乃至 Hシステムに提供する。 これによつて、 Aシステムと 同一文字がない B乃至 Hシステムに、この同一文字を基準文字コード 5 1 2と関連 付けた文字コード番号と共に提供できるようになる。  When the character is identified through the information processing device 60a, the control means 52 sets the check boxes CH2, CH3, and CH4 to the information processing device 60a, for example, as shown in FIG. When the characters to be compared IC 11, IC 12, and IC 14 are identified by the operator and the like, the characters to be compared IC 11, IC 12, and IC 14 are converted to other characters. In character identification, it is not regarded as a compared character. This eliminates operational inefficiencies where one character can be compared in identifying many characters. When character identification is not performed, the control means 52 generates a code number associated with the reference character code 5 12 similarly to the first character identification support example, and also generates the code number and the reference information 5 11 1 To the B to H systems. This makes it possible to provide the same character to the B to H systems that do not have the same character as the A system, together with the character code number associated with the reference character code 512.

従って、 A乃至 Hシステムの全システムが、文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に記憶(保存) された文字コード変換表 Tによって、 同一文字を共通利用できる ようになるため、 1つの文字、例えば、 「Ρ¾」 に 1つの文字情報(基準情報 5 1 1 ) を対応させて 1つの文字コード (基準文字コード) 1 1 2によって管理できる。 次に、 この第 2の文字同定支援システム 5 0 0の動作例を、本発明に係る第 2の 情報処理方法の実施形態として、第 3 8図に示すフローチャートを参照しながら説 明する。第 3 8図は、 この第 2の文字同定支援システム 5 0 0による第 2の文字同 定支援例を示すフローチャートである。 この第 4の実施形態では、上述した文字同定支援装置 5 0の記憶手段 5 1に記憶 された基準情報 5 1 1と被比較情報とを比較して基準文字 I S 1 1に類似する被 比較文字を夫々抽出し、第 3 6図に示したように、基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文 字 I C 1 1〜: I C 1 7の特徴を強調する処理を実行すると共に、第 3 7図に示した ように、特徴強調処理された基準文字 I S 1 1 a及び被比較文字 I C 1 1 a〜 I C 1 7 aを同一画面上に、第 2の判定者用画面 D 2のように表示することを前提条件 とする。 Therefore, all the systems A to H can share the same character by using the character code conversion table T stored (stored) in the storage means 51 of the character identification support device 50. For example, one character information (reference information 5 1 1) can be associated with “Ρ¾” and managed by one character code (reference character code) 112. Next, an operation example of the second character identification support system 500 will be described as an embodiment of the second information processing method according to the present invention with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing a second example of character identification support by the second character identification support system 500. In the fourth embodiment, the reference information 5 11 1 stored in the storage means 51 of the character identification support apparatus 50 described above is compared with the compared information, and the compared character similar to the reference character IS 11 is compared. , Respectively, and as shown in FIG. 36, a process of emphasizing the features of the reference character IS 11 and the compared characters IC 11-: IC 17 is executed. Thus, the reference character IS11a and the compared characters IC11a to IC17a, which have been subjected to the feature emphasis processing, are displayed on the same screen as in the second screen for the judge D2. It is a precondition.

これを前提として、先ず、第 3 8図に示すフローチャートのステップ S 2 0 1で、 任意の文字を生成するための文字情報を複数取得する。これら複数の文字情報の中 で、 この文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報は、情報処理装置 6 0 aによる A システムから取得されて記憶手段 5 1に記憶された基準情報 5 1 1であり、この基 準情報 5 1 1と比較される文字情報は、他の複数の情報処理装置 6 0による複数の B乃至 Hシステムから取得された複数の被比較情報である。  On the premise of this, first, in step S201 of the flowchart shown in FIG. 38, a plurality of pieces of character information for generating an arbitrary character are obtained. Among these plural pieces of character information, character information serving as a reference for identifying this character is obtained by reference information 5 11 1 acquired from the A system by the information processing device 60 a and stored in the storage means 51. The character information to be compared with the reference information 511 is a plurality of pieces of compared information acquired from a plurality of B to H systems by a plurality of other information processing apparatuses 60.

次のステップ S 2 0 2で、第 3 5図に示したサブルーチンをコールすることによ つて、被比較文字を抽出する。 なお、 この第 3 5図に示したフローチャートによる 被比較文字の抽出は、第 1の文字同定支援例において詳述したので、 ここでは説明 を省略する。  In the next step S202, the character to be compared is extracted by calling the subroutine shown in FIG. The extraction of the compared character according to the flowchart shown in FIG. 35 has been described in detail in the first character identification support example, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

次のステップ S 2 0 3で、基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7 に特徴強調処理を施し、ステップ S 2 0 4で、特徴強調処理された基準文字 I S 1 1 a及び被比較文字 I C l l a〜I C 1 7 aを、この特徴強調処理により明確ィ匕さ れた特徴、 例えば、 文字画像に存在するサークル数等に基づいて分類する。  In the next step S203, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 are subjected to feature enhancement processing, and in step S204, the reference character IS11a subjected to the feature enhancement processing is applied. And the compared characters IClla to IC17a are classified based on the features clearly defined by the feature emphasizing process, for example, the number of circles present in the character image.

次のステップ S 2 0 5で、基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7 と、 分類された基準文字 I S 1 1 a及び被比較文字 I C l l a〜I C 1 7 aとを、 第 3 7図に示した判定者用画面 D 2のように、結線 L N O , L N 1 , L N 2によつ て夫々関係付けると共に、 特徴強調処理前後の文字画像を階層表示する。 In the next step S205, the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17, and the classified reference character IS11a and the compared characters IClla to IC17a are As in the screen D2 for the judge shown in FIG. 37, the connections are made by the connections LNO, LN1, and LN2, respectively, and the character images before and after the feature emphasis processing are displayed hierarchically.

ステップ S 2 0 6で、基準文字 I S 1 1 a及び被比較文字 I C 1 1 a〜 I C 1 7 aが全て同じグループに収束していない場合(Y e s )、ステップ S 2 0 3に戻り、 特徴強調処理を再ぴ実行する。 このように、 ステップ S 2 0 3乃至ステップ S 2 0 6を、基準文字 I S 1 1を含む全ての文字が 1つのグループ G 3に収束するまで操 り返す。 そして、全ての文字が 1つのグループ G 3に属するようになったとき、 ス テツプ S 2 0 6で、 特徴強調処理の必要がないので (N o ) 、 この全文字が収束す るグループ G 3を幹とし、特徴強調処理前の基準文字 I S 1 1及び被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7を末端枝とするようなツリー構造を表示手段 2 1 aにより表示し て終了する。  In step S206, if the reference character IS11a and the compared characters IC11a to IC17a are not all converged to the same group (Yes), the process returns to step S203 and returns to step S203. Re-execute the emphasis process. In this way, steps S203 to S206 are repeated until all the characters including the reference character IS11 converge to one group G3. Then, when all the characters belong to one group G 3, in step S 206, there is no need for feature enhancement processing (No), so that the group G 3 , And the display means 21a displays a tree structure in which the reference character IS11 and the compared characters IC11 to IC17 before the feature emphasis processing are the terminal branches.

このように本発明に係る第 4の実施形態としての文字同定支援システムによる 情報処理例によれば、ボカシ処理及びシャープネス処理を組み合わせた特徴強調処 理により明確ィ匕された特徴に関して分類された図形画像と、基準文字 I S 1 1及び 複数の被比較文字 I C 1 1〜 I C 1 7とを結線してッリ一構造を表示することに よって、これらの基準文字 I S 1 1及ぴ被比較文字 I C 1 1〜I C 1 7における類 似点及び相違点を明瞭に視認し得るように表示できるので、目視による文字同定を 支援できる。 産業上の利用可能性  As described above, according to the information processing example by the character identification support system as the fourth embodiment according to the present invention, the graphics classified with respect to the features clearly defined by the feature enhancement processing that combines the blur processing and the sharpness processing By connecting the image with the reference character IS 11 and a plurality of compared characters IC 11 to IC 17 to display a complete structure, the reference character IS 11 and the compared character IC 11 are displayed. Since similarities and differences in 11 to IC 17 can be displayed so as to be clearly visible, character identification by visual observation can be supported. Industrial applicability

以上説明したように、本発明に係る外字登録情報提供システムによれば、任意の 外字の登録を受け付けて外字情報を提供する場合に、この外字を画像形成するため の外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受け付ける外字情報登録装置を備 え、情報処理装置から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報を登録すると共に、 この外字 情報を情報利用者に提供するものである。 As described above, according to the external character registration information providing system of the present invention, when accepting registration of an arbitrary external character and providing the external character information, the external character information for forming an image of the external character is provided to the information user. An external character information registration device that accepts usage requests In addition, the external character information for which the use request has been received from the information processing device is registered, and the external character information is provided to the information user.

この構成によって、情報処理装置に外字フォントをインストールしなくても外字 を使用できると共に、外字情報を複数の情報処理装置で共用できる。従って、個別 に外字コードを付番された外字フォントに起因して発生する文字化け等の不具合 を排除できると共に、外字情報を画像としてではなくコード化された電子データと して処理できるようになるため、外字情報を含む文字情報を複数の情報処理装置の 間で迅速かつ容易に交換できるようになる。 また、 このような外字情報を保存する ために必要な記憶装置の記憶容量も低減できる。  With this configuration, the external character can be used without installing the external character font in the information processing device, and the external character information can be shared by a plurality of information processing devices. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information not as an image but as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between a plurality of information processing devices. Also, the storage capacity of the storage device required to store such external character information can be reduced.

本発明に係る外字情報登録装置によれば、情報利用者から外字の登録を受け付け、 この情報利用者に外字情報を提供する場合に、情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受 け付けた外字情報を登録する記憶手段を備え、情報利用者から登録が有った外字情 報をこの情報利用者に提供するように記憶手段の読出し制御するものである。  According to the external character information registration device according to the present invention, when external character registration is received from an information user and the external character information is provided to the information user, the external character that has been disclosed to the information user and used has been accepted. A storage unit for registering information is provided, and read-out of the storage unit is controlled so as to provide external character information registered by the information user to the information user.

この構成によって、情報利用者は外字フォントがなくても外字を使用できると共 に、外字情報を複数の情報利用者で共用できる。 このため、個別に外字コードを付 番された外字フォントに起因して発生する文字化け等の不具合を排除できると共 に、 外字情報をコード化された電子データとして処理できるようになる。 よって、 外字情報を含む文字情報を複数の情報機器の間で迅速かつ容易に交換できるよう になる。また、 このような外字情報を保存するために必要な記憶装置の容量も低減 できる。  With this configuration, an information user can use an external character without an external character font, and can share external character information among a plurality of information users. For this reason, it is possible to eliminate problems such as garbled characters caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information as coded electronic data. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between a plurality of information devices. In addition, the capacity of the storage device required to store such external character information can be reduced.

本発明に係る情報処理方法によれば、任意の外字を情報処理する場合に、複数の 外字を画像形成するために作成された外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求 を受け付けて外字情報を登録すると共に、この外字情報を情報利用者に提供するよ うになされる。 According to the information processing method of the present invention, when processing an arbitrary external character, the external character information created to form a plurality of external characters is disclosed to an information user, and a usage request is accepted to receive the external character information. And provide this external character information to information users. It is done.

この構成によって、外字フォントがなくても外字を使用できると共に、外字情報 を複数の情報利用者で共用できる。従って、個別に外字コードを付番された外字フ オントに起因して発生する文字ィヒけ等の不具合を排除できると共に、外字情報を画 像としてではなくコード化された電子データとして処理できるようになる。このた め、外字情報を含む文字情報を各種の情報機器類の間で素早く容易に交換できるよ うになる。  With this configuration, external characters can be used without an external character font, and external character information can be shared by a plurality of information users. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate a problem such as a character error caused by an external character font to which an external character code is individually assigned, and to process external character information not as an image but as coded electronic data. become. Therefore, character information including external character information can be quickly and easily exchanged between various information devices.

本発明は、外字情報を複数の情報利用者により共通して登録利用可能な外字情報 登録利用サービスをネットワーク上で提供するゥェブサイトの運営及ぴ利用に適 用して極めて好適である。  INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention is very suitable when applied to the operation and use of a web site that provides on a network a service for registering and using external character information in which external character information can be registered and used in common by a plurality of information users.

本発明に係る第 1の文字同定支援システム及び情報処理方法によれば、任意の文 字を生成するための文字情報に基づいて文字同定を支援する場合に、複数の文字情 報を取得して文字同定を支援する文字同定支援装置を備え、基準情報と複数の被比 較情報とを比較してこの文字に近似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、抽出さ れた被比較文字をこの文字に近似する順に並べてこの文字と共に同一画面上に表 示するものである。  According to the first character identification support system and the information processing method of the present invention, when supporting character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a plurality of pieces of character information are acquired. A character identification support device that supports character identification is provided. The reference information and a plurality of pieces of compared information are compared to extract a compared character that is similar to the character, and the extracted compared character is extracted from the character. Are arranged in the order of approximation and displayed together with this character on the same screen.

この構成によって、この文字との近似度が大きく同定される確率が高い被比較文 字を優先的に表示できるため、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。従って、迅速か つ容易に文字を同定できるようになるので、多数の被比較文字が存在する場合であ つても、文字同定を短時間で完了できる。 このため、 同一文字に対して重複する文 字情報を効率的に削除できるので、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つ の文字コードによって管理できるようになる。 よって、 この 1つの文字コードによ り管理された文字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく 共通使用できると共に、これらの文字情報及ぴ文字コ一ドを記憶するための記憶容 量も節減できる。 With this configuration, a compared character having a high probability of being identified with a high degree of approximation to this character can be preferentially displayed, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, and one character code can be managed by associating one character information with one character. Therefore, the character information managed by this one character code can be transferred by a plurality of information processing devices without depending on the system configuration. In addition to the common use, the storage capacity for storing these character information and character codes can be reduced.

本発明に係る第 2の文字同定支援システム及び情報処理方法によれば、任意の文 字を生成するための文字情報に基づいて文字同定を支援する場合に、複数の文字情 報を取得して文字同定を支援する文字同定支援装置を備え、基準情報と複数の被比 較情報とを比較してこの文字に類似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、この被 比較文字及びこの文字の特徴を強調する処理を実行し、特徴強調処理された被比較 文字及ぴこの文字を同一画面上に表示するものである。  According to the second character identification support system and information processing method of the present invention, when supporting character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a plurality of pieces of character information are acquired. A character identification support device that supports character identification is provided. The reference information is compared with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, and characters to be compared that are similar to the character are extracted. The emphasis processing is executed, and the compared character and the character subjected to the characteristic emphasis processing are displayed on the same screen.

この構成によって、この文字と複数の被比較文字における特徴を明瞭に視認し得 るように表示できるので、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。 従って、 これらの文 字における類似点を容易に把握できると共に、迅速に文字を同定できるようになる ので、多数の被比較文字が存在するような場合であっても、文字同定を短時間で完 了できる。 このため、同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的に削除できるの で、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コードによって管理でき るようになる。 よって、 この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文字情報を複数の 情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく共通使用できると共に、これらの 文字情報及び文字コ一ドを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。  With this configuration, the character and the features of the plurality of compared characters can be displayed so that they can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, the similarity between these characters can be easily grasped and the characters can be quickly identified, so that the character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. Can be completed. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, so that one character can be associated with one character information and managed by one character code. Therefore, the character information managed by the one character code can be commonly used by a plurality of information processing devices without depending on the system configuration, and the storage capacity for storing the character information and the character code is also reduced. it can.

本発明に係る第 1の文字同定支援装置によれば、任意の文字を生成するための文 字情報に基づいてネットワーク上で文字同定を支援する場合に、この文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報を記憶する記憶手段を備え、基準情報と複数の被比較情 報とを比較してこの文字に近似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、抽出された 被比較文字をこの文字に近似する順に並べてこの文字と共に同一画面上に表示す るためのデータを提供するものである。 この構成によって、この文字との近似度が大きく同定される確率が高レ、被比較文 字を優先的に表示できるため、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。従って、迅速か つ容易に文字を同定できるようになるので、多数の被比較文字が存在する場合であ つても、文字同定を短時間で完了できる。 このため、 同一文字に対して重複する文 字情報を効率的に削除できるので、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つ の文字コードによって管理できるようになる。 よって、 この 1つの文字コードによ り管理された文字情報を複数の情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく 共通使用できると共に、これらの文字情報及び文字コードを記憶するための記憶容 量も節減できる。 According to the first character identification support device of the present invention, when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying the character is used. Storage means for storing reference information, and comparing the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracting a character to be compared that is similar to the character, and approximating the extracted character to be compared to the character. It provides data to be displayed on the same screen together with these characters in the order in which they appear. With this configuration, the probability that the degree of approximation to the character is large is high, and the compared character can be displayed preferentially, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, characters can be identified quickly and easily, and character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, and one character code can be managed by associating one character information with one character. Therefore, the character information managed by this one character code can be commonly used by a plurality of information processing apparatuses without depending on the system configuration, and the storage capacity for storing the character information and the character code is also increased. We can save.

本発明に係る第 2の文字同定支援装置によれば、任意の文字を生成するための文 字情報に基づいてネットワーク上で文字同定を支援する場合に、この文字を同定す る際の基準となる基準情報を記憶する記憶手段を備え、基準情報と複数の被比較情 報とを比較してこの文字に類似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、この被比較 文字及ぴこの文字の特徴を強調する処理を実行し、特徴強調処理された被比較文字 及ぴこの文字を同一画面上に表示するためのデータを提供するものである。  According to the second character identification support device of the present invention, when character identification is supported on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, a reference when identifying this character is used. Storage means for storing reference information, and comparing the reference information with a plurality of pieces of information to be compared, extracting a character to be compared similar to the character, and characterizing the character to be compared and the characteristics of this character. The emphasis processing is performed to provide the compared character subjected to the feature emphasis processing and data for displaying the character on the same screen.

この構成によって、この文字と複数の被比較文字における特徴を明瞭に視認し得 るように表示できるので、 目視による文字同定を支援できる。従って、 これらの文 字における類似点を容易に把握できると共に、迅速に文字を同定できるようになる ので、多数の被比較文字が存在するような場合であっても、文字同定を短時間で完 了できる。 このため、同一文字に対して重複する文字情報を効率的に削除できるの で、 1つの文字に 1つの文字情報を対応させて 1つの文字コードによって管理でき るようになる。 よって、 この 1つの文字コードにより管理された文字情報を複数の 情報処理装置でシステム構成に依存することなく共通使用できると共に、これらの 文字情報及ぴ文字コ一ドを記憶するための記憶容量も節減できる。 With this configuration, the character and the features of the plurality of compared characters can be displayed so that they can be visually recognized clearly, so that visual character identification can be supported. Therefore, the similarity between these characters can be easily grasped and the characters can be quickly identified, so that the character identification can be completed in a short time even when there are many compared characters. Can be completed. For this reason, duplicate character information for the same character can be efficiently deleted, so that one character can be associated with one character information and managed by one character code. Therefore, the character information managed by this one character code can be commonly used by a plurality of information processing devices without depending on the system configuration, and these information can be used. The storage capacity for storing character information and character codes can also be reduced.

本発明は、住民基本台帳ネットワークで接続されたシステムのように、 1つの文 字に対して複数の文字情報が重複して登録及ぴ使用されたために複数の類似文字 が存在するようなシステム及ぴこのようなシステム間での目視による文字同定及 び重複文字情報の削除等に適用して極めて好適である。  The present invention relates to a system in which a plurality of similar characters exist because a plurality of character information is registered and used in duplicate for one character, such as a system connected by the Basic Resident Register network. (4) It is extremely suitable for application to visual character identification and deletion of duplicate character information between such systems.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims 1 . 任意の外字の登録を受け付けて当該外字情報を提供するシステムであって、 前記外字を画像形成するための外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受 け付ける外字情報登録装置と、 1. A system for receiving registration of an arbitrary external character and providing the external character information, the external character information registering device for disposing external character information for forming an image of the external character to an information user and receiving a use request. , 前記外字情報登録装置に外字の使用要求を送信して外字情報を登録する情報処 理装置と、  An information processing device that transmits a use request of external characters to the external character information registration device and registers the external character information; 前記外字情報登録装置と前記情報処理装置とを接続する通信手段とを備え、 前記外字情報登録装置は、  A communication unit that connects the external character information registration device and the information processing device; 前記情報処理装置から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報を登録すると共に、登録が 有つた前記外字情報を前記情報利用者に提供する外字登録情報提供システム。 An external character registration information providing system for registering external character information for which a use request has been received from the information processing apparatus and providing the registered external character information to the information user. 2 . 前記外字情報登録装置は、 2. The external character information registration device, 前記情報処理装置に識別番号を付与し、  Assigning an identification number to the information processing apparatus, 当該情報処理装置から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報を前記識別番号と関連付 けて付番登録する請求の範囲第 1項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。  2. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 1, wherein the external character information received from the information processing device is numbered and registered in association with the identification number. 3 . 前記外字情報登録装置は、  3. The external character information registration device, 付番登録された前記外字情報を他の情報処理装置との間で共通使用可能に提供 する請求の範囲第 2項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。  3. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 2, wherein the number-registered external character information is provided so as to be commonly used with another information processing apparatus. 4 . 前記情報処理装置は、  4. The information processing device 前記外字情報登録装置から送出されるデータを読み込んで当該データに基づく ゥェブぺージを表示するための表示手段を備え、 Reads data sent from the external character information registration device and uses the data based on the data. Display means for displaying the web page, 前記外字情報登録装置から開示された外字情報に基づいて外字を画像表示する ウェブページを前記表示手段により表示する請求の範囲第 1項に記載の外字登録 情報提供システム。  2. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 1, wherein the external means displays an external character image based on the external character information disclosed from the external character information registration device. 5 . 前記表示手段は、 5. The display means comprises: 前記外字情報登録装置により使用要求を受け付けられた外字情報に基づく外字 画像を載せたゥェブぺージを表示する請求の範囲第 4項に記載の外字登録情報提 供システム。  5. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 4, wherein a page displaying an external character image based on the external character information whose use request has been received by the external character information registration device is displayed. 6 . 前記表示手段は、 6. The display means includes: 前記外字情報を前記識別番号と関違付けて付番登録するための登録釦を載せた ウェブページを表示する請求の範囲第 5項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。  6. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 5, wherein a Web page on which a registration button for registering the external character information in a numbered manner in relation to the identification number is displayed. 7 . 前記外字情報登録装置は、 7. The external character information registration device is 前記登録釦による登録要求を受け付け、前記外字情報を前記識別番号と関連付け て当該外字情報登録装置に登録する請求の範囲第 6項に記載の外字登録情報提供 システム。  7. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 6, wherein a registration request by the registration button is received, and the external character information is registered in the external character information registration device in association with the identification number. 8 . 前記表示手段は、 8. The display means comprises: 前記外字情報を前記情報処理装置に保存するための保存釦を載せたゥェプぺー ジを表示する請求の範囲第 7項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。 8. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 7, wherein a page displaying a save button for storing the external character information in the information processing device is displayed. 9 . 前記外字情報登録装置は、 9. The external character information registration device is 前記保存釦による保存要求を受け付け、前記外字情報を前記情報処理装置のゥェ ブブラウザにより作成されるクッキーに保存する請求の範囲第 8項に記載の外字 登録情報提供システム。  9. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 8, wherein a storage request by the save button is received, and the external character information is stored in a cookie created by a web browser of the information processing device. 1 0 . 前記情報処理装置は、 1 0. The information processing apparatus comprises: 前記外字情報を他の情報処理装置に送信する際に、  When transmitting the external character information to another information processing device, 当該外字情報に付番された登録番号を前記外字情報登録装置から取得して当該 他の情報処理装置に送出する請求の範囲第 9項に記載の外字登録情報提供システ ム。  10. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 9, wherein the registration number assigned to the external character information is acquired from the external character information registration device and transmitted to the other information processing device. 1 1 . 前記外字情報登録装置は、 1 1. The external character information registration device 前記外字を画像形成するための外字情報と当該外字の代用文字とを関連付けて 保存する請求の範囲第 1項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。  2. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 1, wherein external character information for forming the external character as an image and a substitute character for the external character are stored in association with each other. 1 2 . 前記外字情報登録装置は、 1 2. The external character information registration device, 前記情報処理装置から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報を他の情報処理装置に提 供すると共に、当該他の情報処理装置から当該外字情報の登録要求を受け付けて当 該外字情報を登録する請求の範囲第 1項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。  The external character information that has received the use request from the information processing apparatus is provided to another information processing apparatus, and the external character information registration request is received from the other information processing apparatus and the external character information is registered. The external character registration information providing system described in item 1. 1 3 . 前記外字情報は、前記他の情報処理装置に付与された識別番号と関連付け て登録される請求の範囲第 1 2項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。 13. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 12, wherein said external character information is registered in association with an identification number assigned to said another information processing apparatus. 1 4 . 前記表示手段は、 1 4. The display means, 任意の外字と当該外字の画像と共に、当該外字が正しく文字表示された力否かを 入力するための選択入力釦を載せたゥェプぺージを表示する請求の範囲第 4項に 記載の外字登録情報提供システム。  The external character registration information according to claim 4, which displays an arbitrary external character and an image of the external character, and a page on which a selection input button for inputting whether or not the external character is correctly displayed as a character is displayed. Offer system. 1 5 . 前記表示手段は、 15. The display means: 前記外字を表示するフォントの種類を複数から選択するためのフォント選択釦 を載せたウェブページを表示する請求の範囲第 1 4項に記載の外字登録情報提供 システム。  15. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 14, wherein a web page on which a font selection button for selecting a font type for displaying the external character from a plurality of fonts is displayed. 1 6 . 前記表示手段は、 1 6. The display means, 複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関する設定情報を前記情報処理装置に保 存するための保存釦を載せたゥヱブぺージを表示する請求の範囲第 1 5項に記載 の外字登録情報提供システム。  16. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 15, wherein a page displaying a save button for storing setting information relating to a font type selected from a plurality of fonts in the information processing apparatus is displayed. 1 7 . 前記フォントの種類に関する設定情報は、前記情報処理装置のウェブブラ ゥザにより作成されるクッキーに保存される請求の範囲第 1 6項に記載の外字登 録情報提供システム。 17. The external character registration information providing system according to claim 16, wherein the setting information on the font type is stored in a cookie created by a web browser of the information processing apparatus. 1 8 . 前記表示手段は、 - 複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関する設定情報を前記識別番号と関連付 けて前記外字情報登録装置に保存するための保存釦を載せたウェブページを表示 する請求の範囲第 1 5項に記載の外字登録情報提供システム。 18. The display means:-displays a web page on which a save button for saving in the external character information registration device the setting information relating to the type of font selected from a plurality of fonts in association with the identification number. The external character registration information providing system described in Paragraph 15 of the Scope. 1 9 . 情報利用者から外字の登録を受け付け、 当該情報利用者に外字情報を提供 する装置であつ 、 1 9. A device that accepts registration of external characters from information users and provides external character information to the information users. 前記外字を画像形成するための外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受 け付ける入力手段と、  An input unit for disclosing external character information for forming an image of the external character to an information user and receiving a use request; 前記入力手段によって受け付けられた前記情報利用者からの使用要求に係る外 字情報を登録する記憶手段と、  Storage means for registering external character information relating to a use request from the information user accepted by the input means; 前記入力手段及び記憶手段の入出力を制御する制御手段とを備え、  Control means for controlling the input and output of the input means and the storage means, 前記制御手段は、  The control means, 前記情報利用者から登録が有った前記外字情報を当該情報利用者に提供するよ うに前記記憶手段の読出し制御する外字情報登録装置。  An external character information registration device that controls reading of the storage unit so as to provide the external character information registered by the information user to the information user. 2 0 . 前記制御手段は、 20. The control means, 前記情報利用者に識別番号を付与し、  Assigning an identification number to the information user, 当該情報利用者から登録が有った前記外字情報を前記識別番号と関連付けて前 記記憶手段に付番登録する請求の範囲第 1 9項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  20. The external character information registration device according to claim 19, wherein the external character information registered by the information user is numbered and registered in the storage unit in association with the identification number. 2 1 . 前記制御手段は、 2 1. The control means: 付番登録された前記外字情報を他の情報利用者との間で共通使用可能に提供す る請求の範囲第 2 0項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  20. The external character information registration device according to claim 20, wherein the number-registered external character information is provided so as to be commonly used by other information users. 2 2 . 前記制御手段は、 2 2. The control means: 前記情報利用者からのゥヱプブラウザによるアクセスに応じて、前記外字を画像 形成するための外字情報に基づいて、当該外字を画像表示するウェブページのデー タを送出する請求の範囲第 1 9項に記載の外字情報登録装置。 The external character is displayed as an image in response to access from a web browser by the information user. 20. The external character information registration device according to claim 19, wherein based on the external character information to be formed, data of a web page for displaying an image of the external character is transmitted. 2 3 . 前記制御手段は、 2 3. The control means: 前記情報利用者からの使用要求に係る外字情報に基づく外字画像を載せたゥ プページのデータを送出する請求の範囲第 2 2項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  22. The external character information registration device according to claim 22, wherein the external character information registration device transmits data of a top page on which an external character image based on the external character information according to the use request from the information user is placed. 2 4 . 前記制御手段は、 24. The control means includes: 前記情報利用者からの使用要求に係る外字情報を前記識別番号と関連付けて付 番登録するための登録釦を載せたゥェブぺージのデ一タを送出する請求の範囲第 2 3項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  24. The method according to claim 23, further comprising transmitting a web page data on which a registration button for registering the external character information relating to the use request from the information user in association with the identification number is placed. External character information registration device. 2 5 . 前記制御手段は、 25. The control means, 前記登録釦による登録要求を受け付け、前記外字情報を前記識別番号と関連付け て前記記憶手段に付番登録する請求の範囲第 2 4 ¾に記載の外字情報登録装置。  24. The external character information registration device according to claim 24, wherein a registration request by said registration button is received, and said external character information is numbered and registered in said storage means in association with said identification number. 2 6 . 前記制御手段は、 26. The control means comprises: 前記外字情報を保存するための保存釦を載せたゥ プページのデータを送出す る請求の範囲第 2 5項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  26. The external character information registration device according to claim 25, wherein the external character information registration device transmits data of a top page on which a save button for storing the external character information is placed. 2 7 . 前記制御手段は、 2 7. The control means: 前記保存釦による保存要求を受け付け、前記外字情報を前記ウェブブラウザによ り作成されるクッキーに保存する請求の範囲第 2 6項に記載の外字情報登録装置。 27. The external character information registration device according to claim 26, wherein a storage request by the save button is received, and the external character information is stored in a cookie created by the web browser. 2 8 . 前記制御手段は、 2 8. The control means: 前記外字情報を他の情報利用者に送信する際に、  When transmitting the external character information to other information users, 当該外字情報に付番された登録番号を前記記憶手段から取得して当該他の情報 利用者に提供する請求の範囲第 2 5項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  26. The external character information registration device according to claim 25, wherein the registration number assigned to the external character information is obtained from the storage unit and provided to the other information user. 2 9 . 前記制御手段は、 2 9. The control means: 任意の外字と当該外字の画像と共に、当該外字が正しく文字表示されたか否かを 入力するための選択入力釦を載せたウェブページのデータを送出すること を特徴とする請求項 2 2に記載の外字情報登録装置。  The method according to claim 22, further comprising transmitting a web page data on which a selection input button for inputting whether or not the external character is correctly displayed is displayed together with an arbitrary external character and an image of the external character. External character information registration device. 3 0 . 前記制御手段は、 30. The control means includes: 前記外字を表示するフォントの種類を複数から選択するためのフォント選択釦 を載せたウェブページのデータを送出する請求の範囲第 2 9項に記載の外字情報 登録装置。  30. The external character information registration device according to claim 29, wherein the external character information registration device transmits web page data on which a font selection button for selecting a font type for displaying the external character from a plurality of fonts. 3 1 . 前記制御手段は、 3 1. The control means: 複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関する設定情報を保存するための保存釦 を載せたゥ: プページのデータを送出する請求の範囲第 3 0項に記載の外字情報 登録装置。  30. The external character information registration device according to claim 30, wherein a save button for saving setting information relating to a font type selected from a plurality of fonts is provided. 3 2 . 前記制御手段は、 3 2. The control means: 前記保存釦による保存要求を受け付け、前記フォントの種類に関する設定情報を 前記ウェブブラウザにより作成されるクッキーに保存する請求の範囲第 3 1項に 記載の外字情報登録装置。 A save request by the save button is received, and setting information on the font type is The external character information registration device according to claim 31, wherein the device is stored in a cookie created by the web browser. 3 3 . 前記制御手段は、 3 3. The control means includes: 複数から選択されたフォントの種類に関する設定情報を前記識別番号と関連付 けて前記記憶手段に保存するための保存釦を載せたウェブページのデータを送出 する請求の範囲第 3 0項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  30. The method according to claim 30, wherein the setting information relating to the font type selected from the plurality is transmitted in association with the identification number and the data of a web page on which a save button for saving in the storage unit is transmitted. External character information registration device. 3 4 . 前記制御手段は、 3 4. The control means: 前記外字を画像形成するための外字情報と当該外字の代用文字とを関連付けて 前記記憶手段に保存する請求の範囲第 1 9項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  20. The external character information registration apparatus according to claim 19, wherein external character information for forming an image of the external character and a substitute character for the external character are associated with each other and stored in the storage unit. 3 5 . 前記制御手段は、 3 5. The control means includes: 前記情報利用者からの使用要求に係る外字情報を他の情報利用者に提供すると 共に、当該他の情報利用者から当該外字情報の登録要求を受け付けて当該外字情報 を前記記憶手段に登録する請求の範囲第 1 9項に記載の外字情報登録装置。  A request for providing the external character information relating to the use request from the information user to another information user, receiving a registration request for the external character information from the other information user, and registering the external character information in the storage unit. The external character information registration device described in the item 19 of the scope. 3 6 . 前記外字情報は、前記他の情報利用者に付与された識別番号と関連付けて 登録される請求の範囲第 3 5項に記載の外字情報登録装置。 36. The external character information registration device according to claim 35, wherein the external character information is registered in association with an identification number given to the other information user. 3 7 . 任意の外字を情報処理する方法であって、 3 7. A method for processing arbitrary external characters, 予め複数の前記外字を集め、  Collect a plurality of the external characters in advance, 集められた前記外字に関して当該外字を画像形成するための外字情報を各々作 成し、 For each of the collected external characters, external character information for forming an image of the external character is created. And 作成された前記外字情報を情報利用者に開示して使用要求を受け付け、 前記情報利用者から使用要求を受け付けた外字情報を登録し、  Disclose the created external character information to an information user and accept a use request, register the external character information that has received a use request from the information user, 登録された前記外字情報を前記情報利用者に提供する情報処理方法。  An information processing method for providing the registered external character information to the information user. 3 8 . 任意の文字を生成するための文字情報に基づいて当該文字同定を支援する システムであって、 38. A system for supporting character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, 複数の前記文字情報を取得して前記文字同定を支援する文字同定支援装置と、 前記文字同定支援装置による支援の下で、 前記文字を生成して表示すると共に、 当該文字を同定する情報処理装置と、  A character identification support device that acquires the plurality of pieces of character information and supports the character identification; and an information processing device that generates and displays the character under the support of the character identification support device and identifies the character. When, 前記文字同定支援装置と前記情報処理装置とを接続する通信手段と  Communication means for connecting the character identification support device and the information processing device; を備え、  With 複数の前記文字情報の中で、当該文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報を基準 情報とし、 当該基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、  When the character information serving as a reference for identifying the character among the plurality of character information is set as reference information, and the character information to be compared with the reference information is set as compared information, 前記基準情報と複数の前記被比較情報とを比較して前記文字に近似する被比較 文字を前記文字同定支援装置により夫々抽出すると共に、抽出された当該被比較文 字を当該文字に近似する順に並べて当該文字と共に前記情報処理装置により同一 画面上に表示する文字同定支援システム。  The reference information and the plurality of pieces of the compared information are compared to each other to extract a compared character approximating the character by the character identification support device, and the extracted compared characters are approximated to the character in the order in which the characters are compared. A character identification support system that displays the characters side by side with the characters on the same screen by the information processing device. 3 9 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、 3 9. The character identification support device includes: 前記基準情報と前記被比較情報とを比較する際に、  When comparing the reference information and the compared information, 前記基準情報及び前記被比較情報をビットマツプに夫々転写し、  The reference information and the compared information are respectively transferred to a bit map, 前記基準情報又は前記被比較情報が転写された点に数値「1」 を与え、 当該転写 がなかった点に数値 「0」 を与えるとき、 A numerical value “1” is given to the point where the reference information or the compared information is transferred, and When giving the number "0" to the point where there was no 前記基準情報が転写されたビットマツプでの列方向加算値と列数との関数曲線 及び行方向加算値と行数との関数曲線を、前記被比較情報が転写されたビットマツ プでの列方向加算値と列数との関数曲線又は行方向加算値と行数との関数曲線と の間で近似解析する請求の範囲第 3 8項に記載の文字同定支援システム。  The function curve of the column direction addition value and the number of columns and the function curve of the row direction addition value and the number of rows in the bit map to which the reference information is transferred are added in the column direction to the bit map to which the compared information is transferred. 39. The character identification support system according to claim 38, wherein an approximate analysis is performed between a function curve of a value and the number of columns or a function curve of a row direction addition value and a number of rows. 4 0 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、  4 0. The character identification support device comprises: 前記被比較文字を前記情報処理装置により表示する際に、  When displaying the compared character by the information processing device, ビットマップに転写された前記基準情報とビットマップに転写された前記被比 較情報との減算値が 「1」 又は 「一 1」 となる点に対応する部分を前記被比較文字 において変色表示する請求の範囲第 3 9項に記載の文字同定支援システム。  A portion corresponding to a point where a subtraction value between the reference information transferred to the bitmap and the compared information transferred to the bitmap becomes “1” or “1-1” is displayed in a discolored manner in the compared character. A character identification support system according to claim 39. 4 1 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、 4 1. The character identification support device includes: 前記情報処理装置による文字同定があつた場合、  When character identification by the information processing device has been performed, 当該文字同定された前記被比較文字を他の文字に関する同定の際には被比較文 字としない請求の範囲第 3 8項に記載の文字同定支援システム。  39. The character identification support system according to claim 38, wherein said compared character identified by said character is not regarded as a compared character when identifying another character. 4 2 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、  4 2. The character identification support device includes: 前記情報処理装置による文字同定がなかつた場合、  When character identification by the information processing device is not performed, 前記基準情報に対応する基準文字コードと関連付けたコード番号を生成すると 共に、当該基準情報及び当該コード番号を前記情報処理装置に提供する請求の範囲 第 3 8項に記載の文字同定支援システム。 39. The character identification support system according to claim 38, wherein a code number associated with a reference character code corresponding to the reference information is generated, and the reference information and the code number are provided to the information processing device. 4 3 . 任意の文字を生成するための文字情報に基づいて当該文字同定を支援する システムであって、 4 3. A system for supporting character identification based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, 複数の前記文字情報を取得して前記文字同定を支援する文字同定支援装置と、 前記文字同定支援装置による支援の下で、 前記文字を生成して表示すると共に、 当該文字を同定する情報処理装置と、  A character identification support device that acquires the plurality of pieces of character information and supports the character identification; and an information processing device that generates and displays the character under the support of the character identification support device and identifies the character. When, 前記文字同定支援装置と前記情報処理装置とを接続する通信手段と  Communication means for connecting the character identification support device and the information processing device; を備え、  With 複数の前記文字情報の中で、当該文字を同定する際の基準となる文字情報を基準 情報とし、 当該基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、  When the character information serving as a reference for identifying the character among the plurality of character information is set as reference information, and the character information to be compared with the reference information is set as compared information, 前記基準情報と複数の前記被比較情報とを比較して前記文字に類似する被比較 文字を夫々抽出すると共に、当該被比較文字及び前記文字の特徴を強調する処理を 前記文字同定支援装置により実行し、当該特徴強調処理された当該被比較文字及び 当該文字を前記情報処理装置により同一画面上に表示する文字同定支援システム。  The reference information and the plurality of pieces of the compared information are compared to extract a compared character similar to the character, and a process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character is executed by the character identification support device. And a character identification support system for displaying the compared character and the character subjected to the feature emphasis processing on the same screen by the information processing device. 4 4 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、 4 4. The character identification support device includes: 前記被比較文字及び前記文字の特徴を強調する処理を複数回実行して当該被比 較文字及び当該文字の特徴を分類すると共に、分類された前記被比較文字及び当該 文字の特徴に関して、上位階層の前記被比較文字及び当該文字と下位階層の前記被 比較文字及び当該文字との間を結線するッリ一構造状に特徴強調処理された前記 被比較文字及び当該文字を表示するためのデータを前記情報処理装置に提供する 請求の範囲第 4 3項に記載の文字同定支援システム。  The process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character is performed a plurality of times to classify the compared character and the characteristics of the character. The character to be compared and the character to be compared and the data for displaying the character which have been subjected to the feature emphasizing processing in the form of a line connecting the character to the character to be compared and the character in the lower hierarchy are The character identification support system according to claim 43, which is provided to said information processing device. 4 5 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、 前記被比較文字を前記情報処理装置により表示する際に、 4 5. The character identification support device includes: When displaying the compared character by the information processing device, 前記被比較文字と前記文字との相違部分を変色表示する請求の範囲第 4 3項に 記載の文字同定支援システム。  The character identification support system according to claim 43, wherein a different portion between the compared character and the character is discolored and displayed. 4 6 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、 4 6. The character identification support device includes: 前記情報処理装置による文字同定があった場合、  When there is character identification by the information processing device, 当該文字同定された前記被比較文字を他の文字に関する同定の際には被比較文 字としない請求の範囲第 4 3項に記載の文字同定支援システム。  43. The character identification support system according to claim 43, wherein the compared character whose character has been identified is not regarded as a compared character when identifying another character. 4 7 . 前記文字同定支援装置は、 4 7. The character identification support device includes: 前記情報処理装置による文字同定がなかった場合、  If there is no character identification by the information processing device, 前記基準情報に対応する基準文字コードと関連付けたコード番号を生成すると 共に、当該基準情報及び当該コード番号を前記情報処理装置に提供する請求の範囲 第 4 3項に記載の文字同定支援システム。  The character identification support system according to claim 43, wherein a code number associated with a reference character code corresponding to the reference information is generated, and the reference information and the code number are provided to the information processing device. 4 8 . 任意の文字を生成するための文字情報に基づいてネットワーク上で当該文 字同定を支援する装置であって、  48. A device that supports character identification on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, 当該文字を同定する際の基準となる基準情報を記憶する記憶手段と、 前記記憶手段の入出力を制御する制御手段とを備え、  A storage unit that stores reference information that is a reference when identifying the character, and a control unit that controls input and output of the storage unit, 前記基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、  When character information to be compared with the reference information is compared information, 前記制御手段は、  The control means, 複数の前記被比較情報を取得し、当該被比較情報と前記基準情報とを比較して前 記文字に近似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、抽出された当該被比較文字を 当該文字に近似する順に並べて当該文字と共に同一画面上に表示するためのデー タを前記ネットワーク上で提供する文字同定支援装置。 A plurality of the compared information is obtained, and the compared information is compared with the reference information to extract a compared character that is similar to the character, and the extracted compared character is extracted. A character identification support device that provides data for displaying on the same screen together with the characters arranged in an order approximating the characters on the network. 4 9 . 前記制御手段は、 4 9. The control means: 前記基準情報と前記被比較情報とを比較する際に、  When comparing the reference information and the compared information, 前記基準情報及び前記被比較情報をビットマツプに夫々転写し、  The reference information and the compared information are respectively transferred to a bit map, 前記基準情報又は前記被比較情報が転写された点に数値「1」 を与え、 当該転写 がなかった点に数値 「0」 を与えるとき、  When a value “1” is given to a point where the reference information or the compared information is transferred, and a value “0” is given to a point where there is no transfer, 前記基準情報が転写されたビットマツプでの列方向加算値と列数との関数曲線 及び行方向加算値と行数との関数曲線を、前記被比較情報が転写されたビットマツ プでの列方向加算値と列数との関数曲線又は行方向加算値と行数との関数曲線と の間で近似解析する請求の範囲第 4 8項に記載の文字同定支援装置。  The function curve of the column direction addition value and the number of columns and the function curve of the row direction addition value and the number of rows in the bit map to which the reference information is transferred are added in the column direction to the bit map to which the compared information is transferred. 49. The character identification support device according to claim 48, wherein an approximate analysis is performed between a function curve of a value and the number of columns or a function curve of a row direction addition value and a number of rows. 5 0 . 前記制御手段は、 5 0. The control means: ビットマップに転写された前記基準情報とビットマップに転写された前記被比 較情報との減算値が 「1」 又は 「一 1」 となる点に対応する部分を前記被比較文字 において変色表示するためのデータを前記ネットワーク上で提供する請求の範囲 第 4 9項に記載の文字同定支援装置。  A portion corresponding to a point where a subtraction value between the reference information transferred to the bitmap and the compared information transferred to the bitmap becomes “1” or “1-1” is displayed in a discolored manner in the compared character. 40. The character identification support device according to claim 49, wherein data for providing the data is provided on the network. 5 1 . 前記制御手段は、 5 1. The control means includes: 前記文字同定があつた場合、  If the character identification is given, 当該文字同定された前記被比較文字を他の文字に関する同定の際には被比較文 字としない請求の範囲第 4 8項に記載の文字同定支援装置。 49. The character identification assisting device according to claim 48, wherein said identified character is not regarded as a compared character when identifying another character. 5 2 . 前記制御手段は、 5 2. The control means includes: 前記文字同定がなかった場合、  If there is no character identification, 前記基準情報に対応する基準文字コードと関連付けたコード番号を生成する請 求の範囲第 4 8項に記載の文字同定支援装置。  49. The character identification support device according to claim 48, wherein a request for generating a code number associated with a reference character code corresponding to the reference information is provided. 5 3 . 任意の文字を生成するための文字情報に基づいでネットワーク上で当該文 字同定を支援する装置であって、 5 3. A device that supports character identification on a network based on character information for generating an arbitrary character, 当該文字を同定する際の基準となる基準情報を記憶する記憶手段と、 前記記憶手段の入出力を制御する制御手段とを備え、  A storage unit that stores reference information that is a reference when identifying the character, and a control unit that controls input and output of the storage unit, 前記基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、  When character information to be compared with the reference information is compared information, 前記制御手段は、  The control means, 複数の前記被比較情報を取得し、当該被比較情報と前記基準情報とを比較して前 記文字に類似する被比較文字を夫々抽出すると共に、当該被比較文字及ぴ前記文字 の特徴を強調する処理を実行し、当該特徴強調処理された当該被比較文字及び当該 文字を同一画面上に表示するためのデータを前記ネットワーク上で提供する文字  A plurality of the compared information is obtained, the compared information is compared with the reference information, a compared character similar to the character is extracted, and the characteristics of the compared character and the character are emphasized. A character that provides on the network data for displaying the compared character subjected to the feature emphasis processing and the character on the same screen. 5 4 . 前記制御手段は、 5 4. The control means includes: 前記被比較文字及び前記文字の特徴を強調する処理を複数回実行して当該被比 較文字及び当該文字の特徴を分類すると共に、分類された前記被比較文字及び当該 文字の特徴に関して、上位階層の前記被比較文字及び当該文字と下位階層の前記被 比較文字及び当該文字との間を結線するッリ一構造状に特徴強調処理された前記 9フ 被比較文字及ぴ当該文字を表示するためのデータを前記ネットワーク上で提供す る請求の範囲第 5 3項に記載の文字同定支援装置。 The process of emphasizing the compared character and the characteristics of the character is performed a plurality of times to classify the compared character and the characteristics of the character. The feature-enhanced processing of the character to be compared and the character and the character to be compared with the character to be compared and the character in the lower hierarchy are performed in a ri-l structure. The character identification support device according to claim 53, wherein the character to be compared and data for displaying the character are provided on the network. 5 5 . 前記制御手段は、 5 5. The control means includes: 前記被比較文字と前記文字との相違部分を.変色表示するためのデータを前記ネ ットワーク上で提供する請求の範囲第 5 3項に記載の文字同定支援装置。  43. The character identification support device according to claim 53, wherein data for discoloring and displaying a difference between the compared character and the character is provided on the network. 5 6 . 前記制御手段は、 5 6. The control means, 前記文字同定があつた場合、  If the character identification is given, 当該文字同定された前記被比較文字を他の文字に関する同定の際には被比較文 字としない請求の範囲第 5 3項に記載の文字同定支援装置。  53. The character identification support device according to claim 53, wherein the compared character whose character has been identified is not regarded as a compared character when identifying another character. 5 7 . 前記制御手段は、 5 7. The control means: 前記文字同定がなかった場合、  If there is no character identification, 前記基準情報に対応する基準文字コードと関連付けたコード番号を生成する請 求の範囲第 5 3項に記載の文字同定支援装置。  The character identification support device according to claim 53, wherein the request for generating a code number associated with a reference character code corresponding to the reference information is provided. 5 8 . 任意の文字を情報処理する方法であって、 5 8. A method for processing arbitrary characters, 前記文字を生成するための文字情報を複数取得し、  Obtain a plurality of character information for generating the character, 取得された複数の前記文字情報の中で、当該文字を同定する際の基準となる文字 情報を基準情報とし、当該基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、 前記基準情報と複数の前記被比較情報とを比較して前記文字に近似する被比較 文字を夫々抽出し、 前記文字を同一画面上に表示すると共に、抽出された前記被比較文字を当該文字 に近似する順に並べて表示する情報処理方法。 In the obtained plurality of pieces of character information, when character information serving as a reference when identifying the character is set as reference information, and when character information to be compared with the reference information is set as compared information, the reference information and Extracting a compared character approximating the character by comparing a plurality of the compared information, An information processing method for displaying the characters on the same screen and arranging and displaying the extracted to-be-compared characters in an order that approximates the characters. 5 9 . 任意の文字を情報処理する方法であって、 ' 5 9. A method for processing arbitrary characters, 前記文字を生成するための文字情報を複数取得し、  Obtain a plurality of character information for generating the character, 取得された複数の前記文字情報の中で、当該文字を同定する際の基準となる文字 情報を基準情報とし、当該基準情報と比較される文字情報を被比較情報としたとき、 前記基準情報と複数の前記被比較情報とを比較して前記文字に類似する被比較 文字を夫々抽出し、 '  In the obtained plurality of pieces of character information, when character information serving as a reference when identifying the character is set as reference information, and when character information to be compared with the reference information is set as compared information, the reference information and By comparing a plurality of pieces of the compared information and extracting a compared character similar to the character, 抽出された前記被比較文字の特徴を強調する処理と共に、前記文字の特徴を強調 する処理をし、  Performing a process of emphasizing the features of the extracted characters as well as a process of emphasizing the features of the extracted compared characters; 特徴強調処理された前記被比較文字及び当該文字を同一画面上に表示する情報 処理方法。 - 6 0 . 前記被比較文字の特徴を強調する処理と共に、前記文字の特徴を強調する 処理を複数回実行し、  An information processing method for displaying the compared character subjected to the feature emphasis processing and the character on the same screen. -6. A process for emphasizing the characteristics of the character to be compared and a process for emphasizing the characteristics of the character are performed a plurality of times. 複数回特徴強調処理される前記被比較文字及び当該文字を階層表示すると共に、 当該階層表示される前記被比較文字及び当該文字の特徴を分類し、  The compared character and the character subjected to the feature emphasizing process are displayed in a hierarchy, and the character to be compared and the characteristic of the character displayed in the hierarchy are classified. 分類された前記被比較文字及び当該文字の特徴に関して、上位階層の前記被比較 文字及び当該文字と下位階層の前記被比較文字及び当該文字との間を結線するッ リー構造状に特徴強調処理された前記被比較文字及び当該文字を表示する請求の 範囲第 5 9項に記載の情報処理方法。  With respect to the classified characters to be compared and the characteristics of the characters, feature enhancement processing is performed in a tree-like structure for connecting the compared characters and the characters in the upper hierarchy with the compared characters and the characters in the lower hierarchy. The information processing method according to claim 59, wherein the compared character and the character are displayed.
PCT/JP2004/007237 2003-05-30 2004-05-20 External character registration information providing system and external character identification support system Ceased WO2004114146A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003155786A JP2004355573A (en) 2003-05-30 2003-05-30 External character registration information providing system, external character information registration device, and information processing method
JP2003-155786 2003-05-30
JP2003-195719 2003-07-11
JP2003195719A JP2005031942A (en) 2003-07-11 2003-07-11 Character identification support system, character identification support device, and information processing method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004114146A1 true WO2004114146A1 (en) 2004-12-29

Family

ID=33543456

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2004/007237 Ceased WO2004114146A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-05-20 External character registration information providing system and external character identification support system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW200511041A (en)
WO (1) WO2004114146A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8615709B2 (en) 2010-04-29 2013-12-24 Monotype Imaging Inc. Initiating font subsets
US9817615B2 (en) 2012-12-03 2017-11-14 Monotype Imaging Inc. Network based font management for imaging devices
WO2014100582A2 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Monotype Imaging Inc. Supporting color fonts
EP2943894A2 (en) 2013-01-09 2015-11-18 Monotype Imaging Inc. Advanced text editor
US9317777B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-04-19 Monotype Imaging Inc. Analyzing font similarity for presentation
US9691169B2 (en) 2014-05-29 2017-06-27 Monotype Imaging Inc. Compact font hinting
US10115215B2 (en) 2015-04-17 2018-10-30 Monotype Imaging Inc. Pairing fonts for presentation
US11537262B1 (en) 2015-07-21 2022-12-27 Monotype Imaging Inc. Using attributes for font recommendations
US11334750B2 (en) 2017-09-07 2022-05-17 Monotype Imaging Inc. Using attributes for predicting imagery performance
US10909429B2 (en) 2017-09-27 2021-02-02 Monotype Imaging Inc. Using attributes for identifying imagery for selection
WO2019089578A1 (en) 2017-10-30 2019-05-09 Monotype Imaging Inc. Font identification from imagery

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06259426A (en) * 1993-03-10 1994-09-16 Canon Inc Method and device for processing character
JP2001125884A (en) * 1999-10-27 2001-05-11 Fujitsu Ltd Method of presenting alternative character information, recording medium storing program of method of presenting alternative character information, and transmission medium for transmitting the program
JP2003029736A (en) * 2001-07-12 2003-01-31 Ricoh Co Ltd Font providing system, font switching system, character search system, font management server, client thereof, font providing method, font switching method, character code conversion method, character search method, and program thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06259426A (en) * 1993-03-10 1994-09-16 Canon Inc Method and device for processing character
JP2001125884A (en) * 1999-10-27 2001-05-11 Fujitsu Ltd Method of presenting alternative character information, recording medium storing program of method of presenting alternative character information, and transmission medium for transmitting the program
JP2003029736A (en) * 2001-07-12 2003-01-31 Ricoh Co Ltd Font providing system, font switching system, character search system, font management server, client thereof, font providing method, font switching method, character code conversion method, character search method, and program thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200511041A (en) 2005-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7839529B2 (en) Data communication apparatus and method
JP7635461B2 (en) Information processing device, and control method and program thereof
US7272792B2 (en) Kana-to-kanji conversion method, apparatus and storage medium
WO2004114146A1 (en) External character registration information providing system and external character identification support system
EP1176773A2 (en) Method and device for electronic mail conversion
JP3969595B2 (en) Mail information providing server, mail information providing system, mail information providing method, mail information providing program
TWI283374B (en) Font providing system, font switching system, character retrieval system, font managing server, and client thereof, font providing method, font switching method, character code converting method, character retrieving method and program therefor
JP2001249884A (en) System for using domain name in desired language by internet user
KR100837670B1 (en) News portal service system and method through internet
JP4881485B1 (en) Information notification system, information presentation system, information notification method, information presentation method, information notification program, and information presentation program
JP2024139681A (en) PROGRAM, COMPUTER AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD
JP2007234035A (en) Help desk system
JP7375325B2 (en) Management device, terminal device, and printing system
JP2002251448A (en) Job hunting support system
JP2004355574A (en) System for providing external character registration information, device for registering external character information, and method for processing information
JP7745304B1 (en) Press release creation support program, device, and method
KR20010090275A (en) A multi language notice shed system of world wide web
JP2005084839A (en) Multilingual learning management program, multilingual learning management system, and multilingual learning management method
JP2004355573A (en) External character registration information providing system, external character information registration device, and information processing method
TW575814B (en) Unavailable character processing method and system thereof
CN103620566B (en) Image processing equipment, control method for image processing equipment
JP2002041525A (en) Character information search conversion system and search method thereof
JP4534521B2 (en) Replacement character providing service system and method, replacement character providing server, provider terminal, and program.
KR100837775B1 (en) Web memo conversion and transmission method using bitmap object and web memo generating device therefor
JP2004348231A (en) Information file presentation system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase